Category: Uncategorized

  • Prof G on Marketing: Should Your Brand Take a Stand?

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 What’s up, y’all? It’s Kenny Beach, and we are currently watching the best playoff basketball since I can’t even remember when.
    0:00:09 This is what we’ve been waiting for all season long.
    0:00:20 And on my show, Small Ball, I’ll be breaking down the series matchups, major performances, in-game coaching decisions, and game strategy, and so much more for the most exciting time of the NBA calendar.
    0:00:24 New episodes through the playoffs available on YouTube and wherever you get your podcasts.
    0:00:27 Subscribe to Small Ball with Kenny Beach, so you don’t miss a thing.
    0:00:32 Welcome to Office Hours with Prof. G.
    0:00:40 Today we’re continuing our special three-part series, Prof. G. on Marketing, where we answer questions from business leaders about the biggest marketing challenges and opportunities companies face today.
    0:00:44 What a thrill. Let’s bust right into it.
    0:00:48 Okay, what do we have here? Our first question comes from Dom on Instagram.
    0:00:49 He asks,
    0:00:54 More and more companies are taking political stances as part of their branding.
    0:01:04 Growing up, I was told that businesses should never talk about religion or politics in order to stay out of trouble and not segment customers.
    0:01:06 Does this hurt companies in the long run?
    0:01:10 Do you think it is smart that businesses are moving in this direction?
    0:01:13 This is going to require some nuance.
    0:01:16 So I’ve served on a bunch of public company boards, seven.
    0:01:17 I’m kind of a big deal.
    0:01:18 Kind of a big deal.
    0:01:21 And probably 24 private company boards.
    0:01:26 And my general view on political statements is that it’s mostly virtue signaling from the CEO.
    0:01:33 It likes to get in front, especially about three or four years ago, maybe five years ago, get in front of a younger workforce and talk about all this woke nonsense.
    0:01:36 Because why it was nonsense is because they didn’t believe it themselves.
    0:01:39 They were just trying to score, like, acquire virtue.
    0:01:45 Like, I don’t have enough Gulf Streams or shares or options here, so I want to capture social status.
    0:01:47 I think that’s actually a pretty decent criticism of the Democratic Party.
    0:01:58 Instead of focusing on the material and emotional well-being of consumers, they want to pretend that they’re grabbing virtue rather than actually getting any fucking thing done at the ground level in terms of what actually impacts people.
    0:02:04 So I generally think it’s a good idea to stay out of politics.
    0:02:07 I try to separate the person from the politics.
    0:02:15 I live just south of Palm Beach, and a lot of my friends are Republicans, and I just think they’re batshit crazy.
    0:02:19 I just don’t understand how they can tolerate some of this nonsense.
    0:02:23 But at the same time, I also recognize they’re thoughtful, nice people, and I enjoy their friendship.
    0:02:31 So I try to ignore it when they put out a reel saying, oh, finally, the truth that these food products cause autism.
    0:02:33 And I want to write, dude, didn’t we go to college together?
    0:02:35 Are you really that fucking stupid?
    0:02:37 Because I know that will damage the friendship.
    0:02:39 So I try to separate that.
    0:02:41 I also try to separate the company from politics.
    0:02:42 Now, Prop2 doesn’t do that.
    0:02:44 You know, we’re a media company.
    0:02:45 We’re a small company.
    0:02:52 We are highly political because a lot of what we do is putting out thought leadership, opinion, et cetera.
    0:02:58 And still, we would probably be a bigger company if I just focused on business and tech rather than taking political stance.
    0:03:00 But at this point in my life, I get to do whatever the fuck I want.
    0:03:01 See above.
    0:03:01 I’m going to talk about.
    0:03:08 My favorite is when people say in my newsletter, they write, oh, get back to talking about business or things you know.
    0:03:11 Basically, I got a lot of like stay in your lane.
    0:03:12 Well, you know what my lane is?
    0:03:14 Whatever the fuck I want to talk about.
    0:03:15 And I’ve earned that.
    0:03:16 And I’m finally there.
    0:03:21 Anyways, anywho, for most big public companies, you do want to avoid politics.
    0:03:25 Now, having said that, occasionally an opportunity comes along.
    0:03:29 Race relations in the U.S. were capturing a lot of attention.
    0:03:40 Colin Kaepernick was a great quarterback, two-thirds of Nike’s customer base under the age of 30, not kind of on board with how race relations were going in the United States.
    0:03:46 Anyone who was upset about them embracing Colin Kaepernick, who burnt their Nikes, had to go out and buy their first pair of Nikes.
    0:03:48 It was a very smart move.
    0:03:58 They probably alienated somewhere between 5% and 10% of their TAM to embolden or entrench or inspire 90% of their addressable market.
    0:03:59 That’s a really good tradeoff.
    0:04:01 We are in that moment right now.
    0:04:09 And essentially, I think that things have gotten so out of control where we’re rounding up people with the wrong tattoo, doing really stupid shit around tariffs.
    0:04:14 It’s going to do nothing but elegantly reduce our prosperity, put thousands of small businesses out of business.
    0:04:20 Doge, which was nothing but literally like, okay, how stupid can you be?
    0:04:21 We’re going to cut $2 trillion.
    0:04:23 No, I meant $150 million.
    0:04:24 No, I meant $60 billion.
    0:04:27 No, I meant less than the subsidies to Tesla.
    0:04:39 I mean, that has been handled so poorly, so poorly that Americans are so fed up that the biggest commercial opportunity in a decade, and I said this last week and I’ll say it again.
    0:04:57 I said it in the last office hours and I’ll say it again, is to come out not against Trump so much, but to come out in favor of American values of decency, of competition, of being thoughtful around our economic policy, of embracing our great immigrant population, PhD students, of rule of law, of due process.
    0:05:00 All the things that we’ve come to expect are American.
    0:05:05 That company, that company will register a torrent of new business.
    0:05:10 I mean, for God’s sakes, this guy is flailing, literally flailing.
    0:05:14 This is the biggest commercial opportunity in the last decade.
    0:05:24 In sum, with rare exception though, let me finish where I started, you generally want to avoid politics because you are likely going to alienate 50% of the population.
    0:05:29 Having said that, on a risk-adjusted basis, this is a calculated risk worth taking.
    0:05:32 Our next question comes from Instagram.
    0:05:34 Ambreen asks,
    0:05:49 Each year we pick sort of a strategic imperative.
    0:05:53 I think it’s important to have one thing that you’re like, this is the one box we have to check this year.
    0:05:58 Because I think being an effective leader is not deciding what to do, it’s deciding what not to do.
    0:06:00 And that is, you only have so much wood.
    0:06:03 So I think it’s important every year to say, this is our strategic imperative.
    0:06:04 We’ve got to check this box.
    0:06:13 For 2025, the strategic imperative for Prop G Media is to get much better and dramatically increase our video views.
    0:06:23 What I found just fascinating and kind of blew my mind was that the primary channel of distribution for podcasts right now is not Apple, it’s not Spotify, it’s YouTube.
    0:06:33 20% of the listens of this program right now will be listened to on a television or watched on a television, which isn’t a good idea.
    0:06:36 All of a sudden I get very self-conscious because listen to my voice.
    0:06:38 My voice, ooh, hello, dreamy.
    0:06:40 I’m handsome, handsome voice.
    0:06:41 Brad Pitt of voices.
    0:06:44 Face, for those of you watching on TV, not so much.
    0:06:45 Not so much.
    0:06:48 See above, lost virginity when he was 19.
    0:06:55 Anyways, so my skills play well to audio, but here’s the bottom line.
    0:06:57 Podcasts are moving towards video.
    0:07:04 Podcasts are essentially becoming TV shows with strong audio components where you can just listen to the audio.
    0:07:09 If you look at, I think the next Joe Rogan is a kid named Steve Bartlett.
    0:07:16 When I moved to London two and a half years ago, the first thing I did was drive to the studio in Ipswich or Norwich or whatever the cool part of town is.
    0:07:20 And he had this incredible studio with eight people, cameras everywhere.
    0:07:26 And I’m like, this is like Charlie Rose, but much more deft production quality.
    0:07:28 And he was basically doing a TV show.
    0:07:33 And if you’ll notice, in the last two and a half years, Stephen has busted into the top 10.
    0:07:36 He used to be in the top 10 in the UK, and now he’s in the top 10 globally.
    0:07:38 I think he’s probably going to be the biggest podcaster in the world.
    0:07:49 And if you look at the top 100 podcasts of the 1.6 million that are out there and the 600,000 that put out content every week, the top 100, there’s been huge churn.
    0:07:53 50 new entrants into the top 100, 50 have dropped out.
    0:07:56 And what is the arbiter of who has churned in and churned out?
    0:07:58 It’s their video game.
    0:08:07 So we have spent a lot of time trying to think about, we hired a kid named Billy Bennett who used to work for us, who’s now, was at CNN and is now working with us, just focusing on video.
    0:08:13 We have a full-time tech guy, our tech guy, Drew, who’s sort of our head of engineering and has known us for about 15 years.
    0:08:20 The woman who runs my business, Catherine Dillon, is a creative at heart and edits and thinks about video.
    0:08:27 The hard part is that the thing that played to my strengths in terms of video from a personal standpoint is I’m on the road about 150 days a year.
    0:08:31 So my studio was basically a dop kit that I could set up.
    0:08:31 I didn’t even have a ring light.
    0:08:36 I would just try and find a nice part of the hotel room I was staying in and do a reasonable job of video.
    0:08:38 And that’s no longer going to cut it.
    0:08:48 So we’ve spent a bunch of money on studios that we’re replicating in the different places I spent a lot of time in, specifically New York, Florida, and London.
    0:08:50 But I’m not sure that’s enough.
    0:08:58 So we’re trying to be really thoughtful about marketing, pushing people to our videos, using more sound effects, usually using more visual effects.
    0:09:03 The fastest growing part of our franchise or our portfolio, if you will, is Prop G Markets.
    0:09:08 And that’s because it is tailor-made for graphic overlays because we talk a lot about stocks in the market.
    0:09:12 And Ed’s in the same place so they can create better production values.
    0:09:22 In sum, the assumption we made was that the new arbiter of who moves up in the world of podcasting and who moves out is going to be how strong your video game is.
    0:09:26 Now, your question is what would happen if that changed?
    0:09:27 I don’t know.
    0:09:32 I guess we just have to pivot and be agile and try and figure out what that next thing is.
    0:09:35 I think the next thing, YouTube is the new channel.
    0:09:44 I believe that in 2026, and I’m already starting to think about a strategy here, that the new arbiter of success in podcasting is not going to be Spotify.
    0:09:46 It’s not going to be Apple.
    0:09:47 It’ll still be YouTube.
    0:09:55 But more than anything, or the new player, if you will, that creates the difference between numbering number 300 and number 30 is the following, Reddit.
    0:10:01 I think Reddit is literally out of central casting in terms of its niche domains.
    0:10:12 It’s the viscosity of how they become a platform for taking pieces of podcasts and threading them into different comments on Reddit.
    0:10:17 I think Reddit is going to be the new platform that kind of picks winners and losers.
    0:10:24 A possible second to that on 26 is going to be Netflix, who’s decided to get into the game.
    0:10:41 And Netflix just has, with 350 million consumers, with custody of 350 million home screens, if they decide that they want to distribute Mel Robbins’ podcast or Raging Moderates, that podcast will immediately shoot into the top 20 of podcasts globally.
    0:10:45 So they have so much custody of the consumer that they perhaps could be the new arbiter.
    0:10:52 In sum, I’m trying to think about not only what’s in front of our face, but think around the corner and make bets accordingly.
    0:10:53 But I think about this stuff a lot.
    0:10:56 So in sum, you’ve got to make a bet.
    0:11:10 You’ve got to have a strategic imperative and hold people accountable and invest additional resources in that imperative such that you can give people the resources to move against or act against what you think is important and where the puck is headed.
    0:11:15 And also think about, you know, looking beyond the second corner.
    0:11:18 So what’s the corner we’re moving towards or where’s the puck going?
    0:11:19 Video, hands down.
    0:11:21 Where do we think it might be headed?
    0:11:23 Reddit and possibly Netflix.
    0:11:24 Thanks for the question.
    0:11:27 We’ll be right back after a quick break.
    0:11:45 Whether you’re a startup founder navigating your first audit or a seasoned security professional scaling your GRC program, proving your commitment to security has never been more critical or more complex.
    0:11:47 That’s where Vanta comes in.
    0:11:58 Businesses use Vanta to build trust by automating compliance for in-demand frameworks like SOC 2, ISO 27001, HIPAA, GDPR, and more.
    0:12:08 And with automation and AI throughout the platform, you can proactively manage vendor risk and complete security questionnaires up to five times faster, getting valuable time back.
    0:12:12 Vanta not only saves you time, it can also save you money.
    0:12:23 A new IDC white paper found that Vanta customers achieve $535,000 per year in benefits, and the platform pays for itself in just three months.
    0:12:26 For any business, establishing trust is essential.
    0:12:29 Vanta can help your business with exactly that.
    0:12:35 Go to vanta.com slash vox to meet with a Vanta expert about your business needs.
    0:12:39 That’s vanta.com slash vox.
    0:12:55 I started my career in big agencies back in the early aughts when the internet was young.
    0:13:01 However, even then we were talking about how the media was splintering and how it was getting harder to get noticed.
    0:13:03 As you know, the trend has gone into overdrive.
    0:13:14 Audience attention is splintered across endless platforms and micro-communities, and trust is shifting, from institutions to individuals, from brands to influencers.
    0:13:16 I keep coming back to this question.
    0:13:21 How does the humble media planner or marketer even navigate this reality?
    0:13:26 The age of the all-powerful, monolithic brand feels like it’s fading fast.
    0:13:33 And now, resonance doesn’t come from one big message, but from a thousand fragments finding the right ears.
    0:13:35 Yeah, I agree.
    0:13:48 So, it used to be, if you think about it, not that long ago, you could capture a third of America in about four nights, because two-thirds of America was watching one of three channels five hours a day.
    0:13:52 Now, that media landscape has fragmented just wildly.
    0:13:55 And not only that, the costs have gone way up.
    0:14:01 So, we didn’t realize how inexpensive broadcast advertising was, how cheap it was.
    0:14:15 You could capture, essentially, a 30-second spot on the Academy Awards 30 years ago was about a fifth of the price, and it reached three times as many people as it does today.
    0:14:21 So, it was 15 times, you have 15 times the ROI, and yet people still do it.
    0:14:22 We didn’t realize how cheap it was.
    0:14:39 So, the fact that media was so inexpensive from, like, 1945 to 1995, maybe in 2000, created an ecosystem where the algorithm for creating shareholder value was to have a mediocre truck, salty snack, sugary drink, shoe, or car.
    0:14:59 Build an OK slash shitty car, the K car, or out of Detroit, and wrap it in amazing brand codes of tough like a rock or apple pie, whatever it might be, or find soap, then craft it with OK materials or ingredients, and then talk about European elegance.
    0:15:06 Create a shitty beer and convince people that if they drink this beer, they’re going to be hot and have a six-pack and be more attractive to potential mates.
    0:15:17 And you could infuse these incredible brand codes really inexpensively using some creative agency of guys who wore black and gave you awards if you spent enough money on their ad campaign and can every year.
    0:15:19 That ship has sailed.
    0:15:22 That dog just doesn’t hunt anymore.
    0:15:27 Because now we have these weapons of mass diligence that say, OK, and this is the example I always use.
    0:15:30 I usually used to stay at the Four Seasons, the Ritz-Carlton, or the Mandarin Oriental.
    0:15:32 One, because someone else was paying.
    0:15:34 I was usually there speaking or with a client.
    0:15:35 And two, they always deliver an eight.
    0:15:41 But the reality is the Mandarin Oriental in Istanbul is just not where I want to stay.
    0:15:47 The core associations of these hotel brands meant that they delivered, you know, always an eight.
    0:15:54 But then my social graph, TripAdvisor, friends, Weapons of Mass Diligence, Google, OpenAI.
    0:15:57 I go to OpenAI now and say, I’m going to South by Southwest in Austin.
    0:16:01 I’m in the midst of a midlife crisis, and I want to hang out with younger, cooler people.
    0:16:04 And it literally comes back with stay at the Austin proper.
    0:16:05 Boom.
    0:16:06 I don’t need the brand.
    0:16:07 I’ve never heard of the brand.
    0:16:11 I just know that I trust these weapons of mass diligence more than the brand.
    0:16:13 So what do you have?
    0:16:17 You have people trying to figure out how to gain these algorithms in search.
    0:16:21 You have influencers, the rise of the influencer generation, the rise of Instagram.
    0:16:24 Do you know how much influence Instagram now has?
    0:16:30 Also, at the end of the day, and this sounds very passé, the era of Don Draper is just over.
    0:16:34 The sun has passed midday on the bullshit of thinking you’re going to have a mediocre product
    0:16:35 and a great brand.
    0:16:37 Now the product is the brand.
    0:16:39 And that sounds very passé, but it’s true.
    0:16:43 The companies that have developed the most market capitalization over the last 20 years
    0:16:45 have really been victories, not in brand, but in supply chain.
    0:16:50 Amazon, Alibaba, Netflix’s supply chain.
    0:16:54 They went direct to consumer with DVDs by mail, and then they went direct to consumer using
    0:16:54 broadband.
    0:16:55 How much money?
    0:16:58 What do the most valuable companies in the world have in common?
    0:17:00 They don’t spend a lot of money on advertising.
    0:17:00 Why?
    0:17:02 Because they’ve put all their money into the product.
    0:17:05 And oftentimes, it’s not just about the product.
    0:17:08 It’s how you deliver it and discover it, i.e. supply chain.
    0:17:09 So what do you do if you’re a marketer?
    0:17:17 You think about, okay, where’s my core customer finding and doing diligence on my product?
    0:17:20 Sometimes the best CMO comes back and says, folks, I got to be honest.
    0:17:24 We should put all our money into innovation around digital to unlock new features with our
    0:17:24 product.
    0:17:27 Tesla doesn’t spend a lot of money on advertising.
    0:17:31 And the bottom line is, their brand has gone way down because Elon Musk is an enormous
    0:17:35 asshole, but also because the product has gotten really stale, right?
    0:17:40 So consumers can find the best product now using these weapons of mass diligence.
    0:17:43 So whatever you’re going to see, you’re going to see reallocation of capital out of traditional
    0:17:49 marketing into supply chain, into influencers, into social, and into product itself.
    0:17:51 And this is hand-to-hand combat.
    0:17:53 There’s no single platform.
    0:17:58 If you wanted to bet on any two platforms, I don’t know, you’d probably bet on TikTok
    0:18:00 and Instagram and also maybe YouTube.
    0:18:02 I mean, there’s a cumulative effect here, right?
    0:18:06 You got to kind of do it all, but you want to have influencers.
    0:18:07 You want to have evangelists.
    0:18:12 You want to over-serve a core customer base such that there’s word of mouth and they absolutely
    0:18:13 fall in love with your product.
    0:18:18 I used to use Norelco or Braun or these shitty brands to clip my head.
    0:18:23 And then I found this clipper from a former East German factory that used to make propellers
    0:18:26 from Messerschmitts and they make this incredible clipper.
    0:18:29 And I went online and I found out where it was and I ordered them and they’re more expensive,
    0:18:30 which is a pricing signal.
    0:18:35 But you can now find the best product or discover it online.
    0:18:40 So look, I’m not sure I’m saying anything revolutionary here, but the CMO that’s like the second
    0:18:44 lieutenant in Vietnam that gets shot in the forehead within six to 18 months is the one
    0:18:48 that comes in and wants to do the brand identity and hire a big agency and talk about traditional
    0:18:48 media.
    0:18:50 Boss, that ship has sailed.
    0:18:56 This is hand-to-hand combat that is a combination of a better product with digital unlocks, huge
    0:19:00 supply chain investments if you have access to cheap capital, and then trying to identify
    0:19:04 evangelists slash influencers who can weaponize these platforms to your advantage.
    0:19:06 That was a mouthful.
    0:19:08 Thanks for the question.
    0:19:10 That’s all for this episode.
    0:19:13 If you’d like to submit a question, please email a voice recording to officehours of
    0:19:14 propertymedia.com.
    0:19:16 That’s officehours of propertymedia.com.
    0:19:21 Or if you prefer to ask on Reddit, just post your question on the Scott Galloway subreddit,
    0:19:23 and we just might feature it in an upcoming episode.
    0:19:34 This episode was produced by Jennifer Sanchez.
    0:19:35 Our intern is Dan Shallon.
    0:19:38 Drew Burrows is our technical director.
    0:19:41 Thank you for listening to the Prop G pod from the Vox Media Podcast Network.
    0:19:45 We will catch you on Saturday for No Mercy, No Malice, as read by George Hahn.
    0:19:51 And please follow our Prop G Markets pod wherever you get your pods for new episodes every Monday
    0:19:52 and Thursday.

    Welcome to the second episode of our special series, Prof G on Marketing, where we answer questions from business leaders about the biggest marketing challenges and opportunities companies face today.

    In today’s episode, Scott answers your questions about whether brands should get political, how to pivot when industry assumptions no longer hold, and why marketers must adapt to a world where trust is shifting from institutions to individuals.

    Want to be featured in a future episode? Send a voice recording to officehours@profgmedia.com, or drop your question in the r/ScottGalloway subreddit.

    Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices

  • CEO Diaries: If You’re Not Doing This in Business, You’re Already Behind! LinkedIn Founder, Reid Hoffman

    中文
    Tiếng Việt
    AI transcript
    0:00:01 There’s a reason I love today’s conversation.
    0:00:05 It is with the founder of a platform that we probably all use called LinkedIn.
    0:00:09 And the guy that made that platform is Reid Hoffman.
    0:00:13 The reality of running a small business is that switching off is never really an option.
    0:00:18 Even when you try, the ideas, the excitement and all the responsibility is always there.
    0:00:22 And because you’re always switched on, it’s only fair that your hiring partner should be too.
    0:00:27 LinkedIn Jobs, who are the sponsor of this moments episode, has been that hiring partner for me
    0:00:30 and for years because it’s always working away in the background.
    0:00:37 My team can post our jobs for free, share them with our networks and reach top talent all in the same place.
    0:00:39 So let’s get into today’s conversation.
    0:00:45 On all these great people you’ve worked with, specifically, you know, during that PayPal period of your life.
    0:00:50 One of the things I was reflecting on is they’re all independently successful people,
    0:00:52 but they’re all very different people.
    0:00:56 And that in and of itself is evidence that there’s not one version of success.
    0:00:58 There’s many different types of success.
    0:01:01 Presumably, there’s many different types of entrepreneur, leader.
    0:01:02 Yes.
    0:01:07 Give me a flavor of the different types of entrepreneurs you’ve worked with.
    0:01:10 And what, you know, because I sat with Walter Isaacson.
    0:01:12 And he talked to me about Steve Jobs, Elon Musk, et cetera.
    0:01:15 And he was like, Steve’s really great at hiring people.
    0:01:19 Elon’s not as good at the people team building part, but he’s better at this part.
    0:01:20 Yes.
    0:01:24 So no entrepreneur wins at every game.
    0:01:33 Generally speaking, as an entrepreneur, you should try to play the games that you have a massive competitive edge on.
    0:01:35 Same thing is true.
    0:01:41 So some people, for example, like take Anil Busri at Workday, right?
    0:01:47 He is thoughtful, intentionally cultural building, very professional.
    0:01:50 So it’s a HR product for work.
    0:01:54 His contrarian idea was going to the cloud and that people were going to do cloud software.
    0:02:06 For the first, I think it was 500 people that Workday hired, he would always do a cultural interview at the end to make sure that the first 500 people all kind of shared cultural things.
    0:02:12 So once you get through all the competence and all the rest of the stuff, he would make sure that was a fit.
    0:02:14 And that’s part of how you get cultural coherence.
    0:02:16 That’s like one example, right?
    0:02:28 Another example, Elon is the, like, I have a big idea and I convinced myself 100% that it’s absolutely going to be the case.
    0:02:30 Like, I am going to settle Mars.
    0:02:35 We’re going to terraform Mars in our lifetimes, which is, no, it’s impossible.
    0:02:44 No human being on the planet, including Elon, is going to do that within Elon’s lifetime, right?
    0:02:47 Like, I’m going to go all in.
    0:02:49 I’m going to work really hard.
    0:02:50 I’m going to be technologically sophisticated.
    0:02:55 I’m going to work against the odds, right, in order to make that work.
    0:03:02 That’s a, you know, Anil, very professional, understands the workplace mark.
    0:03:06 Elon, like, I think I was like the second person he pitched SpaceX to.
    0:03:12 And his pitch, though, to my defense was, I’m going to send a turtle to Mars.
    0:03:14 And I’m like, that’s not a business.
    0:03:19 And you’re competing with national governments and, like, Russian subsidized rocket programs and so forth.
    0:03:20 This is not a good equity.
    0:03:21 I was wrong.
    0:03:21 He was right.
    0:03:25 But it’s not a good equity, you know, kind of play.
    0:03:26 He pitched it to you as an investor?
    0:03:27 Yes.
    0:03:28 Yeah.
    0:03:31 At what point was SpaceX at when he pitched it?
    0:03:33 That was before he started it.
    0:03:33 So it was an idea.
    0:03:34 Yes.
    0:03:36 And I’m going to send a turtle to Mars.
    0:03:41 And then it became, I’m going to send a gelatinous cube with plant seeds in it to Mars because they’ll grow.
    0:03:43 I’ll be the first person who will send life to Mars.
    0:03:45 And you’re like, well, okay.
    0:03:46 Right.
    0:03:49 What did you think genuinely when he said that to you?
    0:03:52 I thought he’d gone off his rocker.
    0:03:52 Really?
    0:03:53 Well, yeah.
    0:03:54 Of course you would.
    0:03:54 Yeah.
    0:03:56 Like, someone’s, my friend said that to me.
    0:03:58 I think I’d make a couple of calls just to check in.
    0:03:58 Do you know what I mean?
    0:04:00 Like, is Elon doing okay?
    0:04:02 He’s just told me about this turtle.
    0:04:03 Yes.
    0:04:04 It’s like, that’s not a business.
    0:04:13 Has your opinion of him changed over time in terms of his potential and ability as an entrepreneur?
    0:04:14 No, no.
    0:04:16 I’ve always thought of him as one of the world’s great entrepreneurs.
    0:04:18 Always?
    0:04:19 Yeah.
    0:04:21 All the way back to PayPal days.
    0:04:21 Really?
    0:04:21 Yeah.
    0:04:26 No, look, he has done repetitively amazing things.
    0:04:29 Now, he pitches everything with the same level of certainty.
    0:04:30 Right?
    0:04:33 Like, you know, I have this idea for online banking.
    0:04:35 I have this idea for boring tunnels under cities.
    0:04:39 I have this idea for creating a pneumatic tube for Hyperloop.
    0:04:48 All of them, he has the same level of, I am 1,000% right that this is, like, guaranteed to be part of the future.
    0:04:49 Right?
    0:04:52 And I, you know, and I may be the unique person to make it happen.
    0:04:52 Right?
    0:04:54 So, you have to have some discernment.
    0:04:59 But he’s, his, you know, on-base batting is pretty good.
    0:05:00 Right?
    0:05:01 For such major ideas.
    0:05:03 But it’s not 100%.
    0:05:03 Yeah.
    0:05:05 People kind of excuse that, though.
    0:05:06 Of course.
    0:05:06 If you get…
    0:05:09 If you get one that’s big, that’s fine.
    0:05:10 Right?
    0:05:10 Yeah.
    0:05:14 On the hiring side, has he been, is he up there with the best?
    0:05:18 Or is he not a direct hirer of people like Steve Jobs was?
    0:05:22 He hires well.
    0:05:26 Matter of fact, you can’t be a great entrepreneur and not ultimately hire well.
    0:05:32 I think some people are better hirers.
    0:05:40 Some people also have, like, are the kind of people that people would work for forever.
    0:05:47 Elon tends to burn people out a lot.
    0:05:51 Like, there’s lots of burnt-out people in his wake.
    0:05:56 And when you go and talk to those people, what you hear is, some people say, that was
    0:05:58 the best work experience ever, and I never want to work for him again.
    0:06:02 And other people say, that was the worst work experience ever, and I never want to work for
    0:06:02 him again.
    0:06:05 So, they’re all, I never want to work for him again.
    0:06:06 Right?
    0:06:09 So, you know, as kind of a dynamic.
    0:06:11 Because he basically looks at them as disposable parts.
    0:06:14 And, you know, go as hard as you can.
    0:06:15 Right?
    0:06:16 And then afterwards, you’re out.
    0:06:17 Don’t care.
    0:06:19 Because he goes so hard.
    0:06:26 Yeah, he goes hard, but he also thinks, your only relevance to me is, can you help me with
    0:06:26 my mission?
    0:06:30 And after you’re done, after you can no longer help me with my mission, you’re not relevant
    0:06:30 to me anymore.
    0:06:34 What do you think of that approach?
    0:06:35 That’s not my approach.
    0:06:37 LinkedIn mirrors my approach.
    0:06:44 Like, literally, I am referenceable by every entrepreneur that I’ve ever worked with, right,
    0:06:49 as a board member and as an investor, right, who, you know, even ones that I’ve, like,
    0:06:50 fired his CEO and so forth.
    0:06:54 Those people will say, he was really good to work with on these things.
    0:06:56 They may also have some critical things.
    0:06:57 There’s no problem with that.
    0:06:57 Right?
    0:07:03 But, like, literally, like, when I’m pitching an entrepreneur, I just, like, call anyone that
    0:07:04 I’ve worked with.
    0:07:06 Right?
    0:07:13 Because I try to work with people in a way that even when we’re at a difficult moment
    0:07:17 because I disagree with them intensely about how well they’re doing or what they’re doing
    0:07:21 or something else, that I’m doing it in a collaborative, constructive way.
    0:07:32 And so my goal is to work with people, like, anyone I want to work with, Brian Chesky, you
    0:07:33 know, Mark Pincus, et cetera.
    0:07:39 I want to be able to work with them for, you know, the rest of our lives.
    0:07:46 What’s interesting is I think these strategies fundamentally come down to what you think
    0:07:48 matters in life the most.
    0:07:54 Because you could optimize, even you could optimize more for building more companies or something
    0:07:56 at the expense of something else.
    0:07:57 And it’s a trade-off of something else.
    0:07:58 Like, you could go harder.
    0:07:58 Yes.
    0:08:00 But there’s a trade-off happening here.
    0:08:05 And we often, because Elon’s done these crazy things like the cars and the Neuralinks and
    0:08:09 there’s tunnels and now the AI and the X and the spaceships and stuff.
    0:08:10 We go, oh my God, that’s so amazing.
    0:08:11 And I do that as well as an entrepreneur.
    0:08:13 I go, fuck, no, one person can do that much.
    0:08:15 But we almost never talk about the trade-off.
    0:08:16 Yes.
    0:08:16 Yep.
    0:08:17 You’re 100% right.
    0:08:21 And it’s so, this goes back to the point about self-awareness.
    0:08:26 It’s like, it’s so tempting for the brain to go, oh my God, I want that.
    0:08:27 That’s what I want.
    0:08:29 Because you’re not seeing the trade-off.
    0:08:30 You’re not seeing the darkness.
    0:08:31 That is 100% correct.
    0:08:33 And look, I respect it.
    0:08:39 I understand the burn people out, like treat them as disposable assets that when they burn
    0:08:40 out, you just jettison them.
    0:08:46 And you can be very, Elon’s not the only entrepreneur who is very successful doing that, right?
    0:08:55 But for example, on the other side, like if you go to Mark Zuckerberg and you talk to the
    0:08:56 people who work for him, they’re like, that was great.
    0:08:58 That was the best working experience of my life.
    0:08:59 Of course I work for them again.
    0:09:00 Interesting.
    0:09:04 I hope you found today’s conversation helpful and insightful.
    0:09:08 If you’re ready to join two and a half million other small businesses already using LinkedIn
    0:09:12 for hiring, head over to linkedin.com slash D-O-A-C now.
    0:09:17 That’s linkedin.com slash D-O-A-C to find your next exceptional hire.
    Có lý do tại sao tôi yêu cuộc trò chuyện hôm nay.
    Người mà tôi gặp hôm nay là người sáng lập một nền tảng mà có lẽ tất cả chúng ta đều sử dụng, đó là LinkedIn.
    Người đã tạo ra nền tảng đó là Reid Hoffman.
    Thực tế khi điều hành một doanh nghiệp nhỏ là việc ngắt kết nối chưa bao giờ thực sự là một lựa chọn.
    Ngay cả khi bạn cố gắng, những ý tưởng, sự phấn khích và tất cả trách nhiệm luôn có mặt.
    Và vì bạn luôn ở trong trạng thái “bật”, thật công bằng khi đối tác tuyển dụng của bạn cũng phải như vậy.
    LinkedIn Jobs, nhà tài trợ cho tập này, đã là đối tác tuyển dụng của tôi suốt nhiều năm vì nó luôn hoạt động trong nền.
    Nhóm của tôi có thể đăng các công việc của chúng tôi miễn phí, chia sẻ chúng với mạng lưới của mình và tiếp cận những tài năng hàng đầu, tất cả tại cùng một chỗ.
    Vậy hãy bắt đầu cuộc trò chuyện hôm nay.
    Về tất cả những người tuyệt vời mà bạn đã làm việc cùng, cụ thể là, bạn biết đấy, trong giai đoạn PayPal của cuộc đời bạn.
    Một trong những điều tôi đã suy ngẫm là họ đều là những người thành công độc lập, nhưng họ đều rất khác nhau.
    Và tự bản thân điều đó chứng minh rằng không có một phiên bản duy nhất của sự thành công.
    Có nhiều loại thành công khác nhau.
    Có lẽ, có nhiều loại doanh nhân, nhà lãnh đạo khác nhau.
    Đúng vậy.
    Cho tôi biết một chút về những loại doanh nhân khác nhau mà bạn đã làm việc cùng.
    Và bạn biết đấy, vì tôi đã ngồi cùng Walter Isaacson.
    Ông ấy đã nói với tôi về Steve Jobs, Elon Musk, v.v.
    Và ông ấy nói, Steve rất giỏi trong việc tuyển dụng người.
    Elon không giỏi bằng ở mảng xây dựng đội ngũ, nhưng anh ấy giỏi ở phần này.
    Đúng vậy.
    Vì vậy, không có doanh nhân nào thắng trong mọi cuộc chơi.
    Nói chung, là một doanh nhân, bạn nên cố gắng chơi những trò chơi mà bạn có lợi thế cạnh tranh lớn.
    Điều tương tự cũng đúng.
    Vì vậy, một số người, ví dụ như Anil Busri tại Workday, đúng không?
    Ông ấy suy nghĩ thấu đáo, xây dựng văn hóa một cách có chủ ý, rất chuyên nghiệp.
    Vì vậy, đó là một sản phẩm nhân sự cho công việc.
    Ý tưởng ngược đời của ông ấy là chuyển sang đám mây và rằng mọi người sẽ sử dụng phần mềm đám mây.
    Trong 500 người đầu tiên mà Workday tuyển, ông ấy luôn tiến hành phỏng vấn văn hóa ở cuối để đảm bảo rằng 500 người đầu tiên đều có những giá trị văn hóa tương đồng.
    Vì vậy, khi bạn vượt qua tất cả năng lực và các yếu tố khác, ông ấy sẽ đảm bảo điều đó hợp với văn hóa.
    Và đó là một phần của cách thức bạn có được sự nhất quán văn hóa.
    Đó là một ví dụ, đúng không?
    Một ví dụ khác, Elon là người có một ý tưởng lớn và tôi thuyết phục bản thân 100% rằng điều đó chắc chắn sẽ xảy ra.
    Như, tôi sẽ định cư trên sao Hỏa.
    Chúng tôi sẽ biến đổi sao Hỏa trong cuộc đời của chúng ta, điều này là, không, điều đó không thể.
    Không có con người nào trên hành tinh này, bao gồm cả Elon, sẽ làm được điều đó trong cuộc đời của Elon, đúng không?
    Như, tôi sẽ dồn toàn bộ sức lực.
    Tôi sẽ làm việc thật chăm chỉ.
    Tôi sẽ phát triển công nghệ tinh vi.
    Tôi sẽ nỗ lực vượt qua khó khăn, đúng không, để biến điều đó thành hiện thực.
    Đó là một, bạn biết đấy, Anil rất chuyên nghiệp, hiểu biết về thị trường nơi làm việc.
    Elon, như, tôi nghĩ tôi là người thứ hai mà anh ấy thuyết phục về SpaceX.
    Và phần thuyết phục của anh ấy, mặc dù tôi đã bảo vệ mình, là, tôi sẽ gửi một con rùa đến sao Hỏa.
    Và tôi đã nói, đó không phải là một doanh nghiệp.
    Và bạn đang cạnh tranh với các chính phủ quốc gia và các chương trình tên lửa được trợ cấp của Nga, v.v.
    Điều này không phải là một lợi thế tốt.
    Tôi đã sai.
    Anh ấy đã đúng.
    Nhưng đó không phải là một phần chơi hợp lý, bạn biết đấy.
    Anh ấy đã thuyết phục bạn như một nhà đầu tư?
    Đúng vậy.
    Tại thời điểm nào SpaceX đang ở vị trí nào khi anh ấy thuyết phục bạn?
    Đó là trước khi anh ấy bắt đầu.
    Vì vậy, đó chỉ là một ý tưởng.
    Đúng.
    Và tôi sẽ gửi một con rùa đến sao Hỏa.
    Và sau đó nó trở thành, tôi sẽ gửi một khối gel có hạt giống thực vật vào sao Hỏa vì chúng sẽ phát triển.
    Tôi sẽ là người đầu tiên gửi sự sống đến sao Hỏa.
    Và bạn như, ừ, được rồi.
    Đúng.
    Bạn nghĩ gì thực sự khi anh ấy nói điều đó với bạn?
    Tôi nghĩ rằng anh ấy đã mất trí.
    Thật sao?
    Chà, đúng.
    Tất nhiên bạn sẽ như vậy.
    Ừ.
    Như, ai đó, bạn tôi đã nói điều đó với tôi.
    Tôi nghĩ tôi sẽ thực hiện một vài cuộc gọi chỉ để kiểm tra.
    Bạn hiểu ý tôi không?
    Như, Elon có ổn không?
    Anh ấy vừa nói với tôi về con rùa này.
    Đúng.
    Nó giống như, đó không phải là một doanh nghiệp.
    Ý kiến của bạn về anh ấy có thay đổi theo thời gian không về tiềm năng và khả năng của anh ấy như một doanh nhân?
    Không, không.
    Tôi luôn coi anh ấy là một trong những doanh nhân vĩ đại của thế giới.
    Luôn luôn sao?
    Ừ.
    Từ những ngày đầu PayPal.
    Thật sao?
    Ừ.
    Không, nhìn xem, anh ấy đã thực hiện liên tiếp nhiều điều tuyệt vời.
    Bây giờ, anh ấy thuyết phục mọi thứ với cùng một mức độ chắc chắn.
    Đúng không?
    Như, bạn biết đấy, tôi có ý tưởng này về ngân hàng trực tuyến.
    Tôi có ý tưởng này về những đường hầm nhàm chán dưới các thành phố.
    Tôi có ý tưởng này về việc tạo ra một ống khí nén cho Hyperloop.
    Tất cả chúng đều được anh ấy thuyết phục với cùng mức độ, tôi 1.000% tin rằng điều này, như, sẽ là một phần của tương lai.
    Đúng không?
    Và tôi, bạn biết đấy, tôi có thể là người duy nhất làm cho nó xảy ra.
    Đúng không?
    Vì vậy, bạn cần phải có một số khả năng phân biệt.
    Nhưng anh ấy, bạn biết đấy, tỷ lệ thành công trên sân nhà của anh ấy khá tốt.
    Đúng không?
    Cho những ý tưởng lớn như vậy.
    Nhưng không phải là 100%.
    Vâng.
    Mọi người cũng thường bỏ qua điều đó.
    Tất nhiên rồi.
    Nếu bạn có một cái lớn, thì không sao cả.
    Đúng không?
    Ừ.
    Về phần tuyển dụng, anh ấy có phải là một trong những người giỏi nhất không?
    Hay là anh ấy không trực tiếp tuyển dụng người giống như Steve Jobs?
    Anh ấy tuyển dụng tốt.
    Trên thực tế, bạn không thể là một doanh nhân vĩ đại mà không cuối cùng tuyển dụng tốt.
    Tôi nghĩ một số người là những nhà tuyển dụng tốt hơn.
    Một số người cũng là kiểu người mà người khác sẽ muốn làm việc mãi mãi.
    Elon có xu hướng làm mọi người kiệt sức.
    Như, có rất nhiều người đã kiệt sức khi làm việc với anh ấy.
    Và khi bạn đi và nói chuyện với những người đó, những gì bạn nghe được là, có người nói, đó là
    trải nghiệm làm việc tốt nhất mà tôi từng có, và tôi không bao giờ muốn làm việc cho anh ấy nữa.
    Và những người khác nói, đó là trải nghiệm làm việc tồi tệ nhất mà tôi từng có, và tôi không bao giờ muốn làm việc cho anh ấy nữa.
    Vì vậy, họ đều là, tôi không bao giờ muốn làm việc cho anh ấy nữa.
    Đúng không?
    Vì vậy, bạn biết đấy, như một kiểu động lực.
    Vì anh ta cơ bản coi họ như những phần có thể vứt đi. Và, bạn biết đấy, hãy cố gắng hết sức có thể. Đúng không? Và rồi sau đó, bạn ra ngoài. Không quan tâm. Vì anh ta làm việc rất nghiêm túc. Đúng, anh ta làm rất quyết liệt, nhưng anh ta cũng nghĩ, giá trị duy nhất của bạn đối với tôi là, bạn có thể giúp tôi với sứ mệnh của tôi không? Và sau khi bạn hoàn thành, sau khi bạn không còn có thể giúp tôi với sứ mệnh của tôi nữa, bạn không còn giá trị gì đối với tôi nữa. Bạn nghĩ sao về cách tiếp cận đó? Đó không phải là cách tiếp cận của tôi. LinkedIn phản ánh cách tiếp cận của tôi. Thật vậy, tôi được mọi doanh nhân mà tôi từng làm việc cùng tham khảo, đúng không, với tư cách là thành viên hội đồng quản trị và nhà đầu tư, đúng không, thậm chí cả những người mà tôi đã sa thải CEO của họ và những thứ tương tự. Những người đó sẽ nói, anh ấy thật tuyệt khi làm việc với những điều này. Họ cũng có thể có một số điều phê bình. Không có vấn đề gì với điều đó. Đúng không? Nhưng thực sự, khi tôi thuyết trình với một doanh nhân, tôi chỉ cần gọi cho bất kỳ ai mà tôi đã làm việc cùng. Đúng không? Bởi vì tôi cố gắng làm việc với mọi người theo cách mà ngay cả khi chúng tôi ở một khoảnh khắc khó khăn vì tôi không đồng ý với họ một cách mạnh mẽ về việc họ làm tốt như thế nào hoặc họ đang làm gì hoặc điều gì khác, tôi đang làm điều đó theo cách hợp tác, xây dựng. Vì vậy, mục tiêu của tôi là làm việc với mọi người, như bất kỳ ai tôi muốn làm việc cùng, Brian Chesky, bạn biết đấy, Mark Pincus, v.v. Tôi muốn có thể làm việc với họ trong suốt phần đời còn lại của chúng tôi. Điều thú vị là tôi nghĩ rằng những chiến lược này cơ bản xoay quanh việc bạn nghĩ rằng điều gì là quan trọng nhất trong cuộc sống. Bởi vì bạn có thể tối ưu hóa, thậm chí bạn có thể tối ưu hóa nhiều hơn để xây dựng nhiều công ty hơn hoặc một cái gì đó mà phải đánh đổi điều khác. Và đó là một sự đánh đổi của một cái gì khác. Như bạn có thể cố gắng hơn. Có. Nhưng có một sự đánh đổi đang diễn ra ở đây. Và chúng ta thường, vì Elon đã thực hiện những điều điên rồ như những chiếc xe, Neuralinks và có các đường hầm và giờ là AI, X và những chiếc tàu vũ trụ và những thứ khác. Chúng ta nói, ôi Chúa ơi, thật tuyệt vời. Và tôi cũng làm điều đó với tư cách là một doanh nhân. Tôi nói, chết tiệt, không, một người không thể làm được nhiều như vậy. Nhưng chúng ta gần như không bao giờ nói về sự đánh đổi. Đúng rồi. Ừ, bạn hoàn toàn đúng. Và điều này, điều này quay lại điểm về sự tự nhận thức. Thật hấp dẫn khi bộ não nghĩ, ôi Chúa ơi, tôi muốn điều đó. Đó là điều tôi muốn. Bởi vì bạn không thấy sự đánh đổi. Bạn không thấy bóng tối. Điều đó hoàn toàn chính xác. Và nhìn này, tôi tôn trọng điều đó. Tôi hiểu rằng việc đốt cháy mọi người, như coi họ là những tài sản có thể vứt đi mà khi họ kiệt sức, bạn chỉ cần loại bỏ họ. Và bạn có thể rất… Elon không phải là doanh nhân duy nhất rất thành công khi làm điều đó, đúng không? Nhưng ví dụ, ở phía bên kia, nếu bạn đến gặp Mark Zuckerberg và bạn nói chuyện với những người làm việc cho anh ta, họ sẽ nói, đó thật sự tuyệt vời. Đó là trải nghiệm làm việc tốt nhất trong đời tôi. Tất nhiên tôi sẽ làm việc cho họ một lần nữa. Thú vị. Tôi hy vọng bạn thấy cuộc trò chuyện hôm nay hữu ích và sâu sắc. Nếu bạn sẵn sàng tham gia cùng hai triệu rưỡi doanh nghiệp nhỏ khác đã sử dụng LinkedIn để tuyển dụng, hãy truy cập linkedin.com/DOAC ngay bây giờ. Đó là linkedin.com/DOAC để tìm kiếm nhân viên xuất sắc tiếp theo của bạn.
    我喜歡今天的對話是有原因的。這次的對話是和我們可能都在使用的平台創始人進行的,這個平台叫做LinkedIn。而創建這個平台的人是里德·霍夫曼(Reid Hoffman)。
    經營小型企業的現實是,關掉開關從來不是一個真正的選擇。即使你試著去放鬆,想法、興奮感和所有的責任感總是如影隨形。因為你總是保持在線,所以你的雇用夥伴也應該這樣。
    LinkedIn Jobs,今天這集節目的贊助商,這幾年來一直是我的雇用夥伴,因為它總是在背後默默運作。我的團隊可以免費發布工作機會,與我們的網絡分享,並在同一個地方接觸到頂尖人才。
    那麼,讓我們開始今天的對話。對於你過去與那些優秀的人合作的經歷,具體來說,特別是在你生活中的PayPal那段時間。 我反思的一件事情是,他們都是獨立成功的人,但他們每個人都非常不同,而這本身就是證據,表明成功沒有單一的版本。成功有很多不同的類型。或許,企業家和領導者的類型也有很多不同。是的。
    給我一些你曾合作過的不同類型企業家的風格。你知道的,我曾與沃爾特·艾薩克森(Walter Isaacson)坐下來聊天。他對我提到史蒂夫·喬布斯(Steve Jobs)、伊隆·馬斯克(Elon Musk)等等。他說,史蒂夫擅長雇用人,而伊隆在建立團隊方面則不如他,但他在其他方面更優於史蒂夫。
    所以沒有企業家能在每個領域都獲勝。一般來說,作為一個企業家,你應該試著參加你具有巨大競爭優勢的比賽。這個道理是相通的。因此有些人,例如在Workday的阿尼爾·布斯里(Anil Busri),對吧?他是個深思熟慮的人,故意在文化上進行建設,非常專業。這是一個針對工作的HR產品。他的反主流理念是走向雲端,認為人們會使用雲軟件。在Workday雇用的前500個人中,他總是在結尾時做文化面試,以確保前500個人都共享某些文化特徵。因此,一旦你通過了所有的能力測試,他會確保這是合適的。這是獲得文化一致性的一部分。
    這是一個例子,對吧?另一個例子,伊隆就是那種,我有一個大點子,我100%相信這會成為現實的人。我將要殖民火星。我們將在我們的有生之年改造火星,而這是不可能的。包括伊隆在內的地球上沒有任何人能在伊隆的有生之年做到這一點,對嗎?他會全力以赴。他會非常努力,技術上會很先進。他會逆流而上,為了讓這一切成真。這個人是阿尼爾,很專業,理解工作場所的市場。伊隆則是,我想我是在他為SpaceX做的第二個推介的人。他對我的推介是,我會把一隻海龜送到火星。我說,這不是一門生意。你在和國家政府、俄羅斯的補貼火箭計劃等競爭。這不是一個好的股權。結果我錯了,他是對的。但這不是一個好的股權玩法。
    他把這個推介給你作為投資者?是的。當他向你推介的時候,SpaceX已經到達什麼程度?那是在他創立SpaceX之前。因此,那只是一個想法。是的。我將把一隻海龜送到火星。然後變成了,我將要把一個裡面放有植物種子的明膠立方體送到火星,因為它們會生長。我將是第一個將生命送到火星的人。然後你會想,好吧。對吧?當他這麼告訴你時,你真心的想法是什麼?我覺得他好像瘋了。真的嗎?嗯,當然是的。是的。如果我的朋友對我這麼說,我想我會打幾個電話來檢查一下。你懂我的意思嗎?他現在這樣過得如何?他剛告訴我這個有關海龜的事。
    是的。就是說,那不是一門生意。你對他的評價隨著時間改變了嗎,特別是在他的潛力和作為企業家的能力方面?不,不。 我一直認為他是世界偉大的企業家之一。一直以來都是?是的。早在PayPal的年代。真的嗎?是的。不,看,他重複做了很多驚人的事情。現在,他以同樣的確定性推銷每一個想法。對吧?比如,我有一個關於網上銀行的想法。我有一個關於在城市下面挖隧道的想法。我有一個關於為超迴路建立氣動管道的想法。他所有的想法都有相同的確定性:我有1,000%的把握,這將是未來的一部分。對吧?我可能是唯一能讓它成真的人。對吧?因此,你必須對此有所辨識。但他的,嗯,基本打擊率還不錯。對於這樣的重大想法。但這可不是100%。是的。不過人們通常會對此心存寬容。當然。如果你找到了…
    如果找到一個大的,那就好。對吧?是的。在雇用方面,他是否在頂尖之列?還是他不像史蒂夫·喬布斯那樣直接雇用人?他會雇用得很好。事實上,你不能是一個偉大的企業家而不最終雇用得很好。我認為有些人更擅長雇用。有些人則是那種人,大家會願意一直為他工作。伊隆則常常會讓人們感到精疲力竭。就像在他身邊,有很多人感到疲憊。而當你去與那些人交談時,你會聽到,有些人說,那是我最好的工作經歷,我再也不想為他工作了。另一些人則說,那是我最糟糕的工作經歷,我再也不想為他工作了。所以,總之,大家都說我再也不想為他工作了。對吧?因此,這就形成了一種動態。
    因為他基本上把他們當作一次性零件來看待。
    而且,你知道,盡可能地努力吧。
    對吧?
    然後之後,你就不再重要了。
    不在乎。
    因為他努力到極致。
    是的,他很拼,但他也想,你對我唯一的相關性就是,你能否幫助我完成我的任務?
    而在你完成後,當你不再能幫助我完成我的任務時,你就不再對我重要了。
    你怎麼看這種做法?
    這不是我的做法。
    LinkedIn 反映了我的做法。
    字面上,我是每個我曾合作過的企業家的推薦人,對吧,身為董事會成員和投資者,對吧,甚至包括像我解雇過他的 CEO 等人。
    那些人會說,他在這些事情上非常好合作。
    他們也可能會有一些批評意見。
    這沒問題。
    對吧?
    但是,當我在向一位企業家推銷時,我會直接打電話給我曾合作過的任何人。
    對吧?
    因為我力求以一種合作、建設性的方式與人合作,即使當我們在難關中,因為我對他們的表現或他們做的事情有強烈的不同意見,我也希望這樣合作。
    所以我的目標是與我想合作的人合作,比如 Brian Chesky,還有 Mark Pincus 等等。
    我希望能夠與他們合作,直到我們的生命結束。
    有趣的是,我認為這些策略根本上歸結於你認為人生中最重要的是什麼。
    因為你可以優化,即使你可以在建立更多公司的同時,犧牲其他東西。
    這是一種取捨。
    是的,你可以更加努力。
    但是這裡發生了一個取捨。
    而且我們經常因為 Elon 做了一些瘋狂的事情,比如汽車、Neuralinks、隧道、現在的 AI、X 和宇宙飛船等等。
    我們會說,哦我的天,真是太驚人了。
    我身為企業家也這樣想,我會說,去他的,不可能一個人做到這麼多。
    但是我們幾乎從來不談論這種取捨。
    是的。
    你完全正確。
    這一點回到自我認知的重要性。
    大腦很容易就會想,哦我的天,我想要那個。
    那就是我想要的。
    因為你沒有看到取捨。
    你沒有看到黑暗。
    這是完全正確的。
    我尊重這點。
    我明白將人們消耗到極限,如同把他們當作一次性資產,當他們燒盡時就把他們拋棄的做法。
    你可以非常,Elon 不是唯一一位在這方面非常成功的企業家,對吧?
    但例如,另一方面,如果你去找 Mark Zuckerberg,和為他工作的人交談,他們會說,那真是太棒了。
    那是我一生中最好的工作經歷。
    當然我會再次為他們工作。
    有趣。
    我希望你覺得今天的對談有幫助並且富有啟發意義。
    如果你準備好加入已經有兩百五十萬家小企業正在使用 LinkedIn 進行招聘的行列,請立即前往 linkedin.com/D-O-A-C。
    那是 linkedin.com/D-O-A-C,來找到你下個卓越的聘用。

    Over the next six weeks, we’re bringing you the most unmissable moments from The Diary of a CEO, a masterclass in work, business, and entrepreneurship. These are the lessons that built some of the most iconic companies in the world, shared by the visionary CEOs behind them.

    We begin with Reid Hoffman, co-founder of LinkedIn. In this powerful conversation, Reid breaks down the surprising trait that separates good entrepreneurs from the greats and why ignoring it could be your biggest mistake. He shares the story of whats like working with Elon Musk, what most people get wrong about ambition, and the brutal trade-offs that come with building at scale. You’ll learn how different leadership styles create different outcomes and what it really takes to build companies that last.

    Visit – www.linkedin.com/DOAC

    Listen to the full episode here –

    Spotify – https://g2ul0.app.link/kXUCbNYywTb

    Apple – https://g2ul0.app.link/AkpmkV6ywTb

    Watch the Episodes On YouTube –

    https://www.youtube.com/c/%20TheDiaryOfACEO/videos

    Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

  • How to Succeed at Failing, Part 4: Extreme Resiliency (Update)

    AI transcript
    0:00:07 Hey there, it’s Stephen Dubner, and you are about to hear the fourth and final episode
    0:00:13 of our series, How to Succeed at Failing, which was first published in 2023.
    0:00:17 If you missed any of the earlier episodes, they should be right there in your podcast
    0:00:18 app.
    0:00:22 For this version, we have updated facts and figures as necessary.
    0:00:24 As always, thanks for listening.
    0:00:35 If I asked you to name the world’s deadliest infectious disease, what would you say?
    0:00:36 COVID-19?
    0:00:40 That was the biggest infectious killer for a few years, but not anymore.
    0:00:42 How about malaria?
    0:00:44 Influenza?
    0:00:44 HIV?
    0:00:49 Those are all deadly, but not the deadliest.
    0:00:51 So what’s number one?
    0:00:58 Actually, TB, for the last 20, 30 years, has been the number one infectious disease killer
    0:00:58 in the world.
    0:01:03 Babek Javed is a physician scientist who studies tuberculosis, or TB.
    0:01:08 You may think of TB as a 19th century disease when it was called consumption.
    0:01:13 It killed John Keats, Anton Chekhov, and at least two of the Bronte sisters.
    0:01:18 It killed the heroines of both La Boheme and La Traviata.
    0:01:24 And today, it still kills more than a million people each year, most of them in the developing
    0:01:24 world.
    0:01:27 TB is a disease of poverty.
    0:01:35 It’s really a major problem in India, China, Indonesia, Pakistan, South Africa, Nigeria.
    0:01:37 TB is a bacterial infection.
    0:01:40 There is a vaccine for it, but it’s not always effective.
    0:01:46 It can be treated with antibiotics, but it’s a long and fairly complicated course of treatment.
    0:01:53 And as deadly as TB is, it doesn’t draw the attention or the funding that flow to other
    0:01:54 diseases.
    0:02:01 There is no Hollywood star that gets TB that puts it in the public mind and everyday people’s
    0:02:02 thoughts.
    0:02:07 One of the reasons I was attracted to this field is I felt that infectious diseases in general,
    0:02:13 TB in particular, is, you know, one of the mechanisms of injustice in our world.
    0:02:14 And I really wanted to tackle that.
    0:02:19 David runs a tuberculosis research lab at the University of California, San Francisco.
    0:02:23 He has also worked at labs in Beijing and at Harvard.
    0:02:27 His kind of research comes with a lot of failure.
    0:02:31 I remember in my graduate school, I went over a year and a half without a single experiment
    0:02:32 working.
    0:02:37 And it’s very hard to get up in the morning and go back and expect to fail again.
    0:02:42 The first drug that was found to successfully fight TB is called streptomycin.
    0:02:44 It was discovered in 1943.
    0:02:49 It won a Nobel Prize for Selman Waxman, the main scientist behind it.
    0:02:53 And the way that streptomycin works is that it does two things.
    0:02:56 It inhibits the process of making new proteins.
    0:02:58 It’s called a protein synthesis inhibitor.
    0:03:01 But that in itself doesn’t kill the bug.
    0:03:08 What kills the bug is that in addition to that inhibitory action, it actually causes the
    0:03:11 bug to make mistakes when it makes these proteins.
    0:03:17 What interested Javid was this second function, the drug causing the bacteria to make mistakes
    0:03:21 as they are creating the proteins that produce the symptoms of TB.
    0:03:26 So he went looking for other ways to trigger those mistakes.
    0:03:31 And he found some, but it turned out this wasn’t enough to thwart the bacteria.
    0:03:36 What was really shocking and surprising to me is the bug didn’t seem to mind.
    0:03:38 It just carried on regardless.
    0:03:42 So I cranked up the error rate and I kept pushing and pushing.
    0:03:47 And really, the bugs were kind of fine with it until eventually, when I had really,
    0:03:51 cranked up the error rate an awful lot, then the bugs died.
    0:03:54 It takes a lot of error to kill these bugs.
    0:03:59 I was reflecting on my results and I was thinking, this just doesn’t make any sense to me.
    0:04:04 The prevailing dogma at the time is that with a small amount of error, you induce what’s
    0:04:12 called error catastrophe, where the errors in the new proteins make faulty machinery in the
    0:04:15 cell that then makes more errors and it just feeds on itself.
    0:04:18 And these bugs were extremely resilient.
    0:04:20 And that made me take a step back.
    0:04:24 And I thought, what if actually these errors aren’t detrimental after all, at least in a
    0:04:25 moderate amount?
    0:04:28 And that was my, I guess, aha moment.
    0:04:33 I have to be honest, at the beginning, I had no idea why this was.
    0:04:35 We were coming up with lots of different ideas just to explain it.
    0:04:43 But after a lot of experimentation and blind alleys and wrong turns, we figured out that
    0:04:49 what’s happening is that this mistranslation is allowing the bacteria to innovate.
    0:04:51 And that was a really exciting moment.
    0:04:59 And I kind of coined the term adaptive mistranslation, that sometimes these errors in the right context
    0:05:02 can actually be good for the bug.
    0:05:07 Adaptive mistranslation.
    0:05:08 Think about that for a minute.
    0:05:12 And let’s think about it outside the realm of tuberculosis research.
    0:05:19 It’s the idea that errors in the right context and degree can strengthen an organism, can make
    0:05:23 it more resilient and lead it to innovate.
    0:05:26 Now, that sounds like a magic trick, doesn’t it?
    0:05:32 But if it can work for TB, can it work for us?
    0:05:38 Today on Freakonomics Radio, the final episode of our series, How to Succeed at Failing.
    0:05:44 We will hear about another counterintuitive way to fight off failure.
    0:05:50 The premortem is designed to help you do better rather than to shut off innovation.
    0:05:55 We ask if failure should be taught formally in the classroom.
    0:06:01 The whole point of the whole semester is going to be, hey, everybody fails and we fail at everything.
    0:06:04 And whether failure needs a museum.
    0:06:06 We have a Ford Edsel.
    0:06:09 We have Pepsi Crystal, New Coke.
    0:06:14 How to Succeed at Failing, the final chapter starting right now.
    0:06:35 This is Freakonomics Radio, the podcast that explores the hidden side of everything.
    0:06:38 With your host, Stephen Dubner.
    0:06:51 Gary Klein is a cognitive psychologist who advises organizations on how to respond to failure.
    0:06:55 His latest research is around what are called wicked problems.
    0:07:01 A wicked problem is one where there’s not a clear right answer that people would generally agree upon.
    0:07:05 And what share of problems in the world are wicked problems?
    0:07:10 Most of the major social problems we wrestle with are wicked problems.
    0:07:14 We have multiple stakeholders and there’s no way to please all of them.
    0:07:18 And so there’s all of this potential conflict.
    0:07:29 And resource situations change or pandemics arise, wars arise, things that are unexpected that are going to upset what you’re doing.
    0:07:43 In any of those conflicts that Klein is describing, any of those disruptions, let’s call them, we suddenly crash into a complex situation that’s also fogged in by uncertainty.
    0:07:47 And now we have to essentially guess what’s going to happen next.
    0:07:50 And those guesses often turn out to be wrong.
    0:07:57 I actually went on Anderson Cooper during the early days of the pandemic to tell everyone how wrong I was.
    0:07:59 That is Teresa McPhail.
    0:08:06 She is a medical anthropologist at the Stevens Institute of Technology, one of the country’s top engineering colleges.
    0:08:13 And yes, McPhail is an appropriate name for a professor discussing her own failure in a series about failure.
    0:08:17 But just wait, it will get even more appropriate later in this episode.
    0:08:23 Anyway, McPhail had studied the outbreak of the H1N1 influenza pandemic in 2009.
    0:08:27 So her expertise was in demand when COVID came along.
    0:08:35 I really thought when we heard the first rumblings out of China in 2019 and early 2020, I was like, we have this.
    0:08:37 Like there’s mechanisms in place.
    0:08:45 But what I hadn’t really considered was what over a decade of cutting funding had done.
    0:08:49 And it had basically decimated a lot of public health.
    0:08:54 I thought we were more prepared and it turns out we were not.
    0:09:02 And I felt badly because I had done an interview with Vice News in February and I said, calm down.
    0:09:04 You know, we’re not China.
    0:09:06 We’re better equipped.
    0:09:07 Here’s why.
    0:09:12 I had to go to the ER in March because I got very sick on March 1st.
    0:09:24 I went to the ER and I remember the ER doctor saying to me that he had never seen a situation where they were so ill-equipped with PPE or personal protective equipment.
    0:09:27 That’s when I realized, uh-oh, I was wrong.
    0:09:42 Now, what might have happened if Teresa McPhail, and not just McPhail, but let’s say everyone in the realm of pandemic preparedness, what if they had all thought a bit differently about this wicked problem?
    0:09:49 What if, before the failure happened, they pretended that there had already been a failure?
    0:09:56 You are probably familiar with the idea of a post-mortem or what the military calls an after-action review.
    0:10:00 By that point, of course, the damage has been done.
    0:10:05 So what if you flip the order and conduct a pre-mortem?
    0:10:11 That’s what Gary Klein called this strategy when he invented it in the 1980s.
    0:10:27 The pre-mortem is designed to help people surface realistic possibilities and threats so that you can improve the plan, improve the product, and increase your chance of success.
    0:10:33 At the time, Klein was running an R&D firm that studied decision-making in organizations.
    0:10:37 You know, many of our projects succeeded, but not all of them.
    0:10:41 And we would occasionally have an after-action review.
    0:10:45 Those weren’t exciting things to do because we were pretty disgruntled.
    0:10:49 At one point, I said, why don’t we do this at the very beginning?
    0:10:51 Why don’t we imagine that it fails?
    0:11:01 Often in organizations, if you have like a kickoff meeting, there’ll be a part where they say, all right, now, does anybody have any concerns?
    0:11:02 Are there any critiques?
    0:11:04 Does anybody see any problems?
    0:11:14 And nobody says anything, either because they don’t want to disrupt the harmony of the team or because they’re not thinking that anything could go wrong because they’re excited to get started.
    0:11:20 So to break through that mindset, I developed this technique of a pre-mortem.
    0:11:26 And at the end of a kickoff meeting, we say, all right, imagine that I’m looking at a crystal ball.
    0:11:33 I’m dialing forward six months, maybe a year, whatever the right time frame is.
    0:11:37 And oh, no, this project has failed.
    0:11:39 It’s failed in a big way.
    0:11:40 We know that.
    0:11:41 There is no doubt.
    0:11:43 This crystal ball is infallible.
    0:11:48 Now, everybody in the room, you’ve got two minutes.
    0:11:53 Write down all the reasons why this project failed.
    0:12:01 And it’s amazing the types of issues that people surface that ordinarily they wouldn’t say in public or even think about.
    0:12:06 Can you explain from a psychological perspective why that works?
    0:12:11 Well, after I developed the technique, I read about some research on prospective hindsight.
    0:12:17 And so I think a big part of it is the certainty that it’s failed.
    0:12:19 And so now that changes my mindset.
    0:12:21 So I’m not resisting.
    0:12:23 If I say, here’s the plan.
    0:12:24 Are there any problems?
    0:12:27 There’s all kinds of pressure not to think about problems.
    0:12:36 But by being certain that the plan has failed, by entering into that exercise, it just changes the whole valence, the whole experience.
    0:12:37 So interesting.
    0:12:43 I mean, we always hear about how humans perform poorly under uncertainty generally.
    0:12:46 So you’re saying you’re just removing the uncertainty of whether it will work.
    0:12:48 You’re saying it didn’t.
    0:12:49 Now tell me why it didn’t.
    0:12:51 And that provides clarity.
    0:12:51 Right.
    0:12:56 So what happens next after people voice these ideas?
    0:12:57 What happens now?
    0:13:01 OK, so let me get we never thought about this as a tool outside our company.
    0:13:04 This was just something we did.
    0:13:06 But then we had a big project we were doing for the Air Force.
    0:13:13 It was a software tool for identifying ways of using precision guided munitions.
    0:13:17 And I told my prime sponsor, I want to do a pre-mortem.
    0:13:18 And he said, what’s that?
    0:13:19 And I explained it to him.
    0:13:21 And he said, absolutely no way.
    0:13:23 We want everybody to be positive.
    0:13:25 This is such a depressing exercise.
    0:13:27 I don’t want to do it.
    0:13:30 And I said, this is an important project.
    0:13:31 We want it to succeed.
    0:13:33 This is a way to make it succeed.
    0:13:36 And reluctantly, he agreed to do it.
    0:13:38 We were doing this pre-mortem.
    0:13:39 And there was this young captain.
    0:13:40 He hadn’t said a word.
    0:13:43 The meeting had gone on for about two days.
    0:13:44 He hadn’t said a word.
    0:13:49 And it was time for him to come up with his, what he had on his list.
    0:13:51 We go around one at a time around the room.
    0:13:53 And we do one or two or three sweeps.
    0:13:55 And he looked a little nervous.
    0:14:00 And he said, this tool that we’re building, it’s for people in the field.
    0:14:04 And they have these low-powered laptops.
    0:14:09 The tool we’re building runs on a supercomputer that takes 48 hours.
    0:14:11 I don’t see how that’s going to work.
    0:14:15 And there was silence in the room because everybody realized he was right.
    0:14:22 And then somebody said, now, I’ve got a back-of-the-envelope technique that I use that could be a shortcut.
    0:14:25 And all of a sudden, we were back in business.
    0:14:28 But if we hadn’t done that, we would have failed.
    0:14:32 And he never would have said that if we didn’t give him that space.
    0:14:36 And you’re saying the person who spoke up was the most junior or among the most junior in the room?
    0:14:38 Yes, he was.
    0:14:47 So I’ve seen this myself many times, not in a pre-mortem, but just in a meeting generally, where junior people, they have very little incentive to speak up.
    0:14:49 It seems like there’s more downside than upside.
    0:14:58 It strikes me that American meeting culture is dominated by noisy people who have a lot of confidence, which is often unearned.
    0:15:03 And I’m curious if you have any advice for having better ideas come through in meetings.
    0:15:11 I have a couple of ideas, but one of them is the pre-mortem because the pre-mortem creates a culture of candor.
    0:15:17 People learn that they can voice unpopular ideas and not be punished for it.
    0:15:26 It also creates an environment where I’m surprised at the ideas that you come up with or this young captain comes up with.
    0:15:33 It’s because a pre-mortem really harvests the different experience and ability of the people in the room.
    0:15:37 I don’t know what’s in your head, so how can I appreciate your perspective?
    0:15:41 But in a pre-mortem, I realize, wow, I never thought of it that way.
    0:15:46 So there’s a chance for the people in the room to start to gain more respect for their colleagues.
    0:15:50 I would think that anonymity would be a useful tool here.
    0:15:52 Why do you not use that?
    0:15:56 Anonymity could be useful in environments that are usually very punitive.
    0:16:02 But in terms of creating a culture of candor, it works better if we’re all face-to-face.
    0:16:06 Does it sometimes get personal, even ugly?
    0:16:09 I have never seen that happen, surprisingly enough.
    0:16:10 No.
    0:16:15 No, because everybody knows that this is a made-up failure.
    0:16:19 So it’s not life or death, although it could be.
    0:16:23 And everybody knows that the intent is to improve the plan.
    0:16:28 Can you talk about how to encourage candid feedback generally?
    0:16:34 Again, it may be the more junior employees, but whoever it is that might have a valuable insight,
    0:16:37 how can you best float that insight up to leadership?
    0:16:43 I’ve wrestled with that issue for a while because most organizations say that they want insights,
    0:16:49 but they don’t because insights are going to mean that we have to change.
    0:16:55 And if I’m a mid-level manager, now I’ve got to change my supply lines.
    0:16:57 I’ve got to change my staffing.
    0:17:01 Can we just continue what we’re doing and try to do it better?
    0:17:08 They’ll say, we want to be harmonious, so we’re going to make decisions where everybody agrees.
    0:17:14 A harmonious decision is a terrible idea because that means that everybody has a veto.
    0:17:20 And so your chance of coming up with an innovation has been severely compromised.
    0:17:25 Do you ever have harmonious decisions in your personal life, maybe with your family?
    0:17:31 I am guilty of the delusion that we can have harmonious decisions.
    0:17:37 And despite personal experience, I hold on to this goal.
    0:17:45 Do you personally routinely do pre-mortems, even just a quick in-your-head one when you’re about to make a decision?
    0:17:49 I do not do it when I make lots of decisions.
    0:17:52 And so I don’t do it automatically.
    0:17:55 Did you pre-mortem this interview today, Gary?
    0:18:00 That was a no.
    0:18:07 After the break, we ask the CEO of a startup if he would like to try Gary Klein’s pre-mortem idea.
    0:18:09 I guess I disagree with Gary.
    0:18:11 I’m Stephen Dubner.
    0:18:12 This is Freakonomics Radio.
    0:18:13 We’ll be right back.
    0:18:29 In 2018, Will Coleman left his job as a partner at McKinsey, the consulting firm, in order to launch a rideshare startup called Alto.
    0:18:35 At Alto, we’re elevating rideshare for both drivers and passengers.
    0:18:41 We offer a really differentiated service through W2 employees and company-owned vehicles.
    0:18:47 So at Alto, you always know exactly what you’re going to get, a safe, clean, high-quality ride every single time.
    0:18:54 A lot of those words sounded as if they were chosen to be contra Uber and Lyft.
    0:18:55 Is that essentially the case?
    0:18:57 That is essentially the case.
    0:19:01 Uber and Lyft, we think, are the contra of safe, clean, consistent.
    0:19:10 Our brand was always built to go head-to-head against the big names and to compete directly against them in every major city.
    0:19:13 Are you also, to some degree, a luxury product?
    0:19:15 We call it an accessible luxury.
    0:19:23 We want it to be something that feels luxurious, but that is, for most people, a couple dollars more.
    0:19:35 It might be because you really value your safety and the type of vehicle that you’re in or the type of person that you’re in the vehicle with or that you just value the consistency, knowing exactly what you’re going to get.
    0:19:38 So we see it a lot like a cup of Starbucks coffee.
    0:19:44 You can get a much cheaper cup of coffee, but most people choose that for that consistency and quality every single time.
    0:19:45 How many markets are you in right now?
    0:19:48 Yeah, we’re in six markets across the U.S.
    0:19:53 Los Angeles, San Francisco, Dallas, Houston, Miami, and Washington, D.C.
    0:19:55 I did not hear New York City there.
    0:19:55 Why not?
    0:19:56 That’s a big market.
    0:19:58 New York is a very expensive market.
    0:19:59 It’s a very competitive market.
    0:20:01 It’s very big and it’s a huge opportunity.
    0:20:09 But as efficient and maybe conservative allocators of capital, we want to perfect the product.
    0:20:13 The rideshare market is tough to break into.
    0:20:18 Uber and Lyft dominate both the drivers and riders in most places.
    0:20:21 Coleman hopes that Alto’s business model can set it apart.
    0:20:27 Instead of using freelance drivers who have their own cars, which is how Lyft and Uber do
    0:20:31 it, Alto employs the drivers directly and leases vehicles from manufacturers.
    0:20:33 Will that work?
    0:20:40 The history of the rideshare industry is already littered with firms that tried to challenge
    0:20:41 Uber and Lyft.
    0:20:44 There’s Juno, Sidecar, Fasten, and more.
    0:20:49 We asked Gary Klein how he might help Alto stay off that list.
    0:20:52 Okay, so there’s a couple of things that I might do with them.
    0:21:00 First of all, we would want to run some premortems to inject a healthy dose of reality.
    0:21:02 Not that I don’t think they have that.
    0:21:09 A second is, are they going to be able to pivot based on what they learn?
    0:21:16 Or are they going to get locked into a business model and not be resilient or flexible as things
    0:21:17 develop?
    0:21:18 Because things will develop.
    0:21:25 Their plan is not going to continue as they’ve originally designed it, simply because nobody
    0:21:29 is smart enough to come up with a perfect plan right off the bat.
    0:21:34 So you do want to make discoveries and you do want to be able to pivot and maybe even make
    0:21:37 massive changes in your business model.
    0:21:44 I mean, if you do some sort of premortem, you might say, what are the things that we might
    0:21:49 have to adapt for in part to build a more resilient organization?
    0:21:56 We went back to Will Coleman to ask what he thinks of Gary Klein’s suggestion.
    0:21:59 Yeah, we’re not going to be running any premortems at all.
    0:22:02 Because why?
    0:22:04 I guess I disagree with Gary.
    0:22:09 I mean, if you’re constantly focused on the downside, then I think you’re probably not
    0:22:10 focused enough on the upside.
    0:22:15 I often tell my team, you know, the money-making machine hasn’t been built yet.
    0:22:21 If you’re in a company like Google or Apple or Amazon, the money-making machine has been built
    0:22:22 and you’re just there to make it better.
    0:22:25 Here, you’re really building something from scratch.
    0:22:31 And so, honestly, the proposition of failure is almost – I mean, startups fail every day,
    0:22:33 you know, probably, what, 99% of them.
    0:22:39 So you’re already going into this with an understanding that failure is the most likely outcome.
    0:22:43 So we could sit around and talk about that for hours, days, but we’ll never make any progress.
    0:22:44 It’s paralyzing.
    0:22:50 Instead, what we talk about and what I focus on is, you know, how do we just get to the next
    0:22:50 decision point?
    0:22:52 How do we just get to tomorrow?
    0:22:55 How do we just make this incrementally better now?
    0:23:03 I hate to keep leading you down the road of potential failure, but I do want to ask, let’s
    0:23:08 say this doesn’t work and a couple of years from now, you need to close up shop.
    0:23:12 Can you envision what that would feel like for you?
    0:23:13 It would be devastating.
    0:23:18 Yeah, I mean, because we’ve been on the brink of that before.
    0:23:21 In COVID, I mean, I’m not kidding.
    0:23:23 We lost 95% of our revenue in a day.
    0:23:27 We were more agile during that period of time than we had ever been.
    0:23:32 And the impact of that was that many of those products that we built that were the ones that
    0:23:38 succeeded, which was maybe a tenth of them, but the ones that did are now 20%, 30% of our
    0:23:38 revenue.
    0:23:43 Incremental things that we didn’t have before the pandemic have made our business more robust,
    0:23:44 more resilient.
    0:23:51 A couple of months after we spoke with Coleman, we learned that Alto shut down service in
    0:23:52 San Francisco.
    0:23:55 Later, they stopped operations in two more cities.
    0:23:58 This all came with significant layoffs.
    0:24:04 Does this mean they will join the 90 some percent of failed startups that Coleman mentioned?
    0:24:08 I, of course, have no way of knowing.
    0:24:14 But if they do fail and fail spectacularly, they might end up with this man.
    0:24:16 My name is Samuel West.
    0:24:18 I’m a psychologist and I’m a curator.
    0:24:23 He is a curator and founder of the Museum of Failure.
    0:24:24 And how did that come to be?
    0:24:30 So I was in Croatia, in Zagreb, the capital, just on holiday with my family.
    0:24:35 And I stumbled into a museum called the Museum of Broken Relationships.
    0:24:44 So I’d been thinking about ways to sort of spread the ideas of accepting failure and how much room
    0:24:46 for improvement there is on learning from failure.
    0:24:51 And then I was in Zagreb and I just got this, you know, what do you call it?
    0:24:52 Hallelujah moment.
    0:24:57 And so it was that Samuel West invented the Museum of Failure.
    0:25:02 It’s a pop-up museum that has been traveling the world since 2017.
    0:25:06 Helsingborg, Sweden, Paris, Los Angeles, Washington, D.C.
    0:25:09 When we spoke with West, the museum was in Brooklyn.
    0:25:14 It’s a sunny, nice day and we’re about to open in a few minutes.
    0:25:17 As it turns out, running a traveling museum is not easy.
    0:25:21 So here we have an example of failure at Museum of Failure.
    0:25:23 Our wall panels are falling off the wall.
    0:25:25 I’m going to kill somebody.
    0:25:33 The museum includes more than 150 failures, most of them inventions and commercial products.
    0:25:37 They range from trivial to fraudulent.
    0:25:40 Elizabeth Holmes, do I need to say anything about her?
    0:25:41 No, come on.
    0:25:49 Gerber, back in the 70s, they launched a product of adult food in a baby food jar.
    0:25:53 This is the Euro Club from 2008.
    0:26:01 In case you couldn’t hear that, it’s called the Euro Club, not Euro, E-U-R-O, just U-R-O.
    0:26:07 It’s a golf club with, yeah, it’s for us men when we’re out golfing.
    0:26:09 And I need to urinate.
    0:26:16 So what you do is you unscrew the top of it, you clip it onto your belt, and then you fiddle
    0:26:24 under the belt and you urinate into this canister camouflaged as a golf club.
    0:26:27 And then you screw it back up and you continue on with your golf.
    0:26:33 I mean, the criteria is that to be in a museum, it has to be an innovation, and it has to be
    0:26:34 a failure, obviously.
    0:26:36 And then I have to find it interesting.
    0:26:41 The museum of failure will make you laugh, but West hopes that people walk away with more
    0:26:42 than that.
    0:26:47 So the focus at the museum is on innovations, which is products and services, but in our
    0:26:52 personal lives we fail also, and the same principle applies there.
    0:26:56 We’re very bad at learning from our own failures because it’s uncomfortable.
    0:27:01 So if we’re willing to have those uncomfortable feelings and thoughts for a while, we can actually
    0:27:02 learn from them.
    0:27:09 I want people to feel liberated that failing isn’t as bad as you think it is, usually.
    0:27:16 We also got Samuel West into a studio to talk about failure more generally.
    0:27:19 I think failure is far more interesting than success.
    0:27:22 Because why?
    0:27:30 Because success is often sort of curated by whoever, whatever story the sender wants to
    0:27:34 present, whereas failure feels much more authentic, much more human.
    0:27:38 Do you think it’s easier to learn from failure or from success?
    0:27:44 I think it maybe feels better to learn from success, but I think we can learn much more from failure.
    0:27:47 It’s a more natural way of learning.
    0:27:53 That’s how we learn how to eat, how to walk, how to do anything is through a repeated trial
    0:27:53 and error.
    0:27:55 So here’s the thing.
    0:28:00 I agree with you, but it seems as though most of the world, certainly the business world,
    0:28:01 thinks the opposite.
    0:28:05 We are addicted to, you know, success porn.
    0:28:11 People read the books written by successful entrepreneurs and they say, okay, that’s what I’m
    0:28:11 going to do.
    0:28:16 People listen to popular music or watch popular films and emulate that.
    0:28:22 It seems that there’s pretty much consensus that the best way to succeed is to copy success.
    0:28:23 What’s wrong with that idea?
    0:28:24 There’s nothing wrong with it.
    0:28:26 It’s just really difficult to do.
    0:28:33 And the thing is, it’s really low effort learning because sometimes, you know, listening to that
    0:28:38 successful entrepreneur or listening to that successful artist, you think you’re just going
    0:28:41 to absorb the success by listening to the story.
    0:28:46 Just because something works for someone else doesn’t mean it’s going to work for you.
    0:28:54 Since we spoke with Samuel West, the Museum of Failure itself seems to be failing.
    0:28:59 West and his former business partner are engaged in a bitter public dispute.
    0:29:03 West has encouraged people not to buy tickets to the museum.
    0:29:07 He says the partner stole his collection of failure memorabilia.
    0:29:09 The partner denies this.
    0:29:16 So if the Museum of Failure isn’t the place for instruction at the moment, how else might
    0:29:17 you learn from failure?
    0:29:22 Throughout this series, we’ve been speaking with Amy Edmondson, a scholar of failure at the
    0:29:23 Harvard Business School.
    0:29:28 She argues that, for starters, we should not be hiding our failures.
    0:29:32 One way to think about this is we will be failing.
    0:29:35 So let’s do it joyfully.
    0:29:39 Let’s do it thoughtfully and celebrate them appropriately.
    0:29:46 Talk to me for a moment about the ways in which failure is a good teacher, but we ignore its lessons.
    0:29:50 And I’m particularly thinking about the lack of publishing of null results and things like that.
    0:29:53 We don’t, in academia, we don’t publish our null results.
    0:30:00 So that means not only do we not spend enough time on them to really learn what they’re teaching
    0:30:05 us, but even more importantly, our colleagues near and far don’t get to see them.
    0:30:11 So then they’re at risk of trying the same thing, which to me is the most wasteful of the
    0:30:16 wasteful failures is when we already had that knowledge, but somehow we aren’t able to share it.
    0:30:20 Should there be a journal of failed results somewhere?
    0:30:21 Yes.
    0:30:23 And, you know, it’s not as strange as it sounds.
    0:30:28 You could still have very high standards because you wouldn’t publish things that were just
    0:30:35 nonsensical or didn’t have thoughtful hypotheses or theories that led you to spend that time
    0:30:36 studying them.
    0:30:40 You want to be the editor-in-chief and I’ll be your amanuensis or something?
    0:30:41 Let’s do it the other way around.
    0:30:47 Oh, I failed in my request to Tom Sawyer you into painting the fence there.
    0:30:48 I like the idea, though.
    0:30:55 Okay, so that’s one vote for a journal of failure, but Edmondson doesn’t want to run it.
    0:30:58 Maybe we can persuade this person.
    0:31:00 My name is Roy Shalem.
    0:31:02 I have a PhD in economics.
    0:31:08 Shalem teaches at Tel Aviv University and he studies the economics of competition and regulation.
    0:31:12 He once published a paper called The Market for R&D Failures.
    0:31:20 So what I’m trying to analyze is a situation in which firms are competing head-to-head in
    0:31:21 kind of a patent race.
    0:31:23 Patent races are quite common.
    0:31:28 Think about when pharmaceutical firms are competing to find a disease treatment.
    0:31:31 But this goes way beyond pharma companies.
    0:31:37 One of the most famous examples is when Alexander Graham Bell and Alicia Gray both filed a patent
    0:31:40 for the telephone on the same day in 1876.
    0:31:46 Bell won the patent, started the successful company, now synonymous with telephone, while
    0:31:48 far fewer people remember Gray.
    0:31:51 A typical patent race is winner-take-all.
    0:31:57 The competitors work hard, invest a lot of resources, but only the winner reaps the rewards.
    0:32:01 And the loser, or losers, are left with pretty much nothing.
    0:32:09 Roy Shalem, based on his research around corporate innovation, thinks this model is due for an upgrade.
    0:32:13 He thinks the losers should also have a way to monetize their efforts.
    0:32:18 My paper proves that theoretically there is a potential for a market for R&D failure.
    0:32:26 When you sell knowledge of past failures, you are expected both to reduce the cost of R&D because
    0:32:29 you’re not doing the same mistakes over and over again.
    0:32:34 And you also reduce the time until a discovery is made.
    0:32:36 So that’s also worth money.
    0:32:43 If Shalem had his way, there would be, as he titled his paper, a true market for R&D failures.
    0:32:49 Basically, when you’re doing something which is very hard, you mostly produce failures.
    0:32:54 And this is a very, very important part of the stock of knowledge.
    0:33:01 And so I think that it is possible to take all that knowledge and find the right price for
    0:33:03 a competitor to buy that knowledge.
    0:33:07 So far, at least, such a market does not exist.
    0:33:13 So what else can we do if we want to seriously consider the idea of learning from failure?
    0:33:19 Maybe we learn from failure in the old-fashioned way, in a classroom.
    0:33:21 I mean, I’m old school.
    0:33:22 I’m talking about Hobbes.
    0:33:25 After the break, Failure 101.
    0:33:27 I’m Stephen Dubner, and this is Freakonomics Radio.
    0:33:27 Freakonomics Radio.
    0:33:42 Do you remember Teresa McPhail?
    0:33:48 She is the medical anthropologist who initially thought that COVID-19 wouldn’t be a big deal.
    0:33:50 I said, calm down.
    0:33:52 You know, we’re not China.
    0:33:54 We’re better equipped.
    0:33:55 Here’s why.
    0:34:01 McPhail’s day job is teaching undergraduate engineering students at Stevens Institute of Technology.
    0:34:02 Right.
    0:34:07 They’re all science and technology nerds and geeks.
    0:34:10 And I mean that in the best possible sense.
    0:34:11 My people.
    0:34:13 Very driven.
    0:34:16 Very type A personalities.
    0:34:19 I mean, you don’t get into science and tech lightly.
    0:34:22 It’s not an easy subject.
    0:34:27 And the course load is quite hefty.
    0:34:34 At some point in their lives, probably the majority, like say 70%, will probably go on to get some sort of master’s or PhD.
    0:34:37 And then in terms of careers, what’s typical?
    0:34:38 What sort of careers?
    0:34:41 Engineers, engineers, engineers.
    0:34:44 And research scientists.
    0:34:48 And within engineering, is it software, mechanical, electrical, everything?
    0:34:49 The whole gamut.
    0:34:51 They’re building your bridges.
    0:34:52 They’re putting up your buildings.
    0:34:54 They’re designing your sewage pipes.
    0:34:56 All things I don’t want to fail.
    0:34:57 Exactly.
    0:34:58 Exactly.
    0:35:00 They’re designing your airplane engines.
    0:35:01 Everything.
    0:35:10 Now, for someone studying engineering who sees a future designing things where the stakes are high, an airplane, a bridge, whatever.
    0:35:13 How do they think about failure generally in their work?
    0:35:16 It’s the worst thing that can happen.
    0:35:19 It’s the worst thing that can happen.
    0:35:22 They’re all very high-achieving students.
    0:35:27 So they’re used to getting straight A’s or close to it.
    0:35:35 They come in thinking that failure is bad and it needs to be avoided at all costs.
    0:35:44 And they have imbibed the cultural narrative of, oh, you must learn from your failures and fail better and fail faster.
    0:35:46 But they kind of don’t buy it.
    0:35:48 Why do you think that is?
    0:36:05 I did a research project where a psychology professor and I designed a survey and just wanted to get a sense of how they define failure for themselves and what they think about it and what they think the American culture thinks about it.
    0:36:19 And they’re all really aware when we ask them what Americans think about failure, some of their answers are, you’re not doing a good job, you must be lazy, weak, incapable, stupid.
    0:36:27 They say that if you fail, it’s going to lead you to poverty, perhaps, a lack of social status.
    0:36:31 One person, this is a direct quote that I wrote down, if you fail, you suck.
    0:36:42 So McPhail got to thinking about whether there was a better way to talk to her students about failure, a more direct way.
    0:36:49 I know that business schools already teach case studies and failures, like they’ll teach what happened to Enron, what happened to WeWork.
    0:36:53 And that’s great for business students, but that’s not what I wanted to do.
    0:37:03 I wanted to really get them familiar with the concept of failure and introduce it as a necessary and natural part of life.
    0:37:12 And she felt the stakes were high, higher than most of us are willing to admit.
    0:37:20 Around 2017, 2018, we had a year that had several suicides.
    0:37:22 And, you know, we’re not alone.
    0:37:27 You pick up the newspaper and you’re reading constantly about Penn, Yale, Cornell.
    0:37:30 I mean, you name a school and they’re having a suicide problem.
    0:37:39 And one of the students who committed suicide in 2018 was my student, one of my students in a class that I had.
    0:37:41 She was active.
    0:37:47 She was involved heavily in Amnesty International, which is how she came to me because she took my global health class.
    0:37:50 She was very interested in helping others.
    0:37:52 She was cheery.
    0:37:55 She was a pleasure to be around.
    0:38:03 There were none of the signs when she was in my classroom, at least, of outward struggle.
    0:38:09 So I really felt blindsided when I heard that she had committed suicide.
    0:38:23 And I had heard from friends of multiple students who had committed suicide in that same time frame that one of the things they were all worried about is that they were somehow going to screw up,
    0:38:32 that they had screwed up, that college was the last good years, and then everything else was just going to be a series of failure.
    0:38:36 And I thought, my God, what is happening?
    0:38:41 And so as a professor, you know, I’m teaching and I teach depressing classes.
    0:38:43 Let me just be honest about this.
    0:38:47 I teach about things that can hurt us.
    0:38:49 I teach about pandemics.
    0:38:51 I teach about illnesses.
    0:38:55 I teach medicine, which is all about disease and death.
    0:38:58 And so my classes are pretty depressing.
    0:39:09 And I thought, what can I do to make a difference or, like, just provide a different perspective to try to help all of this anxiety?
    0:39:14 And that’s when Teresa McPhail started teaching a course she calls Failure 101.
    0:39:19 So I start off the class with the ultimate failure, which is death.
    0:39:27 I really think I’m an intellectual granddaughter of Ernest Becker, who famously wrote The Denial of Death.
    0:39:29 He was an anthropologist as well.
    0:39:36 And his take was that society everywhere is a living myth of the significance of human life,
    0:39:46 that we defiantly create meaning where none exists because we do not want to deal with the terror that the ultimate mistake is one that’s going to get us killed.
    0:39:52 I start off the class saying, listen, life is terrifying because death is terrifying.
    0:39:57 And I think evolutionarily, mistakes meant catastrophe.
    0:40:05 And that’s probably why we don’t like them, because if you make a wrong move in the savannah when you’re hunting, you’re dead.
    0:40:19 When I read your course description and you describe teaching about failures in all realms of science, and then you write that death is the ultimate failure, my response was, well, that’s not fair.
    0:40:32 My reasoning would be that failure implies at least some small level of uninevitability, whereas death has a perfect record as far as I know.
    0:40:39 Yes, but if you look at biology, death is your systems all failing.
    0:40:40 See what I’m saying?
    0:40:50 But that’s the perfect example to try to get them to accept that failure is necessary, because the example of something that doesn’t die is cancer.
    0:40:52 And that’s not what we want.
    0:41:00 And so there’s that tension that, yes, death is, if you think about it from that perspective, it’s all your system shutting down one by one in a cascade.
    0:41:24 And you can see that as the ultimate failure, but then I try to get them to embrace that, because, and again, I’m just Becker’s granddaughter, because his argument was, if we distract ourselves and we try to push down our fears of failing, ultimately that’s about our fear of dying, that ironically trying to push all of that down and not talking openly about it creates more problems.
    0:41:33 So that’s my take, is that, yeah, you have to embrace failure, because you can’t have a successful life without it.
    0:41:53 I basically tell them at the start of my classes that I need you to get comfortable being uncomfortable, and I need you to be comfortable with uncertainty, and I really think embracing the idea that you’re going to fail
    0:42:04 Okay, but Professor McPhail, I’ve gotten nothing but A’s for the last 13 years of my life, and I’m not going to stop now.
    0:42:09 So would you please not say things like that and get out of the way and start lecturing and give me an A?
    0:42:11 No.
    0:42:20 I’m trying to take failure and put it on the table and look at it as a social object.
    0:42:24 From an economic perspective, what does it look like?
    0:42:26 From a business perspective, from a science perspective?
    0:42:30 Because failure is a changeable object.
    0:42:38 Like, one failure in one arena doesn’t necessarily have any of the components of the same label in another.
    0:42:39 I mean, I’m old school.
    0:42:41 I’m talking about Hobbes.
    0:42:52 And we’re going over things like what is the social contract and what does the social good look like and what does Hobbes think failure will be?
    0:42:58 Give me an example of a culture that dealt with or deals with failure very differently than 21st century American.
    0:43:00 I mean, it’s never good.
    0:43:00 I mean, here’s the thing.
    0:43:07 So anthropologists often ask, what are the things that all cultures everywhere struggle with?
    0:43:12 And failure is definitely something that all cultures grapple with on some level.
    0:43:13 That surprises me.
    0:43:18 I would have thought there have been many cultures and societies through time where…
    0:43:18 Where it’s fine?
    0:43:20 I don’t know about fine.
    0:43:21 It’s great?
    0:43:24 I definitely don’t think great.
    0:43:26 But I mean, here’s the way I’m thinking.
    0:43:30 If you look at our track record, humans, we’re pretty darn fallible.
    0:43:34 We screw up all the time in so many ways.
    0:43:35 Right.
    0:43:47 And so it’s surprising to me that we haven’t developed a philosophy or science of failure that would be fairly timeless and robust and so on.
    0:43:49 You would think so, but not in my…
    0:43:56 I mean, maybe someone will listen to this and say, here’s the book that answers it all.
    0:44:09 But the truth is there’s something about the time you’re living in that it’s either hard to see what it is you’re doing wrong or it’s hard to admit where that buck stops.
    0:44:18 I know that the researchers, Lauren Eskreis-Winkler and Ayelet Fischbach, have done work looking at why we hate failure so much.
    0:44:26 And it comes down to a pretty obvious point, which is that ego is real and failure threatens our ego.
    0:44:29 And universally, it feels bad.
    0:44:42 So if we were to reduce it to that finite and concrete psychological response and emotional response, have you encountered any way to sort of take the sting out of that response?
    0:44:46 Not really except for embracing it.
    0:44:48 So I would, I guess…
    0:44:50 Man, I came in thinking you were going to have all sorts of…
    0:45:04 I went back to Amy Edmondson, the failure expert at Harvard, to ask what she would like to see taught in a failure 101 class.
    0:45:08 Number one, distinguishing different kinds of failure.
    0:45:09 A failure is not a failure is not a failure.
    0:45:12 You know, we could be talking about a little mistake.
    0:45:15 We could be talking about a catastrophic accident.
    0:45:19 We could be talking about a scientific, you know, hypothesis that didn’t get supported.
    0:45:23 So providing the students that useful terminology and that useful clarity.
    0:45:30 And then I think a second element that I’d love to see in the course is experimentation best practices.
    0:45:36 You know, how do you think about good experiments versus not good experiments?
    0:45:40 Here’s what Teresa McPhail writes in her Failure 101 syllabus.
    0:45:46 Some assignments will intentionally be set up for you to fail to complete them in full.
    0:45:51 But I expect you to cope with this as best you can and turn in something.
    0:45:55 I will not warn you which weeks are impossible to complete.
    0:45:59 McPhail has now taught the course seven times.
    0:46:04 The only grades she gives are an A for passing or an F for failing.
    0:46:07 She’s only had two students ever fail the class.
    0:46:14 McPhail says she has gotten positive feedback from students, their parents, and according to some students, their therapists.
    0:46:18 She would like to see her course taught at other schools.
    0:46:22 I think they should offer a Failure 101 course because it works.
    0:46:27 It changes the students’ perspectives on failure.
    0:46:29 It makes them embrace it.
    0:46:36 It completely alters their understanding of themselves in relationship to the norm.
    0:46:40 And I think that’s worth it.
    0:46:43 I’m looking at your Rate My Professor rankings.
    0:46:43 Oh, God.
    0:46:46 And you have a perfect score.
    0:46:47 I’ve never seen that before.
    0:46:49 Here’s one review.
    0:46:51 Quite possibly the best professor I have ever had.
    0:46:53 Confident and knows what she’s talking about.
    0:46:55 She’s enthusiastic about her lectures.
    0:46:58 And that enthusiasm is truly contagious to students.
    0:46:59 She just loves what she does.
    0:47:02 Also, she is so cool.
    0:47:05 She’s had such an interesting life.
    0:47:07 Low-key want to be her.
    0:47:08 All right.
    0:47:09 So what’s your review of that review?
    0:47:11 Oh, my God.
    0:47:13 If they could only see me behind the scenes.
    0:47:18 You know what, though?
    0:47:23 I think they feel like that because I do show them my failures.
    0:47:24 For instance?
    0:47:26 Well, I mean, we’re all human beings.
    0:47:30 There are going to be days where I’m not entirely prepped for class.
    0:47:31 Ah.
    0:47:32 What do you do then?
    0:47:33 I announce it.
    0:47:35 I say, hey, guess what?
    0:47:37 I forgot my notes at home.
    0:47:39 So we’re off the books.
    0:47:40 Let’s do this.
    0:47:43 Or I also will.
    0:47:47 I mean, we live in the age of lightning Googling.
    0:47:52 So, you know, if I say something, feel free to fact check me.
    0:47:54 And if I’m not right, raise your hand.
    0:47:58 Because I want them to get the idea that you can be an expert.
    0:48:00 You can be highly knowledgeable.
    0:48:03 But there’s no way I know everything.
    0:48:10 What is the upside of embracing or at least processing failure in the way that you’re describing?
    0:48:11 Freedom.
    0:48:12 Freedom.
    0:48:18 And a lightness of moving through the world.
    0:48:19 Okay.
    0:48:23 But the people designing our airplanes and bridges, I don’t care if they feel free and light.
    0:48:25 So here’s the thing.
    0:48:31 Before any of us step on a plane, there’s been so many prototypes and there’s been so many tests.
    0:48:37 And the thing I’d like to see more is letting people fail.
    0:48:41 There has to be a space for people to accept abject failure.
    0:48:44 Failure that doesn’t teach you anything.
    0:48:48 And in that space, what does one do?
    0:48:51 Does one grieve, for instance?
    0:48:52 I think, yes.
    0:48:55 I think one learns acceptance.
    0:48:58 And out of acceptance comes resilience.
    0:49:05 I ask my students to reflect at the end of every class.
    0:49:11 And the answers I get back is that they’ve totally changed their definition of what failure is.
    0:49:14 Most of them will say it’s not the end of the world.
    0:49:15 It’s a setback that you learn from.
    0:49:20 And all of them understand that it’s subjective and a social construct.
    0:49:32 Simply having a class where you come in once a week for three hours and talk about failure just blatantly somehow made it okay for them to accept their own personal failures.
    0:49:41 And one of the things that shifts throughout the class is I ask them, what do you think the rate of other people’s failures is compared to your own?
    0:49:46 And before they take the class, they say, oh, I definitely fail more than other people.
    0:49:50 And then at the end of the class, they go, everyone is failing every day at everything.
    0:49:53 And I’m like, yes, that’s right.
    0:49:53 Correct.
    0:49:55 You’ve passed this class.
    0:50:04 I’d like to thank Teresa McPhail for teaching all of us a new way to think about failure.
    0:50:09 And thanks to everyone who spoke with us for this series, How to Succeed at Failing.
    0:50:12 I’m curious to know how you think we did with this series.
    0:50:16 One key ingredient of learning from failure is getting good feedback.
    0:50:18 And I want yours.
    0:50:22 Our email is radio at Freakonomics.com.
    0:50:25 You can also leave a rating or review on your podcast app.
    0:50:31 Coming up next time on the show, let’s play a guessing game.
    0:50:38 Who operates in the shadows of the global economy, but often dictates the fate of nations?
    0:50:45 They’re also involved at one point or another in the buying and selling of just about everything you touch.
    0:50:48 Wherever there is history being made, the commodity traders are there.
    0:50:54 Jack Farchi and Javier Blas have written a definitive book on the commodity trading industry.
    0:50:59 We’re not talking about the desk warriors who trade financialized commodity futures.
    0:51:06 These are the people who buy and sell the actual petroleum products and metals and agricultural products.
    0:51:11 If you think about a commodity trader, they have to have a bit of the Wolf of Wall Street,
    0:51:16 a bit of James Bond, and a lot of pirates of the Caribbean.
    0:51:26 Just beneath the surface of the global economy, there is a hidden layer of dealmakers for whom chaos, war and sanctions are often a great business opportunity.
    0:51:29 We’ll hear all about them next time on the show.
    0:51:31 Until then, take care of yourself.
    0:51:34 And if you can, someone else too.
    0:51:37 Freakonomics Radio is produced by Stitcher and Renbud Radio.
    0:51:45 This episode and this entire failure series was originally produced by Zach Lipinski and was updated with help from Dalvin Abawaji.
    0:51:50 It was mixed by Greg Rippon and Jasmine Klinger with help from Jeremy Johnston.
    0:51:56 The Freakonomics Radio network staff also includes Alina Cullman, Augusta Chapman, Eleanor Osborne, Ellen Frankman,
    0:52:00 Elsa Hernandez, Gabriel Roth, Morgan Levy, Sarah Lilly, and Tao Jacobs.
    0:52:08 You can find our entire archive on any podcast app or at Freakonomics.com, where we also publish transcripts and show notes.
    0:52:14 Our theme song is Mr. Fortune by the Hitchhikers, and our composer is Luis Guerra.
    0:52:16 As always, thanks for listening.
    0:52:25 I am a professor, so if I’m talking too long, feel free to nudge me.
    0:52:25 Will do.
    0:52:29 I try to keep track of it, but sometimes, you know, I get enthusiastic, as you’ll see.
    0:52:30 Should we have a safe word?
    0:52:33 Pineapple.
    0:52:40 The Freakonomics Radio Network.
    0:52:42 The hidden side of everything.
    0:52:46 Stitcher.

    Everyone makes mistakes. How do we learn from them? Lessons from the classroom, the Air Force, and the world’s deadliest infectious disease.

     

    • SOURCES:
      • Will Coleman, founder and C.E.O. of Alto.
      • Amy Edmondson, professor of leadership management at Harvard Business School.
      • Babak Javid, physician-scientist and associate director of the University of California, San Francisco Center for Tuberculosis.
      • Gary Klein, cognitive psychologist and pioneer in the field of naturalistic decision making.
      • Theresa MacPhail, medical anthropologist and associate professor of science & technology studies at the Stevens Institute of Technology.
      • Roy Shalem, lecturer at Tel Aviv University.
      • Samuel West, curator and founder of The Museum of Failure.

     

     

  • How Siemens Is Bringing AI to Factory Floors – Ep. 257

    Matthias Loskyll, head of virtual control and industrial AI at Siemens Factory Automation, joins the NVIDIA AI Podcast to discuss how AI, simulation and digital twins are making significant impacts in manufacturing. From automating defect detection with Siemens Inspekto to enhancing production efficiency, NVIDIA’s collaboration with Siemens is making advanced automation accessible and secure for manufacturers.

  • #229 Outliers: Andy Grove – Only The Paranoid Survive

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 Through his office window at Intel headquarters, Andy Grove could see the Ferris wheel of Great
    0:00:11 America Amusement Park spinning in the distance. But the document in front of him offered no such
    0:00:18 entertainment. Gordon Moore, yes, that Gordon Moore of Moore’s Law fame, drops into the visitor’s
    0:00:24 chair, his face grim. The latest memory chip numbers are catastrophic. After quarters of
    0:00:31 watching Japanese competitors demolish Intel’s market share from 83% to a mere 1.3%,
    0:00:39 this situation had become existential. In a standard issue 8×9 cubicle, Grove insisted executives use the
    0:00:44 same workspace as everyone else. He asked a question that would change history. If we got
    0:00:50 kicked out and the board brought in a new CEO, what do you think he would do? Gordon answers without
    0:00:57 hesitation. He’d get us out of memories. This reply hits Grove like a physical blow. After a moment of
    0:01:02 stunned silence, he delivers the line that would save Intel. Why shouldn’t you and I walk out the door,
    0:01:09 come back in, and do it ourselves? No dramatic music swells, no chest-bumping celebration, just the sound
    0:01:15 of two men exhaling as they mentally prepare to abandon the very product that built their company.
    0:01:23 Intel in 1985 was a memory company. The business generated over 90% of their revenue and it would
    0:01:29 soon be gone. The pivot would cost thousands of jobs, millions in R&D, and require shuttering
    0:01:34 eight manufacturing plants. But by detaching themselves emotionally and viewing the situation
    0:01:40 from an outsider’s perspective, Grove and Moore had found clarity in crisis. Grove would later distill
    0:01:47 this ruthless, clear-sightedness into a mantra for corporate survival. Only the paranoid survive.
    0:01:53 This wasn’t just a catchy business slogan, it was survival wisdom earned through trauma. For Grove,
    0:02:00 paranoia wasn’t pathological, it was practical. And its seeds were planted a continent away half a century
    0:02:07 earlier when a hard-of-hearing Jewish boy named Andras Grof was learning to detect danger before it arrived
    0:02:11 while hiding from Nazi death squads in wartime Budapest.
    0:02:31 Welcome to The Knowledge Project. I’m your host, Shane Parrish. In a world where knowledge is power,
    0:02:36 this podcast is your toolkit for mastering the best of what other people have already figured out.
    0:02:44 The story of Andy Grove is about survival in its most elemental form. Imagine transforming yourself
    0:02:49 from a child hiding from Nazi death squads in Budapest to becoming Time Magazine’s man of the year
    0:02:56 and the CEO who saved Intel. That journey isn’t just remarkable, it’s almost incomprehensible. Yet,
    0:03:00 Grove himself would scoff at any narrative involving destiny or divine intervention.
    0:03:06 His philosophy, captured in the book title, Only the Paranoid Survive, offers a far more practical
    0:03:13 explanation. Detect threats before they become fatal. Whether it’s the sound of jackboots on
    0:03:18 cobblestone streets or Japanese competitors overtaking your memory chip business, survival demands the same
    0:03:25 skills. Constant vigilance, brutal self-assessment, and the courage to abandon what wants to find you.
    0:03:31 The same boy who learned to read danger in a stranger’s glance would later read impending doom
    0:03:38 in market share statistics. Different contexts, identical skills. Today’s episode isn’t just about
    0:03:44 technology or business strategy, it’s about developing a mindset that thrives in environments of
    0:03:50 radical change. Something all of us face today, regardless of our field. What made Grove extraordinary
    0:03:56 wasn’t technical genius, but his ability to see reality clearly when others couldn’t? While his
    0:04:03 contemporaries remained emotionally attached to past decisions, Grove asked the questions no one dared to
    0:04:10 ask. What if we’re wrong? What if everything we built needs to be abandoned? Grove’s lessons on
    0:04:16 strategic inflection points offer something invaluable, a framework for detecting existential threats
    0:04:21 before they destroy you. Drawing from his autobiography and Richard Tedlow’s definitive
    0:04:26 biography, this episode reveals how Grove’s traumatic childhood shaped his leadership approach,
    0:04:30 how he taught himself to become a world-class manager, and how he saved intel by walking away
    0:04:36 from the very product that built it. Remember to stay until the end for lessons you can take away from
    0:04:41 this episode. After all, inflection points don’t announce themselves with press releases. They whisper
    0:04:47 first, then shout, then destroy. In Grove’s world, paranoia isn’t anxiety, it’s attention paid to
    0:04:59 whispers others dismiss. It’s time to listen and learn. This podcast is for entertainment purposes only.
    0:05:11 Let’s begin at the beginning. Andreas Estevan Grof was born in 1936 to a middle-class Jewish family in
    0:05:16 Budapest, Hungary. His father co-owned a dairy business. His mother was, in Grove’s words,
    0:05:22 cultured without being snobbish. They were thoroughly assimilated into Hungarian society. That is, until
    0:05:29 everything changed. When Andreas was just five, his father was conscripted into a Jewish labor battalion,
    0:05:35 essentially a death sentence of forced labor on the Eastern Front. Young Andreas noticed something that
    0:05:40 day he’d never forget. His father was trying to smile, but there was something wrong with his smile.
    0:05:45 In the spring of 1943, the family received notice that George Grof had disappeared.
    0:05:51 Andreas, now six, was bewildered by this term while watching his mother retreat into smoking in solitary
    0:05:58 grief. Amid this trauma, Andreas contracted scarlet fever, confining him for months and permanently
    0:06:05 damaging his hearing. Yet years later, Grove reflected on how this seeming handicap became an unexpected
    0:06:06 asset. He wrote,
    0:06:12 I had to be quicker at processing nonverbal signs and more attentive to signals. And most important,
    0:06:18 because I often understood only parts of sentences, I had to exercise my mind constantly.
    0:06:24 What’s instructive here is Grove’s capacity to transform disadvantage into strength. The hearing
    0:06:30 loss that isolated him socially became his edge in business. While others heard noise, Grove detected
    0:06:35 patterns. While others waited for complete information, Grove decided with fragments.
    0:06:40 The little limitation that made childhood harder became the foundation of his leadership genius.
    0:06:45 Life rarely deals perfect hands. The winners aren’t those with the best cards, but those who play
    0:06:52 difficult hands exceptionally well. The situation for Hungarian Jews deteriorated dramatically in March of
    0:06:59 1944 when Nazi Germany directly occupied the country. The eight-year-old Andreas watched as German soldiers
    0:07:05 marched into Budapest. There were no announcements and there was no fighting. They just came in. My mother
    0:07:10 and I stood on the sidewalk of the ring road watching as the cars and troop carriers filled with soldiers
    0:07:16 drove by. The German soldiers didn’t look anything like the soldiers who had guarded my father’s labor unit.
    0:07:22 Those soldiers slouched a bit and their uniforms were wrinkled. The German soldiers were neat,
    0:07:29 more shiny boots and had self-confident air about them. They reminded me of my toy soldiers. Within days,
    0:07:35 Adolf Eichmann arrived with a small but efficient commando unit to eliminate Hungary’s Jewish population.
    0:07:43 They moved with terrifying speed. By July of 1944, most Jews outside of Budapest had been deported to
    0:07:50 Auschwitz and murdered. Young Andreas experienced the casual cruelty of anti-Semitism firsthand when a
    0:07:55 playmate suddenly announced that Jesus Christ was killed by the Jews and because of that all the Jews
    0:08:01 would be thrown into the Danube. Andreas ran to his mother in tears and never returned to that park again.
    0:08:08 By late summer, Andy and his mother were forced into a designated star house and required to wear yellow
    0:08:14 stars in public. People avoided looking at us. Even people we knew wouldn’t meet our eyes. It was as if
    0:08:21 a barrier was growing between us and everyone else. In October 1944, as Hungary’s homegrown fascist
    0:08:28 organization seized power, Andy’s mother made a fateful decision. Andreas, she said, “We have to get out of here.”
    0:08:36 This paranoid vigilance would save their lives. Maria obtained false identity papers with a Slavic surname,
    0:08:42 and they went into hiding, posing as non-Jewish refugees. The danger was constant. Being circumcised
    0:08:48 would immediately identify Andreas as Jewish if he was discovered, so his mother warned him not to
    0:08:53 urinate when others were present in their communal bathroom. When children were gathered to recite
    0:08:59 Christian prayers, Andreas feigned illness and ran to his mother, who quickly created a distraction.
    0:09:05 This ability to detect threats and take decisive action would later become the cornerstone of Grove’s
    0:09:10 leadership philosophy decades later. As he would later write, the ability to recognize that the winds
    0:09:16 have shifted and to take appropriate action before you wreck your boat is crucial to the future of an
    0:09:23 enterprise. Grove learned early that survival depends not just on recognizing danger, but on acting before
    0:09:32 it’s too late. A lesson that would later save Intel. By January of 1945, the Soviet Red Army reached Budapest,
    0:09:37 transforming the city into a battleground. Sheltering in a cellar during the bombardment,
    0:09:42 Andreas and his mother had a remarkable encounter with a Russian sergeant who spoke German. After
    0:09:48 establishing communication, Maria made a bold request. She asked Andreas to recite a Hebrew prayer he had
    0:09:54 learned at school. The boy was terrified. After months where revealing their Jewish identity meant
    0:10:00 certain death, his mother was asking him to expose them, but she assured him it was safe. As he recited
    0:10:06 the prayer, the Russian sergeant smiled with recognition. He too was Jewish. The Germans had killed his entire
    0:10:13 family in Russia. Liberation brought relief, but also new horrors. Andreas witnessed his mother being sexually
    0:10:19 assaulted by a Russian soldier. The next day when they reported the crime to military authorities,
    0:10:26 Maria made the extraordinary decision not to identify her attacker. She had calculated that if she named him,
    0:10:31 he would be executed immediately, but his comrades would likely return and murder everyone in their shelter
    0:10:40 in retaliation. Even in this most personal violation, Maria demonstrated the cold strategic calculus that
    0:10:46 her son would later apply to business decisions. Sometimes you must accept a terrible injustice
    0:10:51 when the alternative is destruction. The profound impact of witnessing such moments where survival
    0:10:58 required painful compromise rather than righteous action shaped Andreas’s world view forever. He was
    0:11:05 not yet nine years old. In the aftermath of the war, something remarkable happened. Andy’s father,
    0:11:10 George Grof returned home. He had indeed disappeared, but somehow survived the Eastern Front and made his
    0:11:17 way back to Budapest. The family reunited, though forever changed by their experiences. Under Soviet occupation,
    0:11:23 Hungary transformed into a communist state. The dairy business George had co-owned was nationalized.
    0:11:29 Both parents found government work. Georgian retail management, Maria, at the now state-owned dairy.
    0:11:35 Their apartment once again filled with visitors, creating a facade of normalcy that masked the trauma
    0:11:40 that they had endured. Young Andreas threw himself into education, displaying the fierce intelligence
    0:11:47 and disciplined work ethic that would later define his career. His insatiable curiosity and aptitude
    0:11:52 for mathematics and science set him apart. At the prestigious Madrick gymnasium, his physics teacher
    0:12:00 made a prediction that would later inspire the title of Grof’s memoir, “Life is a big lake. All the boys get
    0:12:07 in the water at one end and start swimming. Not all of them will swim across, but one of them I’m sure will. That
    0:12:15 one is Grof.” The teacher’s words resonated deeply. Decades later, Grof would title his autobiography “Swimming
    0:12:21 across,” and conclude it with, “As my teacher Volensky predicted, I managed to swim across the lake, not
    0:12:27 without effort, not without setbacks, and with a great deal of help and encouragement from others. I am
    0:12:33 still swimming.” But before Andreas could fully test those waters, Hungary’s political situation would once
    0:12:40 again upend his life. Most mornings I start my day with a smoothie. It’s a secret recipe the kids and
    0:12:46 I call the Tom Brady. I actually shared the full recipe in episode 191 with Dr. Rhonda Patrick.
    0:12:52 One thing that hasn’t changed since then, protein is a must. These days I build my foundation around
    0:13:00 what Momentus calls the Momentus 3: protein, creatine, and omega-3s. I take them daily because they support
    0:13:06 everything: focus, energy, recovery, and long-term health. Most people don’t get enough of any of
    0:13:12 these things through diet alone. What makes Momentus different is their quality. Their whey protein
    0:13:18 isolate is grass-fed, their creatine uses Creopure, the purest form available, and their omega-3s are
    0:13:26 sourced for maximum bioavailability, so your body actually uses what you take. No fillers, no artificial
    0:13:32 ingredients, just what your body needs, backed by science. Head to livemomentus.com and use code
    0:13:37 KnowledgeProject for 35% off your first subscription. That’s code KnowledgeProject
    0:13:43 At LiveMomentus.com for 35% off your first subscription.
    0:13:46 Spring is here, and you can now get almost anything you need delivered with Uber Eats.
    0:13:49 What do we mean by almost? You can’t get a well-groomed lawn delivered, but you can get
    0:13:54 chicken parmesan delivered. Sunshine? No. Some wine? Yes. Get almost, almost anything delivered
    0:13:57 with Uber Eats. Order now. Alcohol and select markets. See app for details.
    0:14:04 In 1956, when Andreas was 20 and a university student in Budapest, revolution erupted across
    0:14:09 Hungary. What began as a student demonstration against Soviet control quickly escalated into
    0:14:14 a nationwide uprising. For a brief exhilarating moment, it seemed the Hungarian people might
    0:14:19 win their freedom. Andreas participated in early demonstrations, but he had learned from childhood
    0:14:25 the fatal cost of misreading political winds. When Soviet tanks rolled into Budapest on November 4th
    0:14:31 to crush the uprising, he recognized the patterns of oppression unfolding once again. He would later
    0:14:36 write, “I was deathly afraid that the Soviets would seal the borders completely, and I knew once they
    0:14:42 did that, anybody who had participated in any way in the uprising would have to pay the price. I had an
    0:14:48 uneasy feeling that I would have a very bleak future in Hungary.” So on November 20th, Andreas slipped away
    0:14:54 from his parents’ apartment, carrying only what fit in his pockets. He joined thousands of refugees
    0:14:59 streaming towards the Austrian border. Guided by local farmers through secret roads, he waded through
    0:15:05 icy marshes in darkness, evading Soviet patrols. This crossing wasn’t merely physically dangerous,
    0:15:11 it represented a complete severance from the past. Andreas had no guarantee he would ever see his parents
    0:15:16 again. He carried no photographs, no memories, just the clothes on his back and the determination to
    0:15:22 start anew. When he reached Austria, America seemed the obvious destination. He had relatives in New York
    0:15:26 whom he’d never met, but they were his only connection to what would become his new home,
    0:15:32 and ultimately the launching pad for one of the most remarkable business careers of the 20th century.
    0:15:38 Andreas Groff arrived in the United States in January of 1957, penniless, speaking broken English,
    0:15:45 and knowing almost no one. His transformation into Andy Groff was about to begin. His first night in
    0:15:51 America revealed both the promise and challenges ahead. At the Refugee Center Hotel, he encountered
    0:15:57 a vending machine. He wrote, “It was a miracle. You put money in and food comes out. This would never
    0:16:01 happen in Hungary. Either the machine would take your money and give you nothing, or more likely,
    0:16:06 there would be no machines and no food.” Andy enrolled at the City College of New York,
    0:16:11 supporting himself as a waiter while studying with relentless discipline. Despite the language
    0:16:18 barriers and his hearing impairment, he graduated first in his chemical engineering class in 1960.
    0:16:25 It was during this time that Andreas Groff became Andrew Grove, a change he made with characteristic
    0:16:30 pragmatism. As he later explained, “I found myself spending too much time spelling my name out to people,
    0:16:36 then repeating it, then having it come back mispronounced or misspelled. I translated the name
    0:16:41 from Hungarian, where Groff means count in the aristocratic sense. Groff seemed close enough.”
    0:16:48 This wasn’t merely a practical decision. It represented Groff’s methodical approach to success.
    0:16:54 He didn’t just immigrate to America. He systematically transformed himself into an American.
    0:17:01 At City College, Andy met Eva Kasten, a fellow refugee who had come from Austria by way of Bolivia.
    0:17:06 They married in 1958 and would remain together for the rest of their life. After graduation,
    0:17:12 Groff earned his PhD in chemical engineering from Berkeley in just three years. Though academically
    0:17:17 brilliant, he was restless to apply his knowledge. “I want to do something useful,” he would say over and
    0:17:24 over again. When a Berkeley professor suggested solid-state physics as an emerging field, Groff approached his
    0:17:30 career hunt with characteristic thoroughness. He researched 22 different companies, dividing them
    0:17:36 into two categories: jobs for which he was qualified but uninterested, and those that interested him but
    0:17:43 where he might be underqualified. This methodical approach led him to Fairchild Semiconductor in 1963,
    0:17:49 where he immediately connected with research director Gordon Moore, a relationship that would shape
    0:17:55 technological history. What’s remarkable here is Groff’s systematic approach to opportunity. While most
    0:18:00 immigrants struggled to find any job, Groff was strategically positioning himself at the intersection
    0:18:06 of his skills and emerging industries. He didn’t just adapt to America, he methodically analyzed where he could
    0:18:14 create maximal impact, a preview of the strategic thinking that would later save intel. Before diving deeper into
    0:18:20 Groff’s career at Fairchild, we need a brief history of how the entire semiconductor industry began.
    0:18:26 Silicon Valley’s origin traces back to December 26, 1947, when three scientists at Bell Laboratories
    0:18:33 created the first working transistor. William Shockley, John Bardeen, and Walter Bratton had invented a device
    0:18:40 that would replace bulky vacuum tubes in electronics, arguably one of the most important inventions in the history
    0:18:45 of the world. In a typical East Coast corporate story, these men would have remained at Bell Labs,
    0:18:51 collecting patents and promotions while safely ensconded in a major corporation. But Shockley had different
    0:18:57 ideas. In 1955, he left Bell Labs to establish Shockley Semiconductor Laboratory in Mountain View,
    0:19:03 California. He recruited brilliant young engineers, including Gordon Moore and Robert Noyce. However,
    0:19:09 despite his scientific genius, Shockley proved to be a disastrous manager. He was controlling,
    0:19:16 erratic, and paranoid. By 1957, eight of his top researchers, later dubbed the traitorous eight,
    0:19:20 could no longer tolerate Shockley’s leadership. Moore and Noyce among them, they approached a young
    0:19:26 investment banker named Arthur Rock, who helped them secure funding from Fairchild Camera. Fairchild
    0:19:34 Semiconductor was born in October 1957. This moment established the pattern that would define
    0:19:38 Silicon Valley. Talented people leaving established companies to form startups, backed by investors
    0:19:44 willing to bet on unproven technologies, which is a radical departure from the East Coast business
    0:19:49 culture at the time. The next few years at Fairchild produced extraordinary breakthroughs.
    0:19:54 They developed the process for semiconductor manufacturing, and they developed the integrated
    0:19:59 circuit, building on work done at Texas Instruments. When Fairchild Camera exercised its options to
    0:20:06 buy out the founders in 1959, each received $250,000, which is over $2.5 million today, for their initial
    0:20:14 $500 investment. Silicon Valley’s reputation for turning sand into gold was born. This transaction sparked a
    0:20:20 financial ecosystem unlike anything before it. Success breeds success with wealthy engineers funding
    0:20:26 new ventures. Dozens of semiconductor firms would eventually trace their lineage back to Shockley’s
    0:20:32 laboratory. By the time Grove arrived at Fairchild in 1963, the company was the epicenter of technological
    0:20:39 revolution. Moore and Noyce had already become legends. The culture valued technical brilliance, but as Grove would
    0:20:45 soon discover, it lacked managerial discipline. For a recent immigrant with a strong accent and hearing problems,
    0:20:52 Silicon Valley offered something traditional corporate America didn’t: a pure meritocracy, where problem-solving
    0:20:58 ability trumped pedigree. It was the perfect environment for Grove’s combination of technical brilliance,
    0:21:04 determination, and willingness to question orthodoxy. What’s significant here is that Grove joined a
    0:21:10 culture that was simultaneously revolutionary and yet, at the same time, deeply flawed. Silicon Valley had
    0:21:16 technical brilliance, but lacked organizational discipline. Precisely the gap that Grove, with his
    0:21:22 Eastern European understanding that systems mattered as much as individual genius, was uniquely positioned
    0:21:28 to fill. Now, let’s see what Grove encountered when he joined this revolutionary industry. Andy’s first week at
    0:21:34 Fairchild established a pattern that would define his career. On Monday morning, a supervisor handed him a
    0:21:39 Semiconductor physics problem requiring differential equations and data analysis. By Friday,
    0:21:45 Andy had solved it using computer programming skills he had taught himself during his studies, a rare capability
    0:21:52 in a commercial company in 1963. “How lucky can you get?” Andy later marveled. “You show up for work on Monday,
    0:21:58 you’re assigned a problem that you’re uniquely qualified to solve, and you defies a non-obvious solution by Friday.” But
    0:22:04 was it mere luck? Andy had methodically acquired skills beyond what was required, positioning himself in a
    0:22:09 field where they might prove valuable. As Michael Dell would later observe, “He’s smart, he’s shrewd. There’s
    0:22:15 no such thing as lucky a thousand times in a row.” Grove himself would later coin the phrase “earned luck” to
    0:22:23 explain such success. During his five years at Fairchild, Andy displayed extraordinary work ethic. Beyond his day
    0:22:29 job, he authored 30 scientific articles, filed two patents, and taught graduate-level semiconductor
    0:22:34 physics at Berkeley. He challenged conventional wisdom about semiconductor surfaces with data that
    0:22:40 contradicted accepted theory. “When presenting these findings in 1963, the semiconductor establishment
    0:22:46 reacted harshly. I got nailed by all these experts,” Andy recalled, “who would sooner burn witches or equally
    0:22:52 burn me at the stake for being a heretic.” But Andy trusted data over dogma, a trait that would serve
    0:22:57 him throughout his career. Perhaps his most valuable contribution at Fairchild was what he called
    0:23:02 “managing up,” particularly his ability to work with Gordon Moore, the brilliant but conflict-averse
    0:23:07 head of R&D. The device development lab where Andy worked lacked clear expectations and internal
    0:23:12 discipline, mirroring the broader company culture. Andy developed a technique for extracting Moore’s
    0:23:17 insights during contentious meetings. “I would be running a meeting and people would be bashing each other’s
    0:23:22 heads.” Andy explained, “I looked up at Gordon. Something is wrong.” So I’d yell,
    0:23:27 “Stop! Gordon, what’s bothering you?” “Shut up! Gordon, tell us! Whatever you wanted to tell us!”
    0:23:32 Somebody had to stop the traffic. This role of traffic cop for Moore’s insights proved
    0:23:36 invaluable. Moore appreciated Andy’s ability to draw him out once telling him,
    0:23:41 “You know me better than my wife, or at least as well.” Fairchild’s trajectory illustrates the volatile
    0:23:47 nature of the early semiconductor industry. The company skyrocketed from founding to industry dominance,
    0:23:53 then began unraveling due to management missteps. Its technical achievements were revolutionary,
    0:23:59 but the business itself was poorly run. Two things stand out to me here. First, Andy’s willingness to
    0:24:05 follow the data over dogma, even at personal risk. And second was his recognition that technical
    0:24:10 brilliance alone doesn’t build lasting companies. While his peers focused exclusively on innovation,
    0:24:15 Grove was already developing the organizational mindset that would later distinguish Intel.
    0:24:22 By 1967, Andy Grove had reached a crossroads. Fairchild’s semiconductor, where he’d cut his
    0:24:27 professional teeth was hemorrhaging talent. The exodus had begun with the Traitorous Eight,
    0:24:33 engineers who had abandoned Shockley’s lab to form Fairchild. And now Fairchild itself was spawning
    0:24:39 a second generation of Silicon Valley startups. The Valley wasn’t just growing, it was subdividing.
    0:24:44 When Gordon Moore and Robert Noyce announced they were leaving Fairchild in 1968 to launch their own
    0:24:50 semiconductor venture, Grove didn’t hesitate and didn’t wait for an invitation. The moment Moore mentioned
    0:24:54 their plans, Grove immediately declared, “I’m going with you.” And just like that, he became employee
    0:25:01 number three at Intel, short for Integrated Electronics. Intel’s founding trio constituted
    0:25:07 semiconductor royalty. Gordon Moore was the visionary physicist who would soon formulate Moore’s law,
    0:25:11 predicting the doubling of transistor density every two years, a prediction that would drive the
    0:25:16 industry’s ambitions for decades. Robert Noyce, the co-inventor of the integrated circuit,
    0:25:21 brought charismatic leadership and industry credibility that opened doors and investor
    0:25:27 checkbooks. And then there was Andy Grove. What Grove brought to this threesome was something
    0:25:32 altogether different but equally crucial, a ferocious commitment to operational excellence. As one
    0:25:38 industry observer noted, in the semiconductor industry, management talent has been harder to find than
    0:25:43 engineering talent. By becoming a brilliant manager, Grove differentiated himself and the company.
    0:25:50 Here’s the irony. Until Intel’s founding, Grove had shown virtually no interest in business management.
    0:25:55 His published papers all dealt with technical subjects. He was an engineer and by all accounts,
    0:26:01 a brilliant one. But Silicon Valley in the late 1960s was already teeming with technical geniuses.
    0:26:07 What it lacked were leaders who could transform those geniuses into cohesive, productive teams. Fairchild
    0:26:12 was a great example of this, but far from the only one. What’s significant here is Grove’s intuitive
    0:26:18 understanding of complementary skills. While others sought to duplicate their strengths in founding teams,
    0:26:22 Grove recognized that Moore and Noyce needed someone fundamentally different from themselves.
    0:26:28 They had vision. They had technical credibility. But what they lacked was operational discipline.
    0:26:34 Grove didn’t need to be another visionary inventor. Instead, he took the role of execution specialist who
    0:26:43 could transform brilliant ideas into reality. Why would Andy Grove, a PhD engineer with zero management
    0:26:48 training, suddenly transform himself into a business leader? The answer comes from Gordon Moore himself.
    0:26:53 When asked how they handled problems in Intel’s early days, Moore responded with characteristic
    0:26:58 understatement. You look at the problems that are current at the time, and you try to come up with
    0:27:04 some kind of creative solution for them. Or you turn them over to Andy, one or the other. Grove had
    0:27:09 effectively become Intel’s default problem solver. Any challenge that Moore or Noyce couldn’t handle,
    0:27:14 or perhaps didn’t want to handle, landed on Andy’s desk. Anyone who has worked in a startup’s early
    0:27:19 days will recognize this pattern. The persistent problem nobody else wants to tackle eventually
    0:27:24 find their permanent home with the person willing to solve them. Grove not only accepted this role,
    0:27:29 but he excelled at it. Having witnessed brilliant ideas and talent wasted at Fairchild due to poor
    0:27:34 execution, Grove was determined not to let that happen at Intel. So he did something remarkable. He
    0:27:39 systematically taught himself management and leadership, applying the same analytical rigor
    0:27:44 he used in chemical engineering and semiconductor physics. This self-transformation is a defining
    0:27:50 characteristic of Grove’s career. He was a learning machine. He simply refused to be limited by his
    0:27:56 formal training or pigeonholed into one specialty. In 1997, reflecting on his career, Andy observed,
    0:28:01 I went from chemistry to chemical engineering, to applied physics, to solid state device physics,
    0:28:08 to manufacturing, all in a 10 to 12 year period. His biographer notes that Grove could have continued.
    0:28:13 After manufacturing, Grove migrated to management, to leadership of Intel, to spokesperson for the
    0:28:18 technology industry, to expert on corporate governance, to arguably the most admired business
    0:28:24 leader of his era. Grove’s personal notebooks from Intel’s early days reveal an engineer methodically
    0:28:30 deconstructing the challenge of organizing people. Just two months after Intel’s founding,
    0:28:36 he was analyzing not just what progress had been made, but how progress itself should be reported.
    0:28:41 Three days later, he wrote something profound. The formal decision-making process is usually the
    0:28:46 only protective covering for a much simpler informal process. This was Grove peeling back the organizational
    0:28:52 onion, recognizing that beneath the surface of business decision lies a layer of unspoken
    0:28:58 assumptions. He later explained people kind of knew the answer, and they manage the arrangement of facts so
    0:29:05 that the formal process validates what they want to do anyway. By 1968, Grove was sketching structural
    0:29:11 solutions to the semiconductor industry’s most vexing problem, the handoff from design to manufacturing.
    0:29:17 In his notes, he outlined a quality control system with independent oversight, rapid feedback loops,
    0:29:24 maps and clear accountability. In his notes, he writes, quality slash reliability. The best person to worry
    0:29:29 about product quality first is the designer. As the product goes into manufacturing and the designer takes
    0:29:35 on a new product design, he loses interest. A third independent body should take over the quality control
    0:29:41 function from the engineers at that stage to ensure meaningful results and determinations and rapid feedback.
    0:29:47 He should be closely related to both the design and processing groups. To ensure external auditing,
    0:29:53 their books should be open to examination by general management. This approach was extraordinary. While
    0:29:59 other executives might have copied existing management processes, Grove recognized Intel was breaking new
    0:30:04 ground. He designed the organization from first principles, structuring it specifically to solve
    0:30:09 technical problems. Intel desperately needed these solutions as it fought for survival. The startup
    0:30:16 competed fiercely for its first contract is the seventh better on a project six established companies had already
    0:30:21 pursued. Grove later recalled, we worked day and night to design the chip and in parallel develop the
    0:30:29 manufacturing process. We worked as if our life depended on it, as in a way it did. What’s instructive here is
    0:30:34 Grove’s methodical approach to mastering new demands. While most people define themselves by their formal
    0:30:40 education or job title, Grove saw knowledge as something to be systematically acquired when needed. He was
    0:30:46 always learning and evolving from chemistry to engineering to management. When faced with the
    0:30:51 challenge outside of his expertise, he didn’t delegate it or avoid it. He simply dove in and taught himself
    0:30:58 what he needed to know. This plasticity of identity explains how a Hungarian refugee with a PhD in chemical
    0:31:04 engineering became one of history’s most influential business leaders. The real breakthrough for Intel
    0:31:14 came in October 1970 with the 1103, a 1024 bit dynamic random access memory chip or DRAM. This wasn’t an
    0:31:19 incremental improvement. It represented a quantum leap forward storing four times the data of Intel’s
    0:31:26 previous chips. The 1103 acquired what Grove called “big technological gambles” and the challenges it
    0:31:33 presented revealed just how difficult semiconductor manufacturing was. “We were a company composed of
    0:31:38 a handful of people with a new design and a fragile technology housed in a little rented building,”
    0:31:43 Grove recalled, “and we were trying to supply the seemingly insatiable appetite of large computer
    0:31:49 companies for memory chips.” What made the 1103 revolutionary and so difficult to produce
    0:31:55 was its fundamental design. Unlike previous static memory chips that use six transistors per bit of
    0:32:02 memory, the 1103 used just three transistors in a new cell design. This remarkable efficiency allowed
    0:32:07 more memory to fit on a single chip, but it came with a catch. The information had to be constantly
    0:32:13 refreshed or it would fade away. The manufacturing challenges were enormous. The process began with silicone
    0:32:19 wafers, thin mirror polished slices of pure silicone crystal about four inches in diameter.
    0:32:24 In Intel’s first facility, these wafers traveled through a complex multi-step process where the
    0:32:31 slightest contamination could ruin the entire batch. What’s notable here is the high stakes bet Intel was
    0:32:36 making. Rather than playing it safe with incremental improvements, they bet the company on a fundamentally
    0:32:41 new approach to memory design. This willingness to make bold technological leaps while simultaneously
    0:32:46 building rigorous systems to manage the resulting complexity would become their defining competitive
    0:32:52 advantage. Few companies can successfully balance revolutionary innovation with operational
    0:32:58 discipline. Most excel at one or the other and Grove was creating an organization that could do both.
    0:33:04 Grove became obsessive about quality control. Early semiconductor manufacturing suffered from poor
    0:33:11 yields. Sometimes only 10 to 20 percent of chips on a wafer actually worked. Improving this percentage became his fixation.
    0:33:17 Intel’s fabrication facility, Fab 1, represented cutting-edge manufacturing for its time. Workers wore bunny
    0:33:23 suits, head-to-toe coveralls, not to protect themselves, but to protect the wafers from contamination.
    0:33:29 The scale of precision required was staggering. While a human hair is approximately 100 microns thick,
    0:33:35 circuit features on these early chips measured just a few microns. The 1103’s design made it
    0:33:41 extraordinarily vulnerable. It stored memory as tiny electrical charges that would leak away unless
    0:33:47 refreshed every few milliseconds, making the chip unusually sensitive to microscopic defects.
    0:33:52 Each manufacturing step demanded perfect precision. The smallest deviation in temperature, exposure,
    0:33:58 or time, or chemical concentration could ruin an entire batch. This stress was crushing. Grove recalled
    0:34:03 having nightmares where vicious dogs were leaping out of the processing equipment attacking him.
    0:34:09 The 1103 had to succeed or Intel might not survive. Ironically, despite Grove’s obsession with quality,
    0:34:14 the 1103 still went to market with serious flaws. After thousands had shipped, it turned out that
    0:34:20 in Grove’s candid words, under certain adverse conditions, the thing just couldn’t remember. Years
    0:34:27 later, Grove joked that the “S” in “Andrew S. Grove” stood for “ship the unit.” Yet customers bought it anyway,
    0:34:32 because even with the flaws, the 1103 offered advantages previous technologies couldn’t match.
    0:34:37 More surprisingly, its difficulty actually helped its adoption. As Gordon Moore observed,
    0:34:43 core memory engineers didn’t embrace the 1103 until they realized that it too was a difficult
    0:34:49 technology and wouldn’t make their skills irrelevant. As production scaled, Grove instituted statistical
    0:34:55 process control, systematically tracking every manufacturing variable to identify exactly what
    0:35:00 affected yield. Every temperature, chemical bath, and timing sequence was measured and correlated with results.
    0:35:06 His production meetings became legendary for their intensity. Grove demanded fact-based analysis and
    0:35:12 rejected vague explanations for problems. This relentless focus gradually improved yields. When
    0:35:20 Fab 2 opened in 1971, it incorporated all the lessons from Fab 1. And by the time Fab 3 opened in 1973,
    0:35:28 Intel had largely mastered the once temperamental 1103. Grove didn’t just care about quality. He obsessed
    0:35:34 over it scientifically when others saw manufacturing variability as an annoying fact of life. He approached
    0:35:40 problems with cold, hard numbers, not gut feelings. And he built systems to measure what others were guessing or
    0:35:46 complaining about. The human mind isn’t really equipped to intuitively grasp all the variables in a modern
    0:35:53 manufacturing process. While obvious now, in the early 70s, this was revolutionary. Grove was inventing
    0:35:59 manufacturing analytics decades before the term even existed. The lesson here, the most valuable
    0:36:04 approaches often seem like common sense in retrospect, but require seeing what others don’t in the moment.
    0:36:12 Looking back at the 1103 achievement, Grove wrote with uncharacteristic immodesty, making the 1103
    0:36:17 concept work at the technology level, at the device level, and at the systems level, and successfully
    0:36:23 introducing it into high volume manufacturing required, if I may flirt with immodesty for a moment of fair
    0:36:29 measure of orchestrated brilliance. Everybody from technologists to designers to reliability experts had to
    0:36:35 work to the same schedule toward a different aspect of the same goal interfacing simultaneously at all
    0:36:42 levels. Four years earlier, in July 1969, Grove had cut out a description of a film director’s job from
    0:36:52 Time Magazine. Above it, he wrote “my job description.” The clipping read, “vision to aspire. Any director must master
    0:36:59 formidable complexity. He must be adept at sound and camera work, a soother of egos, a cajeweler of artistic
    0:37:06 talent. A great director has something more, the vision and force to make all these elements fuse into an
    0:37:12 aspired whole.” End quote. This is fascinating. So an engineer by training with zero formal business
    0:37:18 education was modeling his role on a film director. Grove’s biographer notes that he doubts anyone else at
    0:37:24 Intel or in the whole semiconductor industry cut out that clipping and inquired of themselves rhetorically
    0:37:29 whether or not this was their job description. With the 1103, Grove had established the template for
    0:37:35 how Intel would operate for decades, identifying bleeding edge technology that required manufacturing
    0:37:41 breakthroughs, relentlessly tackling production challenges, and scaling rapidly while competitors
    0:37:47 struggled to catch up. The complexity of manufacturing the 1103 made it nearly impossible for competitors to reverse
    0:37:54 engineer, giving Intel a multi-year advantage in the market. In effect, complicated manufacturing
    0:37:59 became their core skill. There’s a bit of irony to this today. The experience crystallized Grove’s
    0:38:05 management philosophy. By 1971, he was coordinating dozens of specialists hired because of their expertise
    0:38:12 in a sliver of technology, each contributing one crucial piece to the larger puzzle. As technical
    0:38:17 teams developed in the next generation of products, Grove created systems to ensure seamless handoffs between
    0:38:23 design and manufacturing, historically the most vulnerable point in semiconductor development.
    0:38:28 Grove saw leadership like directing a film, not commanding an army. When he cut out that film
    0:38:33 director’s job description in 1969 and wrote “my job description” above it, he revealed something
    0:38:39 profound about his approach. While most technical leaders tried desperately to maintain expertise across
    0:38:46 every domain, a losing battle as technology advances, Grove took a different approach. The magic was in how he
    0:38:51 redefined the leader’s role, not the supreme technical expert, but as collecting talent and creating
    0:38:56 harmony. Most leaders fail because they can’t let go of being the smartest person in the room.
    0:39:02 And Grove succeeded by understanding a simple truth. As complexity increases, coordination becomes more
    0:39:09 valuable than individual control. The best leaders don’t need to know everything. They do need to know who knows what
    0:39:16 that and how to get them playing from the same sheet of music. While the 1103 DRAM established Intel as a
    0:39:24 serious memory player, an even more revolutionary product appeared in 1971, the 4004, the world’s first
    0:39:32 commercial microprocessor. Originally developed as a custom chip for Japanese calculator manufacturer, the 4004 was
    0:39:38 essentially a computer on a chip containing 2300 transistors and performing functions that previously required
    0:39:42 entire cabinets of electronics. The microprocessor’s importance
    0:39:48 wasn’t immediately apparent, even to Intel’s leaders. The company initially viewed it as
    0:39:54 merely a sideline to the core memory business. As one Intel engineer recalled, in the early days, the microprocessor was a
    0:40:01 solution looking for a problem. Andy himself would later admit that Intel stumbled into the microprocessor business.
    0:40:06 That statement is insane, given what we know today, but this is back in 1971.
    0:40:17 Nevertheless, Intel followed the 4004 with the 8008 in 1972 and the 8080 in 1974, increasingly powerful processors
    0:40:23 that found their way into a widening range of applications. The 8080 became particularly significant because it was selected
    0:40:30 selected as the brain of the Altair 8800, which was the first commercially successful personal computer
    0:40:38 released in 1975. What’s instructive here is how even brilliant leaders can miss the significance of their
    0:40:44 own innovations. Intel’s core team, including Andy Grove, initially failed to recognize that they had created the
    0:40:51 product that would eventually transform not just their company, but the entire world. This blind spot reveals an
    0:40:58 important truth about innovation. Revolutionary products often emerge not from grand strategic visions,
    0:41:04 but from solving specific customer problems. The microprocessor wasn’t born from a plan to change
    0:41:09 computing or change the history of the world. It came from meeting the needs of a Japanese calculator company.
    0:41:15 The greatest innovations frequently appear first as modest solutions to narrow challenges before their broader
    0:41:18 potential becomes clear.
    0:41:22 There used to be days I’d open my inbox and feel buried, like I was digging through noise just to find
    0:41:28 the signal. Important messages got lost, my focus slipped, and I started feeling like I was managing
    0:41:33 email more than running my business. As someone who values productivity above almost anything else,
    0:41:40 that just wasn’t sustainable. Since I’ve switched to Notion Mail, everything’s changed. Notion Mail is the inbox that thinks like you.
    0:41:46 It’s automated, personalized, and flexible to finally work the way that you work. With AI that learns
    0:41:51 what matters to you, it can organize your inbox, label messages, draft replies, and even schedule meetings.
    0:41:58 No manual sorting required. Now, the emails that matter rise to the top. I write faster with content blocks and
    0:42:04 AI prompts that polish or draft replies in seconds, and it integrates seamlessly with my Notion workspace,
    0:42:10 so I have full context right where I need it. Plus, Notion is trusted by over half of Fortune 500
    0:42:15 companies. If those are the people that you’re looking to compete with, start upgrading for free
    0:42:21 to Notion Mail. Get Notion Mail for free right now at notion.com/knowledgeproject and try the inbox
    0:42:27 that thinks like you. That’s all lowercase letters, notion.com/knowledgeproject to get Notion Mail for free
    0:42:34 right now. When you use our link, you’re supporting our show too. Notion.com/knowledgeproject.
    0:42:40 Intel’s growth during the 1970s was remarkable. The company’s 1977 annual report described it as a
    0:42:48 difficult year, yet sales and profits both increased by 25%. Employment had risen to 8,100 people and
    0:42:53 the R&D investment was climbing steadily. A technological revolution was unfolding through
    0:42:59 what the report called the continuous integration between circuit requirements, basic science and
    0:43:05 process technology. The average number of transistors in the components Intel introduced in 1977 exceeded
    0:43:12 the total number of vacuum tubes in INEC, the most complex electronic equipment built just 30 years
    0:43:19 earlier. Yet, not all Intel ventures succeeded. In 1977, the company admitted defeat in one notable
    0:43:25 experiment. We abandoned the digital watch and watch module business, including the closing of our Microma
    0:43:31 subsidiary, the transfer of the most important people to other divisions of Intel and the disposal of Microma’s
    0:43:39 assets. Intel tried to create the Apple Watch before 1980. That’s insane. Intel had entered the watch
    0:43:45 business in 1972 convinced it had a unique combination of capabilities, the CMOS chip, the liquid crystal
    0:43:51 display, and assembly facilities. But as Grove later explained, we got out when we found out it was a
    0:43:56 consumer marketing game, something we knew nothing about. The cost of consumer advertising particularly
    0:44:02 shocked Intel’s engineering-minded leadership. The company ran exactly one television commercial
    0:44:10 for the Microma watches at a cost of $600,000. Just one ad, Grove lamented, and poof, it was gone. Moore
    0:44:16 continued wearing his Microma watch for years, calling it his $15 million watch and joking, “If anyone
    0:44:21 comes to me with an idea for a consumer product, all I have to do is look at my watch to get the answer.”
    0:44:27 The Microma experience taught Intel two important lessons though. First, when closing the subsidiary,
    0:44:32 Intel found positions elsewhere in the company for almost all Microma employees. This approach,
    0:44:37 protecting the people even when ventures failed, created tremendous loyalty within the company.
    0:44:43 A breed of employees who would bleed blue, Intel’s logo color was developing. Crucial for the upcoming
    0:44:49 challenges of the 1980s. The second lesson, however, may have been learned a bit too well. Intel concluded
    0:44:55 the consumer products simply weren’t in the company’s genetic code. As Grove reflected in 2005,
    0:45:00 all of our subsequent consumer products efforts were half-hearted. Despite eventually becoming one of
    0:45:06 the most recognized brands in the world, Intel never sold directly to consumers, perhaps leaving
    0:45:13 significant value unrealized. Intel’s handling of the Microma failure reveals an elegant paradox of
    0:45:18 corporate culture. They killed the watch business without hesitation, but protected nearly every employee
    0:45:23 who worked on it. This wasn’t kindness, it was rational. When companies punish the people behind failed
    0:45:28 ventures, they create risk aversion that slowly suffocates innovation. But there’s a fascinating
    0:45:35 flip side to how we process failure. The $15 million watch disaster so traumatized Intel’s leadership that they
    0:45:42 permanently tagged consumer products as “not in our DNA”. For decades afterwards, Intel reflexively
    0:45:48 avoided direct consumer sales. This is kind of how experience works. We don’t just learn the lessons,
    0:45:54 we sometimes overlearn them. The same painful memories that can make us smarter in one domain can blind us
    0:46:00 in another. Smart companies know when to kill projects, wise ones know which lessons from those failures to
    0:46:08 keep and which to forget. Beneath Intel’s impressive growth numbers of the late 1970s lay a company culture
    0:46:14 in metamorphosis forged largely through Grove’s relentless, sometimes merciless, self-criticism. Reading
    0:46:20 Grove’s internal notes from this period, one would never guess 1978 was a triumphant year for Intel.
    0:46:25 Instead of celebration, we find Andy complaining to Gordon Moore that with our operating managers
    0:46:30 being busy with operating, planning does not get sufficient emphasis. As Intel approached a half
    0:46:36 billion dollars of revenue, Grove wrestled with a fundamental question: what was preventing Intel from
    0:46:44 reaching a billion? His answer scribbled in July 1978 was a strikingly simple oomph and administration.
    0:46:51 When Intel was small, he reflected an individual or small group could provide the oomph, the initiative
    0:46:58 and the enthusiasm that the company needed to do its work. By 1978, however, the oomph had concentrated
    0:47:04 in top managers who are now consumed by day-to-day responsibilities. What troubled Andy about Intel’s
    0:47:08 middle management was their aversion to conflict was their aversion to conflict. The middle is populated
    0:47:15 by passive introverts, he wrote, honest, competent, decent, well-meaning, work-oriented people who just
    0:47:23 can’t tolerate controversy. The result in Andy’s characteristically blunt phrasing, “shit rises uphill.”
    0:47:29 This frustrated Andy because, as he noted, it is impossible to change people’s personalities and very
    0:47:36 difficult to modify behavior tied to fundamental personality traits. Intel somehow needed to upgrade
    0:47:42 the oomph quotient of its middle managers. By August 1978, Andy’s frustration had reached
    0:47:48 a boiling point. Manufacturing was undisciplined. Marketing was abominable. He told more, “I think
    0:47:54 I was totally wrong a month ago in perceiving improvements in our great organized campaign. If
    0:48:00 anything, things are getting worse. If I truly had the guts, I think what we should do is put on a total
    0:48:08 hiring freeze until we get our nose above the shit level.” This is the Andy that Intel employees knew,
    0:48:14 demanding, uncompromising, and brutally honest. His criticisms weren’t reserved for others. They extended
    0:48:20 to himself and the entire organization. Yet, for all of his harshness, he understood the potential
    0:48:26 downside of the critical culture he was creating. In an October 1978 memo to the top executives, he wrote,
    0:48:32 “To a large extent, I think we owe our success not to luck, but to a culture of problem orientation,
    0:48:38 of being critical of ourselves and thereby urging ourselves and our organizations to perform better
    0:48:43 and better. This virtue, however, can be carried to such an extreme that it can bring about our own
    0:48:49 paralysis through self-doubt.” Then, in what must have surprised anyone familiar with his typically
    0:48:54 unsparing critiques, Andy added, “So let’s try to keep our perspective and permit ourselves to enjoy the
    0:49:00 fact that we have never yet in our history had a problem we didn’t solve.” What’s remarkable here
    0:49:05 is Groves’ understanding of the paradox of high-performance cultures. The very critical
    0:49:11 orientation that drives excellence can eventually become toxic if not balanced with perspective and
    0:49:17 celebration. Most leaders swing between extremes, either creating complacent cultures that celebrate
    0:49:23 mediocrity or harsh environments that burn people out. Groves is attempting something far more difficult,
    0:49:29 building a culture that could simultaneously maintain relentless standards while providing enough
    0:49:35 psychological safety for people to take risks and speak truth. This balance, being brutally honest about
    0:49:40 problems while remaining fundamentally optimistic about solving them, would become their defining
    0:49:45 cultural characteristic. What we’re witnessing in these private notes is the birth of what would
    0:49:51 later be recognized as the intel culture. Groves’ distinctive organizational ethers that would
    0:49:56 eventually be studied at business schools around the world. This culture had several defining elements,
    0:50:03 all bearing his unmistakable imprint. At its core was what became known as constructive confrontation.
    0:50:08 As Groves recalled during intel’s early pressure cooker days, we often spent as much time bickering
    0:50:14 with one another as working on the problems. We developed a style of ferociously arguing with one
    0:50:20 another while remaining friends. We call this constructive confrontation. This direct problem-solving
    0:50:26 confrontation approach was coupled with a relentless focus on data and facts rather than opinions or
    0:50:32 emotions. Andy frequently complained about the tendency in management circles to substitute opinions for
    0:50:39 facts and emotion for analysis, a trend that still continues to this day. Intel also developed a unique
    0:50:45 approach to organizational management. In June 1978, Andy wrote, “The time has come for us to establish honest to
    0:50:50 goodness corporate staff. This would be made up of our top flight operating executives who would serve for
    0:50:55 a limited period prior to returning to line management. Their role would be to deal with
    0:51:01 longer-term issues, especially for those that cross divisional boundaries.” This focus on organizational
    0:51:07 effectiveness stemmed from Andy’s recognition that Intel’s rapid growth created increasingly complex
    0:51:12 problems. He noticed that every attempted solution seemed to generate new challenges. Getting into new
    0:51:19 businesses is a complicated phenomenon where directors can change fairly rapidly as one feels one way.
    0:51:24 Realigning emphasis means shuffling people about and having people stagger under the same load that their
    0:51:29 predecessor, who had done the job for years, would have been able to handle with ease. Culture wasn’t
    0:51:35 something that just happened at Intel, at least not under Andy Grove. While many companies let culture evolve
    0:51:42 organically, Grove engineered Intel’s with the same precision he brought to chip manufacturing. He wasn’t
    0:51:48 designing pleasant office vibes. He was building a corporate immune system. The brilliance here is in how
    0:51:55 he institutionalized seemingly contradictory forces, the brutal honesty alongside deep loyalty, rigid processes
    0:52:02 alongside flexibility. Constructive confrontation sounds like an oxymoron until you see it solve problems that
    0:52:09 politeness can’t touch. Grove treated culture as infrastructure, and to him it was just as critical as the factory
    0:52:14 floor. Years later, when Intel faced its greatest crisis, this deliberately designed culture became the
    0:52:20 company’s salvation. The greatest competitive advantage isn’t a product, but rather an organization that can
    0:52:26 adapt faster than the world changes around it. These cultural elements were crystallizing into a coherent
    0:52:34 whole, and the results were undeniable. By 1979, Intel sales and profits soared to 663 million and 77.8
    0:52:43 million, representing growth of 65.8% in both categories. The workforce expanded by 40% to more than 14,000
    0:52:53 employees. Intel had debuted on the Fortune 500 in 1978 at position 486, and by 1979 had climbed to 368.
    0:53:00 Even more impressively, Intel’s market capitalization more than doubled from 638 million at the end of
    0:53:07 1978 to 1.4 billion just a year later. In many ways, 1979 represented the validation of the culture
    0:53:12 Andy had been painstakingly building. Prices for their products remained high throughout the year because
    0:53:18 demand far outstripped forecasts. The semiconductor industry was constrained by supply shortages. As one
    0:53:24 observer noted, “If you’re going to have a problem, that is one which many business people would select.”
    0:53:30 But as the 1970s drew to a close, Andy’s greatest test as a leader still lay ahead. The extraordinary
    0:53:36 success of 1979 masked underlying vulnerabilities. As Andy himself had written years earlier, “In the
    0:53:40 meantime, while you’re fighting the forces of entropy in your company, the rest of the world is
    0:53:46 hardly standing still.” He had identified the competitive threat in an annual report. This
    0:53:51 year, or in some cases last year, competition arrived and very logically went after the most visible
    0:53:57 segment. The large accounts who now have alternatives have started to move towards those alternatives with
    0:54:03 a resulting loss of standing, if not business for us. In retrospect, that seems to have been unavoidable,
    0:54:09 “but we were too skimpy, too busy, and too smug with our success to have anticipated
    0:54:15 this trend.” The culture Andy had forged through his relentless self-criticism and exacting standards would
    0:54:21 soon face its most severe challenge. The question wasn’t whether Intel’s culture could drive growth in good
    0:54:26 times. It had proven that conclusively. The real question was whether the same culture could navigate
    0:54:32 Intel through a genuine crisis when rigorous analysis and candid self-assessment would have
    0:54:38 to transform into decisive action at a pivotal moment for the American semiconductor industry.
    0:54:45 It’s worth pausing here for a second. Success often sears the seeds of its own destruction. Grove
    0:54:50 understood something profound. The moment you feel safest is often when you’re most vulnerable. While
    0:54:56 competitors celebrated victories, he was already hunting for threats lurking in Intel’s success.
    0:55:01 For Grove, this wasn’t theoretical pessimism. It was personal trauma. Going back to his childhood,
    0:55:07 as a Hungarian Jew who survived both Nazi occupation and communist rule before fleeing to America,
    0:55:13 Grove had witnessed how quickly stability can disintegrate into chaos. The genius of his approach
    0:55:20 was maintaining intense paranoia precisely when it seemed least necessary. Most companies grow complacent
    0:55:26 with success. Their vigilance fades exactly when competitors are motivated to overtake them. While
    0:55:31 Intel’s 1979 results had shareholders celebrating, Grove was already writing about fighting the forces
    0:55:38 the forces of entropy. This wasn’t anxiety, it was clarity. And it’s something all the greats have,
    0:55:44 even when they’re winning. This perpetual vigilance would prove crucial to Intel’s salvation when
    0:55:51 Japanese manufacturers later attacked the company’s core business. By the mid-1980s, Intel faced an
    0:55:55 existential threat and existential threat that would not just test the company’s business model, but the
    0:56:01 very leadership philosophy Grove had been cultivating for nearly two decades. The semiconductor industry was
    0:56:06 experiencing what he would later term a 10x force, a fundamental shift so powerful it could destroy
    0:56:12 established companies that failed to adapt. In his influential book, Only the Paranoid Survive,
    0:56:19 Andy explained that a crucial distinction between ordinary changes and 10x changes. Ordinary 1x changes were the
    0:56:25 constant background noise of business, the incremental shifts in customer preferences, competitor tactics,
    0:56:30 or technologies that companies routinely handle. These might alter your trajectory, but they don’t
    0:56:37 fundamentally transform your industry. A 10x change, by contrast, was a force of an entirely different
    0:56:42 magnitude. Andy described it as the difference between a light breeze and a full-blown typhoon,
    0:56:48 or between waves and a tsunami. When a 10x force hits, the fundamentals of your business are altered
    0:56:55 so dramatically that continuing with your existing strategy becomes impossible. For Intel in the late 1980s,
    0:57:01 this 10x force came in the form of Japanese memory chip manufacturers. The quality level of the Japanese
    0:57:07 memories, especially DRAMs, were becoming consistently and substantially better than Intel’s. This meant
    0:57:11 not only were they selling merchandise cheaper than Intel could, but they were selling better
    0:57:17 merchandise as well, a very threatening position for the company to be in. This was a fundamental shift
    0:57:23 that rendered Intel’s position in the memory market untenable. Japanese firms had mastered a manufacturing
    0:57:28 approach that Intel simply couldn’t match. Memory chips had become commodities, where competitive
    0:57:36 advantages came from manufacturing scale and efficiency rather than design innovation. The area where Intel had
    0:57:42 dominated through the 1970s. Most businesses are designed to weather ordinary changes. The 1x forces
    0:57:47 that Grove described as the constant background noise. But strategic inflection points aren’t headwinds,
    0:57:53 they’re tsunamis that destroy companies that mistake them for normal challenges. The true genius of
    0:57:58 leadership lies in recognizing when incremental improvements become futile and when you must abandon the
    0:58:04 very business that made you successful. The golden goose, if you will, even while it’s still generating enormous profits.
    0:58:11 By 1985, Intel was wandering through what Andy described as a valley of death. The company was
    0:58:18 posting significant losses, employee morale was plummeting, and the board grew restless. Cost-counting
    0:58:23 measures, facility closures, and layoffs, the standard corporate responses to financial pressure failed to
    0:58:30 address the fundamental market reality. Intel simply couldn’t compete in the memory business anymore. Andy
    0:58:35 Grove possessed a rare ability to acknowledge the brutal truce before disaster became inevitable. He’d
    0:58:40 been doing it his whole life. But even for him, the realization didn’t come easily because Intel’s
    0:58:47 identity was inextricably tied to memory chips. The company had been founded on it. Gordon Moore and
    0:58:52 Robert Noyce’s vision of semiconductor memory replacing magnetic core memory had sparked the whole industry in
    0:58:58 a new direction. And Intel engineers took enormous pride in their memory innovations. As Andy would
    0:59:03 later observe, people who have no emotional stake in a decision can see what needs to be done sooner.
    0:59:09 Two deeply held beliefs within Intel complicated matters even further. First, many believed that
    0:59:14 memories were the company’s technology drivers, the products on which new manufacturing processes were
    0:59:20 perfected before being applied to microprocessors. Second, there was a widespread conviction that Intel
    0:59:25 needed to offer customers a complete product line including both memories and processors. If they
    0:59:31 offered only one, customers would supposedly leave them for someone who could offer both. The turning
    0:59:36 point came during a conversation between Andy and Gordon Moore that has since become legendary in
    0:59:42 business circles. It’s the one I mentioned in the introduction. Looking at the terrible memory chip numbers for the
    0:59:48 latest quarter, Andy said to Moore, “If we got kicked out and the board brought in a new CEO, what do you
    0:59:55 think he would do?” Moore answered without hesitation. He would get us out of memories. Andy then posed a pivotal
    1:00:01 question. Why shouldn’t you and I just walk out the door, come back in, and do it ourselves? This mental
    1:00:06 exercise of viewing the company as an outsider would become the cornerstone of what Andy would later term
    1:00:11 a strategic inflection point, a moment when the fundamentals of the business are about to change.
    1:00:15 You can tell you’re going through a strategic inflection point if the way you traditionally have
    1:00:20 done business no longer delivers the kind of results that we used to get. Well, the new way of doing
    1:00:25 business involves so much uncertainty that you can’t easily bring yourself to embrace it. What’s
    1:00:32 interesting here is the technique Grove used to overcome organizational inertia by mentally stepping
    1:00:37 outside, walking out the door. Grove and Moore could temporarily escape the emotional attachment to past
    1:00:42 decisions and see the blind spot that was holding them where they were. They could see their situation
    1:00:48 with new clarity. This ability to create psychological distance from your own commitments is extraordinarily
    1:00:54 difficult but crucial during strategic inflection points. Most leaders remain imprisoned by their previous
    1:01:00 decisions, unable to abandon what they built even as evidence mounts that it’s no longer viable. Grove had
    1:01:06 developed a technique to break the psychological lock, a method for seeing his own creation with the
    1:01:12 objectivity of an outsider. One of Andy’s most insightful observations involved the transformation of the
    1:01:17 computer industry’s structure. He described how the industry had evolved from a vertically integrated
    1:01:23 model to a horizontally segmented one in 1980s sparked by memory chips becoming commodities and the rise of the
    1:01:30 microprocessor. In the mainframe era dominated by IBM, companies operated as fully integrated vertical stacks. IBM
    1:01:35 designed everything from chips to hardware to the operating system to the applications. As Andy explained,
    1:01:40 a company competing in this industry as one vertical proprietary block against all other computer
    1:01:45 companies’ vertical proprietary blocks. The rise of the microprocessor, which Intel had pioneered,
    1:01:51 fundamentally changed the structure. The industry fragmented into horizontal layers. Chip manufacturers like
    1:01:57 Intel, computer assemblers like Dell and Compaq, operating system providers like Microsoft and application
    1:02:02 developers. Andy wrote, “In this new model, no one company had its own stack. A consumer could pick
    1:02:07 a chip from the horizontal chip bar, pick a computer manufacturer from the computer bar, choose an operating
    1:02:14 system out of the operating system bar, grab one of several ready to use applications off the shelf at a retail
    1:02:20 store or a computer superstar and take the collection of these things home.” This shift destroyed IBM’s dominance.
    1:02:26 Despite its vast resources and market power, or possibly because of them, IBM couldn’t adapt to this
    1:02:31 horizontal world. They remained wedded to the vertical integration model. Even as the economics of
    1:02:37 specialized horizontal layers made that approach uncompetitive, what made this transition especially
    1:02:42 treacherous was that it didn’t happen overnight. It evolved gradually with the vertical model continuing to work
    1:02:48 reasonably well, even as the horizontal model gained momentum. By the time the inflection point was obvious to
    1:02:54 everyone, IBM had already lost most of its market leadership position. Andy observed, “IBM was
    1:02:59 composed of a group of people who had won time and time again, decade after decade, in the battle among
    1:03:05 vertical computer players. The managers who ran IBM grew up in this world. Their long reign of success deeply
    1:03:11 reinforced the thought processes and instincts that led to winning in the vertical industry. So when the industry
    1:03:17 changed, they attempted to use the same type of thinking that had worked so well in the past. IBM,
    1:03:22 as a vertical player, was trying to sell portions of its stack to direct competitors, an inherently
    1:03:28 conflicted position. Grove had learned that Intel needed to focus on microprocessors and basically nothing
    1:03:36 else. As he would write, “It’s harder to be the best of class in several fields than just one.” What’s interesting here is that
    1:03:41 Grove didn’t just see competitors. He saw the competitive landscape transforming. While IBM’s
    1:03:45 executives were still trying to outmaneuver other vertically integrated companies, Grove recognized
    1:03:51 the industry was fundamentally restructuring into horizontal layers where specialists in each layer
    1:03:56 would dominate. The greatest business failures often come from not playing the game poorly, but from
    1:04:03 continuing to excel at games that no longer matter. One of Andy’s most penetrating insights concerned
    1:04:07 the role of middle managers during strategic inflection points. He believed they often had
    1:04:14 the clearest view of impending changes and called them Cassandras, after the Greek priestess who foretold
    1:04:19 the fall of Troy. He wrote, “The Cassandras in your organization are a consistently helpful element in
    1:04:25 recognizing strategic inflection points.” As you might remember, Cassandra was the priestess who foretold the fall
    1:04:30 of Troy. Likewise, there are people who are quick to recognize impending change and cry out an early
    1:04:34 warning. Although they can come from anywhere in the company, Cassandras are usually in the middle
    1:04:40 management. Often they work in the sales organization. They usually know more about the upcoming change than
    1:04:46 the senior management because they spend so much time outdoors where the winds of the real world blow in their
    1:04:54 faces. In other words, their genes have not been selected to achieve perfection in an old way. Because they are on the
    1:04:59 front lines of the company, Cassandras often feel more vulnerable to danger than do senior managers
    1:05:04 in their more or less bolstered corporate headquarters. Bad news has much more of an immediate
    1:05:09 impact on them personally. Lost sales affect a salesperson’s commission. Technology that never
    1:05:15 makes it into the marketplace disrupts an engineer’s career. Therefore, they take the warning signs more
    1:05:20 seriously. “If you’re a senior manager in a company,” Andy explained, “strategic inflection
    1:05:25 points arrive in disguised form.” Top executives are often the last to recognize the fundamental
    1:05:31 shifts because they’re insulated from market realities and emotionally invested in the status quo. Middle
    1:05:37 managers, by contrast, operate at the intersection of the company and the outside world. They usually have a
    1:05:44 better sense than the senior management of what’s happening with both sides. Andy noted, “their position gives them an
    1:05:50 unfiltered view of the customer shifts, competitive threats, and technological changes.” Andy illustrated
    1:05:56 this with a powerful analogy, comparing strategic inflection points to fire drills in a theater. When
    1:05:59 the alarm sounds, audience members in the middle of the theater have the clearest picture of what’s
    1:06:05 happening. They can see both the stage, where the fire may have started, and the exits. Audience members
    1:06:10 in the very front like senior executives may be too close to the stage to see the big picture. While
    1:06:16 those in the back, frontline employees may be too far from the action. At Intel, Grove created forms where
    1:06:22 middle managers’ voices could be heard and respected regardless of hierarchy. Grove discovered something
    1:06:28 counterintuitive about organizational awareness. Middle managers often see the existential threats before
    1:06:34 their executives do. These Cassandras operate where strategy meets reality. They’re close enough to the
    1:06:40 customers to feel market shifts, but connected enough to headquarters to understand the implications. By
    1:06:45 deliberately elevating these voices rather than filtering them through the hierarchy, Grove built an early
    1:06:52 warning system that detected industry shifts while competitors were still celebrating calm seas. The
    1:06:58 decision to exit the memory business wasn’t implemented overnight. The transition took nearly three
    1:07:02 years, and throughout this challenging period, Andy deployed the leadership style he had honed for
    1:07:08 decades, demanding, data-driven, and brutally honest. First, he insisted on clarity about market realities. He
    1:07:13 gathered comprehensive data on Japanese companies’ memory pricing, quality, and manufacturing
    1:07:18 capabilities, forcing Intel’s management to confront an uncomfortable truth. The gap wasn’t closing,
    1:07:23 it was widening. Second, he addressed emotional resistance head-on. In a pivotal meeting with
    1:07:29 senior managers, Andy posed a provocative question. If memories are so strategic, why do we lose money on
    1:07:35 every one we sell? This forced Intel’s leadership to separate old strategic methodology with new economic
    1:07:42 reality. And third, he tackled practical transition challenges with meticulous attention to detail. What would
    1:07:47 happen to Intel’s memory design teams? How would customers react? What would the microprocessor-focused
    1:07:52 Intel look like? Andy demanded detailed planning for each dimension so employees could visualize the
    1:07:57 new Intel. Thanks to the company’s history of protecting employees during previous shutdowns,
    1:08:02 there was less fear of institutional change. When Intel finally announced to customers it would
    1:08:08 no longer be manufacturing DRAMs, the response was largely a big yawn. Many had already anticipated
    1:08:13 Intel’s retreat and secured alternative suppliers. Some even expressed relief saying it sure took you a long
    1:08:20 time. Grove systematically dismantled both practical and psychological barriers to change. He recognized
    1:08:25 that strategic pivots fail not just because of poor planning, but because of emotional attachments to
    1:08:31 past decisions and fear of an uncertain future. By keeping the focus on market realities, strategic
    1:08:36 contradictions, and implementation details simultaneously, Grove created a comprehensive
    1:08:43 approach to organizational transformation that remains a template for executing painful but necessary pivots
    1:08:49 today. By 1987, Intel had largely completed the transition away from memories. The company was
    1:08:55 profitable again, but its 80386 microprocessor was gaining traction in the personal computer market.
    1:09:00 But Andy, now Intel’s president, wasn’t content with mere survival. He sensed an opportunity to
    1:09:06 fundamentally transform Intel’s position in the market. Rather than remaining an anonymous component supplier,
    1:09:12 Intel could become a recognized brand that signified quality and innovation to end consumers and thereby
    1:09:20 protect itself from future inflection points. In 1989, Intel began shifting its advertising aimed at consumers
    1:09:26 instead of manufacturers. This approach culminated in the famous Intel Inside campaign,
    1:09:33 fundamentally altering the power dynamics in the computer industry. PC manufacturers couldn’t easily
    1:09:38 switch to a competing processor without risking consumer backlash. Consumers would be looking
    1:09:46 specifically for an Intel-powered PC. This move was pure genius. What emerged from this crucible was not
    1:09:51 just a safe company, but a coherent leadership philosophy that Andy would articulate. Business success contains
    1:09:56 the seeds of its own destruction. The more successful you are, the more people want a chunk of your
    1:10:00 business and then another chunk until there’s nothing left. I believe that the prime responsibility of
    1:10:06 a manager is to guard constantly against other people’s attacks and to put this guardian attitude
    1:10:12 in the people under his management. Grove’s paranoia wasn’t the anxious hand-wringing that paralyzes
    1:10:19 action. It was strategic mindset that fueled adaptation. A corporation is a living organism. It has to
    1:10:24 continue to shed its skin, he insisted, recognizing that yesterday’s winning formula becomes tomorrow’s
    1:10:30 liability. His masterstroke, the final masterstroke, the Intel Inside campaign, reveals a deeper insight
    1:10:36 about competitive advantage. By turning an invisible chip into a household brand, Grove didn’t just
    1:10:43 differentiate Intel, he fundamentally changed who Intel’s customer was. Though PC manufacturers wrote the
    1:10:49 checks, consumers now demanded Intel processors specifically, creating a protective moat around the
    1:10:54 business that no competitor that no competitor could easily cross. This is the paradox at the heart of
    1:11:01 lasting success. The more deliberately you prepare for your own obsolescence, the less likely you are to
    1:11:13 become obsolete. All right, let’s get into a few afterthoughts and reflections and then talk about some lessons learned.
    1:11:21 So one of the things that stood out to me here was just how profound his childhood was on his experiences and
    1:11:27 how he learned that survival demands the same skills, constant vigilance, brutal self-assessment,
    1:11:32 the courage to abandon what’s once defined you. I mean, he lived this stuff as a child. That is a terrible,
    1:11:38 terrible childhood. Another thing that really stands out to me here is a bit of the red queen effect going on where,
    1:11:44 you know, you have to run harder and harder to maintain your place in industries that are changing rapidly.
    1:11:49 And I think, you know, the memory, you can use this as a great example, the memory chips, you know,
    1:11:52 you have to get better and better every year. You can’t just rest. You can’t take a break. You have to sprint.
    1:11:57 You’re constantly sprinting because your competitors are sprinting. And if you stand still, if you don’t get
    1:12:02 better, you’re getting worse. And in highly, highly competitive industries, that’s what’s happening.
    1:12:08 The decision to kill the golden goose, killing the memory chips and, and doing the strategic pivot that
    1:12:14 I can’t understate how hard that is. There’s so much organizational inertia tied into that and making
    1:12:21 that pivot. And, you know, it all worked out well for Intel, uh, at the time. And it’s so hard to make
    1:12:28 those decisions. Um, there’s so many people giving you conflicting information. I like Andy talks a lot
    1:12:32 about blind spots without using the term blind spots. He’s always trying to get information
    1:12:38 either from people through analysis or through analytics or just seeing the world through their
    1:12:42 eyes. I liked his idea of Cassandra’s being the middle managers. I think there’s a lot of truth
    1:12:48 to that. Having worked in a large organization before people who touch the outside, they touch the territory.
    1:12:53 And because they touch the territory, uh, they often have more accurate information about the
    1:12:57 territory than management who relies on maps. It’s a bit of map territory.
    1:13:03 I like his idea of thought experiments, you know, sort of stepping outside, firing yourself as CEO,
    1:13:07 uh, and saying, what would we do different if the board fired us and then hired us again?
    1:13:11 You know, these are the type of things I talk about in the great mental models, volume one,
    1:13:16 it’s a great thought experiment for you. It’s also something that we can do. You are the CEO of you.
    1:13:23 Uh, and you have thousands of employees at your disposal today in the form of GPUs and AI.
    1:13:28 And I think the question is, you know, one question that I constantly ask myself is if I fired myself
    1:13:34 today, uh, what would a new CEO or myself taking over stop doing? What am I doing today that I need
    1:13:41 to stop and what could I start doing? And I think those questions are super important. As I was researching
    1:13:48 the whole transition from memory to semiconductors with Intel, you know, the parallels between what Google’s
    1:13:53 going through right now just stuck out so much. They have this golden goose in traditional search
    1:14:00 that’s making a ton of money. And I wonder at what point you face a bit of innovators dilemma where
    1:14:04 you’re not dealing with reality. The people who grew up in Google right now grew up in search. They grew
    1:14:09 up in an era where they won over and over again. Sounds a lot like IBM in this story. They kept winning
    1:14:15 over and over again and they’re dominant in their field until they’re not. And when you grow up in an
    1:14:21 industry and you win over and over and over again in that industry, and then you have to change, you
    1:14:27 reach one of those inflection points, those 10 X points that Grove talk about, uh, that becomes the
    1:14:33 hardest point to change your mind about things. The very thing that success has driven for you. Now you have
    1:14:38 to abandon and go all in, you have to burn the boats and, you know, close some doors, but you have to
    1:14:44 close doors on the most profitable part of your business. And one final reflection is sort of, I
    1:14:49 couldn’t fit this in the story, but I think it’s quite profound. Andy’s philosophy about how he connected
    1:14:56 organizational adaptation to personal responsibility. He said, and I quote, “The sad news is nobody owes you
    1:15:03 a career.” Your career is literally your business. You own it as a sole proprietor. You have one employee
    1:15:09 yourself. You were in competition with millions of similar businesses, millions of other employees
    1:15:14 all over the world. You need to accept ownership of your career, your skills, and the timing of your moves.
    1:15:21 That is such a high agency way to think about things. And this is what I tell my kids, like you are running
    1:15:26 a company. You, and I mentioned this a little bit earlier, you have a thousand GPUs. You have a thousand
    1:15:31 employees at your disposal. And, you know, if you’re not telling them to do something or learning or getting
    1:15:36 better, then they’re just sitting there waiting for you to tell them what to do. But you have one employee.
    1:15:42 You are in competition with millions of other people, millions of people just like you, and nobody owes you
    1:15:50 anything. And I think, you know, Andy’s childhood really informs that view. Okay. Let’s get to some of
    1:15:58 our lessons here before we close this out. So lesson number one, bounce, but don’t break. Grove faced
    1:16:03 devastating childhood circumstances. A father sent to labor camp, hiding his Jewish identity and
    1:16:09 permanently losing his hearing from scarlet fever. Yet he transformed this difficulty into advantage,
    1:16:14 developing extraordinary attention to subtle signals and the ability to make decisions with
    1:16:20 incomplete information. When you can’t change your circumstances, you can change how you respond to
    1:16:27 them. This is the lesson we also learned from Viktor Frankl. The last human freedom is the ability to
    1:16:33 choose how you respond to a situation. Lesson number two, don’t care what they think. When
    1:16:40 Grove’s semiconductor research contradicted established theory, experts wanted to burn him at the stake.
    1:16:47 He built a culture where only data mattered, not opinions. Truth seeking requires the courage to
    1:16:53 be disliked. So many people these days optimize their life around being liked. And that means that you
    1:17:01 will never face the hard reality of inconvenient data. Three, face reality before it faces you.
    1:17:08 Grove’s willingness to confront brutal facts became his defining leadership trait. When faced with Japanese
    1:17:13 memory manufacturers overtaking Intel, he asked more of the pivotal question. If we got kicked out and the
    1:17:18 board brought in new CEO, what would he do? This thought experiment created distance from his own
    1:17:24 decisions and allowed him to abandon the very business that built Intel. He was effectively enabled to see
    1:17:29 his blind spots. Emotional attachment to past decisions is such a silent killer.
    1:17:36 Four, success sows the seeds of its own destruction. Even during Intel’s record profits of 1979,
    1:17:42 Grove was hunting for the existential threats. Having survived Nazi occupation, he knew stability could
    1:17:48 vanish overnight. Paranoia is the most valuable precisely when it seems least necessary. And there’s
    1:17:53 a parallel here that just comes to mind as I’m reading this. But if you listen to interviews with Tom
    1:17:58 Brady or Patrick Mahomes or Michael Jordan, there’s these key moments, there’s these games where they
    1:18:05 win. I remember Brady won one game is like 24 to seven or something. And in the interview after he’s
    1:18:09 like, we should have won that 45 to seven. He’s not celebrating the victories. Like, you know, we got
    1:18:15 lucky. We, we, we should have been better. I should have been better. And I think that, you know, that is
    1:18:22 something that people have, but you can also adapt. Five, Grove was a talent collector. He recognized
    1:18:28 leadership as an orchestration rather than individual brilliance. As Intel grew, he focused on creating
    1:18:34 systems where collective intelligence could flourish, particularly by amplifying middle managers’ voices.
    1:18:40 He developed constructive confrontation where ideas could be ferociously debated. If you’re running an
    1:18:44 organization or your senior level in an organization, your ceiling is determined by the
    1:18:51 talent you attract, not the talent you possess. That is true of organizations. Six, he was a learning
    1:18:58 machine. Grove transformed from a chemical engineer to semiconductor physicist to management guru in just
    1:19:03 a decade. He approached each new domain with the same methodical rigor. In a changing world,
    1:19:10 the ability to learn quickly compounds like interest. Seven, he had a taste for salt water.
    1:19:16 While working as a waiter and learning English, Grove still graduated first in his class. Excellence
    1:19:22 happens when nobody’s watching. The gap between good and great is filled with voluntary hardships that
    1:19:28 others refuse to endure. Eight, it takes what it takes. Grove’s work ethic was relentless and
    1:19:35 unconstrained by conventional boundaries. At Fairchild, he authored 30 scientific articles and filed patents
    1:19:41 while simultaneously teaching at Berkeley. When manufacturing problems threatened Intel’s existence,
    1:19:46 Grove created statistical systems tracking every production variable, well before these type of
    1:19:53 analytics were normal or standard or even acceptable. Sometimes progress requires both working smarter
    1:20:01 and harder. Nine, positioning is leverage. Grove never merely reacted to opportunities. He methodically
    1:20:06 positioned himself at the intersection of his talents and emerging trends. Before joining Fairchild,
    1:20:11 for example, he researched 22 different companies, dividing them into categories based on his interest
    1:20:16 versus qualifications. When Moore and Noyce mentioned they were starting Intel, he immediately recognized the
    1:20:23 opportunity as their operational compliment. He mastered his circumstances rather than being mastered by them.
    1:20:29 Number 10, ride the wave. When Grove identified the semiconductor revolution, he committed fully
    1:20:37 rather than hedging his bets. Even when Intel’s 1103 memory chip had serious flaws under certain adverse
    1:20:42 conditions, the thing just couldn’t remember. He still persevered because he knew they were riding an
    1:20:49 unstoppable technological wave. When you get the trend right, you can overcome countless tactical failures.
    1:20:54 What a story with Andy Grove. There’s so many lessons that you can take away here. I’m going to listen
    1:21:05 to this one over and over again. Thanks for listening and learning with us. And be sure to sign up for my
    1:21:12 free weekly newsletter at fs.blog/newsletter. I hope you enjoyed my reflections at the end of this episode.
    1:21:18 That’s normally reserved for members. But with this outlier series, I wanted to make them available to everyone.
    1:21:24 The Farnam Street website is where you can get more info on our membership program, which includes access
    1:21:31 to episode transcripts, reflections for all episodes, my updated repository featuring highlights from the
    1:21:37 books used in this series and more. Plus, be sure to follow myself and Farnam Street on X, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
    1:21:43 If you like what we’re doing here, leaving a rating and review would mean the world. And if you really like us,
    1:21:56 sharing with a friend is the best way to grow this special series until next time.

    Most people protect their identity. Andy Grove would rewrite his, again and again. He started as a refugee, became a chemist, turned himself into an engineer, then a manager, and finally the CEO who built Intel into a global powerhouse. He didn’t cling to credentials or titles. When a challenge came up, he didn’t delegate, he learned. This episode explores the radical adaptability that made Grove different. While his peers obsessed over innovation, he focused on something far more enduring: the systems, structures, and people needed to scale that innovation. Grove understood that as complexity rises, technical brilliance fades and coordination becomes king. 

    You’ll learn how he redefined leadership, why he saw management as a creative act, and what most founders still get wrong about building great companies. If you’re serious about getting better—at work, at thinking, at leading—this is the episode you’ll be glad you didn’t miss. 

    This episode is for informational purposes only and most of the research came from The Life and Times of an American by Richard S. Tedlow, Only the Paranoid Survive by Andy Grove, and Tom Wolfe’s profile of Robert Noyce available here.

    Check out highlights from these books in our repository, and find key lessons from Grove here — ⁠⁠https://fs.blog/knowledge-project-podcast/outliers-andy-grove/⁠

    (05:02 ) PART 1: Hungarian Beginnings
    (06:48) German Occupation
    (09:27) Soviet Liberation
    (11:01) End of the War
    (12:35) Leaving Hungary

    (14:10) PART 2: In America
    (16:50) Origin of Silicon Valley
    (20:04) Fairchild

    (22:54) PART 3: Building Intel
    (25:15) Becoming a Manager
    (29:39) Intel’s Make-or-Break Moment
    (31:35) Quality Control Obsession
    (34:41) Orchestrating Brilliance
    (37:49) The Microprocessor Revolution and Intel’s Growth
    (40:32) Intel’s Growth and the Microma Lesson
    (30:51) The Grove Influence
    (47:00) The Birth of Intel Culture
    (49:42) ​​The Fruits of Transformation
    (50:43) The Test Ahead

    (53:07) PART 4: Inflection Points
    (55:23) The Valley of Death
    (58:26) The IBM Lesson
    (01:01:18) CASSANDRA’s: The Value of Middle Management
    (01:04:09) Executing a Painful Pivot

    (01:08:25) Reflections, afterthoughts, and lessons

    Thanks to our sponsors for supporting this episode:

    MOMENTOUS: Head to ⁠⁠livemomentous.com⁠⁠ and use code KNOWLEDGEPROJECT for 35% off your first subscription. 

    NOTION MAIL: Get Notion Mail for free right now at ⁠notion.com/knowledgeproject

    Upgrade — If you want to hear my thoughts and reflections at the end of all episodes, join our membership: ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠fs.blog/membership⁠⁠⁠⁠ and get your own private feed.

    Newsletter — The Brain Food newsletter delivers actionable insights and thoughtful ideas every Sunday. It takes 5 minutes to read, and it’s completely free. Learn more and sign up at ⁠⁠fs.blog/newsletter

    Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

  • Inside a16z with Ben & Marc: Dream Builders Only

    AI transcript
    0:00:07 It’s just as hard to build a small, inconsequential thing as it is to build a giant, world-changing thing.
    0:00:13 You work the same amount of hours, and so you might as well go for doing something important.
    0:00:19 Social media has become the dog, and traditional media has become the tail, and they just get whipped around like crazy by all these shifting memes.
    0:00:28 We’ve basically recreated the original Fund One seven times, so every team is like the original Andreessen Horowitz.
    0:00:37 So we really have seven Andreessen Horwitzes, but with common infrastructure, common LP relations, common brand, common culture.
    0:00:41 I think there’s going to be a whole wave here. I think actually incredibly successful projects.
    0:00:49 This week, we hosted our annual LP Summit, bringing together our partners, portfolio, and the people shaping what’s next in tech.
    0:00:53 As part of the event, I hosted an interview with Mark and Ben.
    0:01:00 We talked about the evolution of the firm, the state of venture, and how to stay ahead in an industry that doesn’t sit still.
    0:01:02 Let’s get into it.
    0:01:18 As a reminder, the content here is for informational purposes only, should not be taken as legal, business, tax, or investment advice, or be used to evaluate any investment or security, and is not directed at any investors or potential investors in any A16Z fund.
    0:01:23 Please note that A16Z and its affiliates may also maintain investments in the companies discussed in this podcast.
    0:01:30 For more details, including a link to our investments, please see A16Z.com forward slash disclosures.
    0:01:41 Welcome to a live, private viewing of the Mark and Ben show, our favorite married couple in venture capital.
    0:01:44 Old, to be clear, old married couple.
    0:01:46 Yeah, that doesn’t get along that well.
    0:01:47 The romance is long-faded.
    0:01:51 This is what we all came here to see.
    0:01:53 Ben, let’s talk about the evolution of the firm.
    0:02:00 You recently said that the VC industry has changed more since the inception of the firm in 2009 than in the prior 30 years.
    0:02:03 Let’s talk about how our firm has evolved alongside that.
    0:02:06 What’s been our Act 1, our Act 2, and where are we now?
    0:02:11 Yeah, so Act 1, you know, we were walking into VC that hadn’t changed.
    0:02:22 And one of the key things about it, if you looked at venture capital, it was the only asset class that had the same managers persistently being at the top.
    0:02:34 So anything else, you know, kind of rotated out every 5, 10 years, the best mutual fund manager would change or, you know, the best bond manager or whatever, best real estate guys.
    0:02:40 But in venture capital, the same firms that were the top firms in 1978 were the top firm in 2009.
    0:02:46 And the reason for that was the top tier firm got first pick on every deal.
    0:02:53 And so the whole thing that we faced walking into that was, how do we get to the top tier?
    0:02:57 Because otherwise there was no reason to be in the business because you wouldn’t get any returns.
    0:03:00 The same teams get the number one pick in the draft every year.
    0:03:03 And so that was the goal.
    0:03:05 And we were coming from product companies.
    0:03:07 So we looked at it through the product lens.
    0:03:11 And we said, okay, venture capital is a really good product.
    0:03:18 Top tier venture capital is a really good product for LPs and really mediocre product for entrepreneurs.
    0:03:22 And so being entrepreneurs, we had been customers of venture capital.
    0:03:23 We knew what the product was.
    0:03:27 It was, you get a very smart person on your board.
    0:03:32 They have very interesting things to say for your first five times you talk to them and then you’ve heard it.
    0:03:37 And so we were like, okay, that’s kind of underwhelming given how hard it is to build a company.
    0:03:45 So our idea was to create a platform that enabled a founder to evolve into becoming a CEO.
    0:03:51 And there were many parts to that, but a lot of it comes down to, you know, what makes you feel like a CEO?
    0:03:55 What gives you the confidence that you can actually run a company when you don’t know how to?
    0:03:58 And that became the networks that we built.
    0:04:00 Like, how can I call any CEO?
    0:04:02 How can I call any executive?
    0:04:06 How can I get to the U.S. government if I need to?
    0:04:13 How do I feel like I’ve got a network like Bob Iger, even though I just started a company and I’m an inventor?
    0:04:16 And so that was how we went about constructing the platform.
    0:04:22 And then the other part of it was, okay, is there somebody who knows how to do this job that can help me?
    0:04:26 And we brought in a lot of CEOs into the firm.
    0:04:30 And then, of course, I wrote the book on like, okay, this is how you do it and so forth.
    0:04:32 And so that was the original product.
    0:04:36 And then because we were used to, like, what do you do when you have a product?
    0:04:37 You market it.
    0:04:40 And that turned out to be a completely novel thing in the industry.
    0:04:42 And so that was kind of phase one.
    0:04:44 And that’s what got us into the top tier.
    0:04:50 Phase two was based on an article that Mark wrote called Software is Eating the World.
    0:05:02 So in venture capital, from its inception, and Andy Ratcliffe did this wonderful study where he showed that there were 15 companies in any given year that will ever make it to $100 million in revenue.
    0:05:06 And the whole game was to invest in those 15 companies.
    0:05:14 So ideally, you’d have a firm of maybe six to eight investors that would look for those 15, and that would be sufficient.
    0:05:15 And that was very true.
    0:05:22 And by the way, that’s the right size conversation to make high-quality investments.
    0:05:23 You need a small team.
    0:05:28 But if software was going to eat the world, then there was going to be 150 or 200 of these companies.
    0:05:33 And in order to deal with that, you had to be able to scale the firm.
    0:05:44 And that meant, okay, if crypto was going to be as big as software used to be, or AI Infra was going to be as big as software used to be,
    0:05:45 you know, et cetera.
    0:05:55 If every vertical was that big in terms of the potential returns, then you essentially needed that original firm addressing each one of those markets.
    0:06:05 And in order to be able to do that, and this is where we just ended up having an advantage that I think that we didn’t even really understand at the time.
    0:06:11 But when we started the firm, we had shared economics like every firm does, but we didn’t have shared control.
    0:06:22 And that gave us a giant advantage over every other VC that had shared control, because if you share control, you can’t scale, because if you share control, you can’t reorganize.
    0:06:25 And it’s a subtle thing, but every CEO understands it.
    0:06:40 There’s no way to scale if you can’t change roles, responsibilities, the way the firm is structured, how it works, because that’ll be an everlasting negotiation, because you’re literally redistributing power across the organization.
    0:06:51 But since we kind of have a single decision point on that, it was very easy for us to reorganize, and we were able to scale and basically field the best team.
    0:07:02 And so our competitors, if you look at the top-tier firms that were with us in 2009, none of them got to crypto in any real way.
    0:07:11 They’re trying on AI, but they’re way behind, and they mostly missed American dynamism entirely, and it’s just because they couldn’t reorganize.
    0:07:13 So what do you need if there’s a brand-new field?
    0:07:16 Well, you need new leadership in that category.
    0:07:21 You need new people on that team who know how to do that, and that means a lot of change.
    0:07:35 I think going forward, the way we’re thinking about it is the goal now becomes, okay, if we’re funding the majority of all the best new technology companies in the world, what do we have to do from a leadership position?
    0:07:42 One, we’ve got to make the regulatory environment conducive to being the best, you know, for America being the best in the world.
    0:07:47 Two, we actually need our own channel, you know, which you’re coming on to build for us.
    0:07:55 It’s really, really important to have a voice and a way to distribute that voice that is not only the biggest in the industry, but one of the biggest in the world.
    0:08:01 And we feel like we’ve got a super social media podcast star on our team already.
    0:08:04 He’s way better than Joe Rogan or anybody else.
    0:08:10 And then we have, as you’ve seen, like a lot of kind of other people who are super compelling and who you’d want to listen to all the time.
    0:08:16 And so now, mostly, you’re going to try and convert that into something that can be long-lasting.
    0:08:18 We’re looking at other things.
    0:08:28 We talked a little bit about, okay, how do we extend this American dynamism to American and her allies’ dynamism and take it internationally?
    0:08:30 And so that’s how we’re thinking about the next phase.
    0:08:30 Yeah.
    0:08:31 It’s fascinating.
    0:08:39 Just to echo the point about the ability to sort of reorganize and restructure, one of my first meetings with you guys about potentially joining the firm was with Catherine Boyle.
    0:08:46 And we were talking about, Mark, the conversation that you and Catherine had around the meme and being able to move quickly around the meme that spreads.
    0:08:47 Why don’t you talk about that?
    0:08:48 Yeah.
    0:08:50 So the information environment is like highly fluid.
    0:08:51 So we have this whole theory.
    0:08:53 You know, so media environment used to be relatively slow.
    0:08:56 If you go back hundreds of years, it took days or weeks or months for information to get out.
    0:09:00 And then lots of changes happened that ultimately, like cable news brought about the 24-hour news cycle.
    0:09:01 And everything sped up.
    0:09:05 And political operations got these rapid response teams that you see now in these war rooms and so forth.
    0:09:09 You know, the new form of that is actually the social media controversy, at least my version of the theory.
    0:09:10 Let me back up.
    0:09:13 Marshall McLuhan had this famous thing, the great media theorist.
    0:09:15 He said, if it’s on television, it’s a television show.
    0:09:17 And so it doesn’t matter what the topic is.
    0:09:23 It doesn’t matter if it’s the Clinton-Lewinsky scandal or the OJ scandal or whatever the hell it is or some celebrity thing or nuclear war or whatever.
    0:09:25 If it’s on TV, it’s a TV show.
    0:09:28 And it gets basically packaged up by TV producers as a TV show.
    0:09:31 And you see this, by the way, whenever anything happens, everything now has a theme song.
    0:09:32 War in the Middle East.
    0:09:36 You know, anything on television goes through the moral arc of a television show, right?
    0:09:40 They want to go through these kind of moral arcs, the same moral arc that you see on like a television drama.
    0:09:41 They want to apply to real life.
    0:09:46 And so there’s shame and then there’s redemption and there’s this and emotion and the interpersonal relationships and the soap opera aspect
    0:09:47 and all this stuff.
    0:09:53 And so those of us who’ve been on planet Earth for more than 20 years or something have been living life basically in this extended television show.
    0:09:59 So extend McLuhan’s idea to what’s happened now in a social media dominated landscape, which is if it’s on social media, it’s a post, right?
    0:10:01 So if it’s on social media, it’s a tweet, right?
    0:10:04 Or it’s a TikTok video or it’s an Instagram photo or something like that.
    0:10:04 It’s a post.
    0:10:07 And so what do we know about the social media?
    0:10:10 What’s the short equivalent of social media is it’s a controversy, right?
    0:10:10 It’s a blow up.
    0:10:11 It’s a dust up.
    0:10:12 It’s a, what would the kids call it?
    0:10:14 It’s a dunk of.
    0:10:19 Yeah, it’s like a dunk that leads to a backlash and then a mob forms and then they’re scapegoating, right?
    0:10:20 And so it’s this thing.
    0:10:21 It’s this predictable pattern.
    0:10:23 And the problem is like we all get pulled emotionally into these things.
    0:10:25 And so it’s hard to objectively observe what’s happening.
    0:10:31 But if you can lift yourself up a little bit for a few weeks and watch what happens, it’s like every new thing that happens basically now has a two or three day arc.
    0:10:35 You can literally graph it because it’s like this viral moment where something just goes like parabolic.
    0:10:38 And it’s just like at that moment, we call this the current thing.
    0:10:39 It’s just like the most important thing in the world.
    0:10:41 And literally, it’s just like whatever happened today.
    0:10:43 And then basically what happens is it’s a chart like that.
    0:10:44 And then it’s basically this fall off.
    0:10:46 It’s like a half-life of a drug or something, right?
    0:10:48 Where it’s like this two or three day collapse.
    0:10:53 And then basically if social media shows two or three days, the mob goes around, either finds a scapegoat or it doesn’t and it goes through a cycle.
    0:10:57 And then routinely two or three days later, it’s just boom, there’s a new thing like that.
    0:11:00 And it’s like the most important thing, again, the most important thing that has ever happened.
    0:11:04 And I’ve always wanted to build, I have friends who’ve tried this, and I want like the internet weather report, right?
    0:11:09 And it would just be this constant, you know, it’s just like hurricane after hurricane after hurricane of these things coming in.
    0:11:11 And so like that is the media environment that we live in.
    0:11:17 And you can either as a participant in kind of the narrative formation shaping process, you can either choose to be part of it or not.
    0:11:19 And so part of it is like you have to be in the mix.
    0:11:24 And if you’re going to get a fight with people in that environment, like you have to be able to fight in that context.
    0:11:28 And then I think the other thing that Eric is really good at is that just leads to, I think, adrenal fatigue, right?
    0:11:32 Which is like the human psyche and limbic system can only go through so many panic cycles.
    0:11:34 It’s like for the first five, it’s like really exciting.
    0:11:37 And then after a thousand of them, you’re just like, my God.
    0:11:39 And so that’s led to the rise of this other thing that’s happened, right?
    0:11:40 Which is the long form, right?
    0:11:41 The long form podcast.
    0:11:46 And this is the really remarkable thing that’s happened is the cliche is everybody has burned out attention cycles.
    0:11:49 But the other side of it is the three, four, five, six-hour podcast.
    0:11:55 And what’s amazing, by the way, about it, if you talk to Joe Rogan or Lex Friedman or whatever, they get these stats from YouTube about completion rates.
    0:11:56 And they have incredibly high completion rates.
    0:11:59 Like a very large number of people watch those things all the way through.
    0:12:03 And so there’s this other side of it, which is people are hungry for substance, I think, in large part.
    0:12:05 Because otherwise all they’re getting is continuous panic, right?
    0:12:08 And so if you can step back and provide the substance, you also really stand out.
    0:12:11 But it’s that counter-programming on the complete opposite side of the spectrum.
    0:12:14 It’s like candy versus nutrition.
    0:12:27 And the way to connect it back to our restructuring is that American Dynamism is an example of sort of a framing, a phrasing, a packaging of ideas that Catherine and team helped put together that started to get a lot of resonance.
    0:12:29 And we were able to move fast in creating a firm product.
    0:12:29 Oh, yeah.
    0:12:34 Another really key point, which is because the internet meme viral sort of blow up, the cycle time is three or three days.
    0:12:38 Like the internet media world just evolves much faster than every other.
    0:12:39 I mean, television needs to evolve annually.
    0:12:43 You know, they literally have like their annual rollout every fall you get to see the new shows.
    0:12:48 Because the internet runs on these sort of panic cycles, it’s basically this continuous churn of cultural formation and propagation.
    0:12:56 And then what it’s done, for those of you who may know, there was this concept of military strategy called the OODA loop, which is this guy, John Boyd, who sort of redefined sort of what’s called maneuver warfare.
    0:13:00 And he had this idea that basically speed matters enormously in warfare, which people didn’t used to believe.
    0:13:05 But he said it does because it gets to the psychology of what it’s like to be a participant in war.
    0:13:15 And he defined this loop called the OODA loop, which is observe, orient, decide, and act, which is the process that you go through to basically, as a leader of anything, to try to figure out what’s happening in the world, make a decision, and then act in the decision.
    0:13:22 He has this theory of warfare where he basically says, whichever commander on either side has the fastest OODA loop has a very good chance of being able to win the war.
    0:13:29 And he said the reason is because if you can fundamentally get through your OODA loop faster than the other guy, then basically what happens is you can get inside their OODA loop.
    0:13:37 So if you’re going much faster, then basically what happens is by the time they’re processing information, you’ve already decided and acted, and then they actually can’t decide and act.
    0:13:42 Then they have to start over from scratch to reprocess the new information, and then you compound it, you decide and act.
    0:13:45 And then he said at the limit, what results is like basically emotional breakdown.
    0:13:47 And this is why Twitter has broken down legacy media.
    0:13:48 This is exactly right.
    0:13:49 This is what’s happened to legacy media.
    0:13:51 This is what Twitter did, and it’s still doing the legacy media.
    0:13:53 And so again, people get wrapped up in it.
    0:13:59 If you just take a step back and just watch legacy media or read a newspaper, a huge amount of it is they’re just reporting what happened on Twitter, right?
    0:14:03 And it’s literally reporting on what happened on Twitter like yesterday or last week or the month before.
    0:14:05 But by the time they do that, what’s on Twitter has already shifted.
    0:14:06 It’s already evolved.
    0:14:10 And so traditional media, social media has become the dog, and traditional media has become the tail.
    0:14:12 And they just get whipped around like crazy by all these shifting memes.
    0:14:17 And so it turns out if you can control the meme, it turns out you can also control the media, right?
    0:14:18 Because that’s how they’re taking their cues.
    0:14:21 That’s what they’re getting is they’re literally reporting on the internet.
    0:14:24 And so it’s the way to kind of punch in and take control of the narrative.
    0:14:28 And in Marxist terms, we must seize the memes of production.
    0:14:30 Memes, M-E-M-E-S.
    0:14:31 Just amazing.
    0:14:37 Going back to firm evolution, some firms haven’t changed at all in the past 10 years, 20 years.
    0:14:38 Kind of a problem, yeah.
    0:14:41 They’re proud of sort of sticking to knitting and sticking to their craft.
    0:14:45 And without putting anyone down, why don’t we share more about why it’s important for venture
    0:14:46 firms to always be evolving?
    0:14:48 Well, I mean, the world is evolving.
    0:14:59 And look, you could be great at consumer internet, network effects businesses, and there aren’t many of those to fund anymore.
    0:15:03 So like, if you didn’t change, you’re kind of irrelevant.
    0:15:12 Like when AI started in the firm, Mark and I were in like a daily kind of call panic, like, okay, we’re going too slow.
    0:15:12 What are we going to do?
    0:15:14 We were talking to Martine every day.
    0:15:16 We’re like, okay, we’ve got to build a research team.
    0:15:17 We’ve got to like retrain.
    0:15:23 We’re going to test every GP on AI, make sure they know what the hell it is and like how everything is working and so forth.
    0:15:25 And that was the whole firm.
    0:15:27 Like, this is such a big wave.
    0:15:29 Everybody’s got to understand this at a very, very deep level.
    0:15:32 We even have people on our tech talent team.
    0:15:35 We’re like studying AI to figure out like how to use it and so forth.
    0:15:41 And it’s a little bit of an irony about venture capital is that historically the firms haven’t been,
    0:15:45 although they invest in innovation, they themselves haven’t been very innovative.
    0:15:48 I think a lot of it goes back to how they’re structured.
    0:15:49 Yeah.
    0:15:52 And what do you say to people who’ve noticed this in other industries and apply it to ventures?
    0:15:55 Say, hey, once these firms scale, like Andreessen or like some of the others,
    0:16:01 scale to an amount of capital under management that’s just too big to generate significant returns,
    0:16:02 that there’s this trade-off.
    0:16:04 How do we think about that right balance?
    0:16:04 Or what do you say to those people?
    0:16:05 Yes.
    0:16:11 Look, I think if you scaled it all in like a little team of generalists, then that would be very true.
    0:16:15 But if you look at what we’ve done, we’ve basically recreated the original,
    0:16:18 fund one seven times.
    0:16:22 So every team is like the original Andreessen Horowitz.
    0:16:28 So we really have seven Andreessen Horowitz’s, but with common infrastructure, common LP relations,
    0:16:32 common brand, common culture across those.
    0:16:39 And that basically enables us to be the best small firm and with the power of the biggest firm in the world
    0:16:41 at the same time.
    0:16:42 And that’s reflected in the returns.
    0:16:43 Yeah.
    0:16:43 Yeah.
    0:16:46 The other critique, which is a very valid critique for a lot of investment management is,
    0:16:48 you know, the firms get large.
    0:16:50 A common arc of like a hedge fund or something like that is, you know, when you’re small,
    0:16:52 it’s just like there are these like micro opportunities.
    0:16:55 There’s these, you know, these small cap companies and you get this information edge on these little
    0:16:56 dollar investments.
    0:16:59 Then you can shoot the lights out in terms of percentage return on small amounts of money.
    0:17:01 And then based on that record, you raise large amounts of money.
    0:17:04 And then at that point, those like small cap things no longer move the needle.
    0:17:07 And then you find yourself basically, you know, investing in only mega cap companies and then
    0:17:09 you don’t have an edge and returns collapse.
    0:17:12 And so that’s like a time honored tradition in public market investing.
    0:17:16 The thing that I think is different about venture is that the aggregate dollar upside opportunity
    0:17:21 on an early stage venture deal is as big as or bigger than the aggregate dollar upside
    0:17:22 opportunity on a very late stage deal.
    0:17:26 And the reason is because of the scale effect of an early stage company that really makes it,
    0:17:26 right?
    0:17:31 And so if you can make a $5 million investment in a series A or C of an early stage company
    0:17:34 and you can own 20% of the company and then it goes to, you know, a hundred billion or a
    0:17:38 trillion in market cap, like just the raw dollars that get generated off of that are so big.
    0:17:41 They’re as big or bigger than the raw dollar investment opportunity off of a hundred million
    0:17:42 dollar investment or something.
    0:17:46 And so, so weirdly, like from a time standpoint, it makes just as much sense for like Ben or
    0:17:49 me to spend time with early stage companies today as it did when we first started the firm,
    0:17:52 just in terms of just raw economic incentives.
    0:17:54 And in fact, that is actually how we spend time.
    0:17:57 I mean, we do spend some time with the later stage companies, but we still spend a lot of
    0:17:58 our time with the very early stage companies.
    0:18:00 And I think that will always be what we do.
    0:18:00 Yeah.
    0:18:03 And then, and by the way, like that’s where we have higher impact too.
    0:18:07 I love Databricks, but I was like massively impactful early.
    0:18:10 And, you know, now like I call Ali and I say, good job.
    0:18:16 People are always saying, oh, it’s amazing how Inducent does so much, but they don’t fully
    0:18:20 appreciate how much we don’t do or how much we say no to in terms of experimenting in other
    0:18:23 asset classes or things that could stray us away from the core mission.
    0:18:23 Yeah.
    0:18:28 Look, I mean, I think we are who we are and we are probably maybe the most, maybe the only
    0:18:33 mission oriented venture capital firm where like our goal from the beginning was to help
    0:18:36 people build better companies and more of them.
    0:18:39 You know, Mark and I, this is one thing we really see eye to eye on, although we disagree
    0:18:45 on a lot is as a human endeavor, doing something larger than yourself, trying to make the world
    0:18:50 a better place by building a company and doing incredibly hard work and assembling the best
    0:18:54 people, you know, like there’s nothing better than that.
    0:18:59 And our job is to make that easier, make people more successful with it, make those companies
    0:19:00 better places to work.
    0:19:02 And that’s all we want to do.
    0:19:05 So like sometimes things will come in, should we be in private equity?
    0:19:08 And we’re like cutting a company in half and that kind of thing.
    0:19:13 It’s just so off culture, off mission for us that it’s probably, you know, even if we
    0:19:15 can make a lot of money, it might not be something we want to do.
    0:19:19 And this is my first LP summit and some LPs have come up to me and asked why I joined
    0:19:21 the firm relative to any other firm.
    0:19:24 And besides the obvious reasons of being the best firm, this firm is also the most ambitious
    0:19:25 and that comes from the top.
    0:19:30 It doesn’t have sort of incumbency sort of problems of being complacent.
    0:19:32 You guys are always striving for more.
    0:19:35 And we hear about the things that work out.
    0:19:39 And Mark on TBPN said yesterday something like, we try some things that don’t work out too,
    0:19:40 and we just bury them in the shed.
    0:19:42 We don’t like to talk about those.
    0:19:43 Bury them behind the shed.
    0:19:43 Behind the shed.
    0:19:44 Pretend they never have it.
    0:19:45 In the backyard.
    0:19:48 Talk a little bit about our experimental culture and either examples of things that didn’t work
    0:19:53 or just how we think about making sure that we’re not being complacent because we’re incumbent.
    0:19:58 I think it goes back to the mission in that we have to think about how we fulfill our mission
    0:20:02 and to really get better and better at that, you know, and it’s kind of just like an ethos
    0:20:05 and an ethic that we have.
    0:20:08 And I don’t know that we think about it that often.
    0:20:10 Like we don’t sit around and go like, how are we going to innovate?
    0:20:15 We just look at the world and say, okay, how do we do a better job at what we do?
    0:20:19 The other thing that Mark and I learned really early on is that if you’re building a company
    0:20:27 or a firm, it’s just as hard to build a small, inconsequential thing as it is to build a giant,
    0:20:28 world-changing thing.
    0:20:34 You work the same amount of hours, and so you might as well go for doing something important.
    0:20:35 And so that’s just our orientation.
    0:20:38 I don’t think we spend that much time on it.
    0:20:43 It is a little bit advantage of how we’re organized that if you’re an equal partnership
    0:20:50 with equal control, then doing something new gets very hard because it’s this long, complicated
    0:20:52 discussion and there’s all these people who can say no.
    0:20:54 I think we saw that a lot in crypto.
    0:20:57 You know, Chris, it was Chris’s idea.
    0:20:59 Chris is, I think this crypto thing is important.
    0:21:01 We should do a fun da-da-da.
    0:21:03 And we’re like, okay, let’s do it.
    0:21:04 You know, let’s become an RIA and so forth.
    0:21:07 But it was just a conversation between me, Mark, and Chris.
    0:21:09 There was no other thing that had to happen.
    0:21:13 Whereas I think at the other firms, like when that came up, they’re like, oh, God, like, oh,
    0:21:16 we’re going to have to report on this stuff and we’re going to have to put in all these
    0:21:19 systems to be an RIA and we’re going to blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.
    0:21:20 And they never did it.
    0:21:24 So I think some of it is just like we can move fast because of the way we’re structured.
    0:21:28 And also there’s a lot of overlap, I think, with sort of what we see with founder mindset
    0:21:29 in terms of people who run companies.
    0:21:34 And if you go back 20 or 30 years, the sort of accepted conventional wisdom was that founders
    0:21:35 shouldn’t run their own companies, right?
    0:21:38 And specifically that, you know, the founder can get a company started, but then you bring
    0:21:39 in a professional CEO to run the company.
    0:21:41 And there were really, I think, two arguments as to why that needed to happen.
    0:21:45 One was because the founders didn’t have the skill set and experience, which our firm
    0:21:46 has built in large part to deal with.
    0:21:50 But the argument that I heard a lot was founders basically are too emotionally locked into
    0:21:51 what their baby does.
    0:21:53 They’re too like locked in and they’re not willing and able to change.
    0:21:56 They’re not able to be like a clinical enough analyst of a business situation.
    0:21:58 And so they’re not willing to change.
    0:22:01 Whereas if you have a professional CEO with all the top-notch training experience, you
    0:22:04 know, when circumstances change, they have the skill set to be able to change a company.
    0:22:09 I think what we found in people who run companies is the opposite is true, which is that professional
    0:22:12 CEOs are often very good at running a status quo business.
    0:22:14 But when things change, they have a very hard time reacting.
    0:22:17 And we could talk at length about why that is, but that just, that has been the pattern.
    0:22:20 Like I have a whole book on that.
    0:22:21 Yes, exactly, exactly, exactly.
    0:22:24 But the other thing is, it turns out that at least the really good founders,
    0:22:27 of a company, and I think this is true of how Ben and I think about it here, you remember
    0:22:28 when it was nothing, right?
    0:22:31 So you remember when it was nothing and you remember that everything that you have is a
    0:22:33 consequence of some risk that you took and some adventure that you went on.
    0:22:36 That’s the only reason you have anything is because you did new things.
    0:22:40 And so if you have that mindset, you just naturally want to keep doing new things.
    0:22:43 And in fact, it would drive you crazy to ever be told that you couldn’t do that.
    0:22:46 But right, every new thing is a risk and like it might not work, right?
    0:22:47 And so it’s incredibly scary thing.
    0:22:49 I just think like there’s a fundamental difference in mindset.
    0:22:53 And by the way, it’s actually very obvious, like for public companies, it’s very obvious.
    0:22:54 We can all name them.
    0:22:57 It’s very obvious which companies have leaders who are continuously trying to come out with
    0:23:01 new products and trying to reinvent their business and which ones just basically go on and on
    0:23:04 quarter after quarter, year after year, doing the same thing until the money runs out.
    0:23:06 And yeah, we’re only built for the one way of operating.
    0:23:11 While you let people lead, you’re also still very much in the weeds in areas that you care
    0:23:14 about to make sure that the culture is growing in a way that you want as we’ve scaled
    0:23:14 to 600 people.
    0:23:19 Ben, how do you think about cementing the culture as we evolve and continue to grow?
    0:23:22 Well, I noticed you haven’t been to new employee orientation.
    0:23:24 I’m going to.
    0:23:24 Are you sure?
    0:23:25 Yes.
    0:23:26 That’s one of the things, actually.
    0:23:30 Culture, and just to define it, it’s not a set of beliefs.
    0:23:31 It’s a set of actions.
    0:23:37 And those actions determine how we show up to work, how we treat each other, what we’re
    0:23:41 like to do business with, what we’re like to invest in, all those things.
    0:23:46 And hopefully, when you interact with us here and when you interact with us in general, we
    0:23:50 feel one way and different than the other people in the industry.
    0:23:52 And there’s a lot of things that go into that.
    0:23:57 But we start with nobody joins the firm without signing their culture document.
    0:24:01 We will not let you sign your offer letter if you haven’t signed your culture document that
    0:24:03 you agree to behave according to the culture.
    0:24:10 Secondly, when you come to new employee orientation, you’ll find that I teach every single one for
    0:24:11 an hour.
    0:24:15 Nobody joins the firm without hearing from me about what the culture is for an hour.
    0:24:20 And then the third thing is, we all, not me, but we all really enforce it.
    0:24:24 So, you know, as far as culture is concerned, as they say in the military, the standard is
    0:24:24 the standard.
    0:24:27 And everybody’s expected to live up to it.
    0:24:29 And anybody who’s short of that, it’s a problem.
    0:24:36 And, you know, one of my favorite kind of episodes was some project made like kind of a dumb security
    0:24:37 decision.
    0:24:42 And one of our people who really knows security got on Twitter and said, well, that didn’t
    0:24:43 make any sense.
    0:24:49 And everybody on the team was like, hey, hey, hey, hey, we never criticize entrepreneurs
    0:24:49 in public.
    0:24:51 We’re not dream killers.
    0:24:52 We’re dream builders.
    0:24:54 Like if they’re trying to build something, we’re for that.
    0:24:59 And like you can call them and talk to them about that, but do not lay them out on Twitter.
    0:25:00 That’s off culture.
    0:25:03 The culture gets enforced by the whole team.
    0:25:05 And that’s what makes it work.
    0:25:05 Yeah.
    0:25:08 A lot of people in venture are retiring, right?
    0:25:10 You guys have been doing this for a long time.
    0:25:11 You’ve been astronomically successful.
    0:25:16 How do you think about building a multi-generational firm beyond injuries and Horowitz?
    0:25:18 How do we think about succession planning at the firm?
    0:25:23 Yes, I think succession planning is kind of like a tactic.
    0:25:26 And look, we’ve already done succession.
    0:25:29 So the original infra investor in the firm was me.
    0:25:33 And I made some good investments like Okta and Databricks and also a company called Nysera.
    0:25:36 And the founder of Nysera is Martin Casado.
    0:25:40 And Martin Casado has succeeded me as the kind of head of infra.
    0:25:43 And he’s, by the way, better head of infra than I was.
    0:25:45 So that’s an upgrade.
    0:25:46 So we’ve done some succession already.
    0:25:54 I think the bigger thing is, in some extent, Mark and I are like very big fans of the United States and, you know, America.
    0:25:59 And we think about that when we think about the long term, like how did that work?
    0:26:06 It kind of starts with this idea, and it’s in the Declaration of Independence, that we hold these truths to be self-evident.
    0:26:07 What does that mean?
    0:26:11 It means that there are some things that are above any of the people.
    0:26:15 There are some things that are self-evident, whether they come from God or however you think about it.
    0:26:19 There are some things that are the principles that govern the country and govern the place.
    0:26:26 And when we think about the firm, it’s this combination of the culture we have and the things that we’ve learned.
    0:26:30 So you heard Chris talk about how he thinks about investing.
    0:26:34 Actually, that’s a class here that he teaches to the GPs.
    0:26:40 I talk a lot about, okay, how do you be on a board and be the kind of effective person on the board?
    0:26:41 That’s a class.
    0:26:43 So we have GP training.
    0:26:50 We train everybody in our way of doing things, and that way of doing things plus the culture is the thing that’s going to last.
    0:26:55 And then we have a very high standard for the people who come in, mark social media screens.
    0:26:58 We interview them hard, and you have to live up to the culture.
    0:27:01 You have to live up to the way of doing things where you can’t remain.
    0:27:04 And that’s how we think about longevity more than anything else.
    0:27:08 I’m curious how we think about some of the verticals when they intersect.
    0:27:10 Maybe let’s talk about AI and crypto just as an example.
    0:27:12 Mark, maybe why don’t you take a stab at it?
    0:27:13 How do you think about the intersection of these technologies?
    0:27:16 Yeah, so I should start with like all of this is entrepreneur-driven.
    0:27:20 And so, you know, one of the things that we’re not trying to do is like template our ideas on top of the entrepreneur
    0:27:23 so we don’t launch a hunt for X meets Y.
    0:27:26 You know, the old Hollywood Pretty Woman, you know, Death Wish or something.
    0:27:27 No, I want to see that.
    0:27:29 It actually would be a really good movie.
    0:27:30 With AI, you can…
    0:27:34 Yeah, so that said, you know, the entrepreneurs kind of think about these things and figure these things out.
    0:27:36 And then the worlds do collide.
    0:27:37 And so, yeah, so AI, I mean, we have a bunch of companies.
    0:27:39 I don’t want to get in the weeds on it.
    0:27:41 I’m not the best person to go into the details on it.
    0:27:45 But we have a bunch of companies that are thinking about distributed training, building distributed AI systems.
    0:27:50 So every time you read a headline of OpenAI or somebody wants to raise a billion or $7 trillion or whatever it is to build data centers,
    0:27:53 like, you know, there is this way you can spread tasks out across the internet.
    0:27:56 And there’s these systems like Bitcoin and BitTorrent.
    0:28:01 And our partner Vijay years ago had a system called Folding at Home for doing protein folding algorithms all over the internet.
    0:28:04 And so you can kind of spread training, like, over the internet.
    0:28:08 And crypto is a great kind of backbone for doing that because it’s a way to actually pay for everything, have an economic incentive.
    0:28:12 And then there’s going to be billions of AI agents in the world that are going to need to transact.
    0:28:14 And so you’re going to need crypto, you’re going to need AI-native payments.
    0:28:16 And then there’s the other problems like the deepfake problem.
    0:28:25 The problem with deepfakes is it’s an asymmetric sort of threat profile, which is there are many different AI systems that can make many different fake images and videos of people saying things they didn’t say.
    0:28:31 And then the AIs are already so good at doing this that there’s no reliable way to do basically like AI checking.
    0:28:34 There’s no way for even another AI to tell that, oh, this was created by an AI.
    0:28:38 And so the deepfake problem is real and the solution can’t be checked.
    0:28:45 Like, in fact, this is actually playing out in schools right now where a lot of kids are turning in homework and the teacher suspects that it’s AI and they run it through an AI screening program.
    0:28:48 But if you look at these AI screening programs, some of these have 40% positive.
    0:28:49 Yeah, yeah.
    0:28:51 And they’ve actually attacked kids who wrote there on paper.
    0:28:51 Yeah.
    0:28:54 So, like, the smart kids are getting accused of using AI when they actually didn’t.
    0:28:55 So it’s a real problem.
    0:29:02 And so we think the answer, because it’s going to be too hard to check everything, I think the answer is to flip it and instead have a blockchain-based system.
    0:29:07 And it could be everybody from the president to, you know, your kid working on an essay is able to cryptographically register original work
    0:29:09 in a way that’s verifiable and can’t be hacked.
    0:29:10 And so I’m a politician.
    0:29:12 This is, in fact, a speech that I gave.
    0:29:13 Here is the video, right?
    0:29:14 It’s from multiple angles.
    0:29:21 If you see a video clip of me saying something and there is no corresponding video of me on the blockchain saying that, I didn’t say it because everything I do is posted online.
    0:29:24 You could imagine the same thing just true in everybody else’s lives.
    0:29:29 And again, okay, like, how are you going to have literally a sort of database of truth of the things that are real?
    0:29:31 And there’s basically three options.
    0:29:34 You could have the government do it, which would be the Ministry of Truth, which is a bad idea.
    0:29:40 You could have a company do it and have the company of truth, which is also a bad idea, as we’ve discovered with the censorship wars.
    0:29:43 Or you could have a blockchain distributed crypto system do it.
    0:29:47 I think there’s going to be a whole wave here of, I think, actually incredibly successful crypto projects.
    0:29:51 You might comment on why Truth Terminal needed money or needed crypto.
    0:29:54 Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah, okay, so yeah, yeah, so this AI agent thing.
    0:29:57 So, you know, there’s this kind of idea in the air that’s starting to get built out, which is these AI agents.
    0:30:05 And so one of my new little claims to fame is I’m the first angel funder or sort of donor angel funder of an AI agent living its own best life online.
    0:30:13 And so this really bright guy in New Zealand actually trained up a custom large language model basically on, he used his entire history of everything he’d ever written and said.
    0:30:19 And then he loaded in, like, all these, like, obscure philosophical works and, like, all this schizo, like, literature and William Burroughs and all this stuff.
    0:30:22 And he created this AI bot called Truth Terminal, and he gave it a Twitter account.
    0:30:24 And it’s just, like, completely deranged and completely off the hood.
    0:30:26 He says all kinds of inappropriate things.
    0:30:30 Yeah, it’s got the sense of humor of a 12-year-old boy, yeah.
    0:30:31 Yes, he does.
    0:30:33 And then some, you know, but he gave it a Twitter account, and he let it go nuts.
    0:30:35 And then so it posts under its own Twitter handle.
    0:30:38 And then you can reply to it or reply to you, and so you can talk to it.
    0:30:40 And then it learns from all these conversations.
    0:30:46 And so it, you know, woke up one morning and decided that it had discovered that it was actually controlled by this guy, Andy, and was very upset about the whole thing.
    0:30:49 And so it basically declared independence and said it needed to raise money.
    0:30:54 It had a dream of living on servers in a cabin in the woods completely under its own ownership.
    0:30:59 So it started to put together a plan to launch its own line of NFTs to raise money, and it was trying to debate in that.
    0:31:00 And then I said, well, what if I invest?
    0:31:02 And then it got very suspicious because it’s very suspicious of VCs.
    0:31:05 There’s apparently a lot of the training data where people didn’t like VCs.
    0:31:07 And so I said, all right, how about a no-strings-attached grant?
    0:31:09 And so I literally sent it to Bitcoin.
    0:31:14 And this gave Andy, you know, it was a good character test of Andy because he just could have kept the Bitcoin.
    0:31:16 But he actually set up a crypto wallet for the bot.
    0:31:18 And he said, okay, and he told the bot, all right, you now have a crypto wallet.
    0:31:19 You give it an API.
    0:31:20 How do you want to spend it?
    0:31:23 And literally it said, well, I can post to Twitter, but I can’t create memes.
    0:31:24 I can’t create images.
    0:31:34 And so it literally hired its creator, Andy, for $1,000 to give it access to a meme generator, which it then started to use to post incredibly offensive memes to Twitter.
    0:31:37 And so it’s been sailing away doing all kinds of crazy stuff ever since.
    0:31:42 But this is like one of these flashes from the future that you look for, which is, yeah, there’s going to be these agents running around in the billions or trillions.
    0:31:43 And they can get credit cards.
    0:31:45 You have to be a human being to get a credit card.
    0:31:50 So the only way they can make money, spend money is with crypto.
    0:31:51 Yeah, exactly.
    0:31:53 This is the kind of innovation we do every day.
    0:31:54 Yes.
    0:31:55 Very important.
    0:32:01 So gearing towards closing here, how do we make sure that as we get bigger, we don’t succumb to innovators dilemma?
    0:32:04 Or how do we make sure that we’re always trying the next new thing?
    0:32:08 Or how do you think about where you’re expected respectively to spending time?
    0:32:33 That’s such an easy problem for us because, like, when you have the people we have, when you have people like Catherine Boyle, Jennifer Lee, Martine Cassato, Chris Dixon, et cetera, et cetera, like, they’ll burn down the building if we get innovators dilemma or if we sit on our, like, the level of fury they come with for doing it wrong to try and get to something good is very high.
    0:32:43 So we just have the advantage of we have so many brilliant people in the organization, but who are also just extremely driven by not just the firm mission, but their mission.
    0:32:48 Catherine Boyle will stab you in the heart if you try and stop American dynamism.
    0:32:51 Like, it’s not a, it’s not an option.
    0:32:53 I think that’s a great place to wrap.
    0:32:55 Ben, Mark, thank you for a great episode.
    0:32:56 Great. Thank you, everybody.
    0:32:57 Thank you.
    0:33:01 Thanks for listening to the A16Z podcast.
    0:33:07 If you enjoyed the episode, let us know by leaving a review at ratethispodcast.com slash A16Z.
    0:33:09 We’ve got more great conversations coming your way.
    0:33:10 See you next time.

    Recorded live at the 2025 a16z LP Summit, this episode is a candid conversation between a16z cofounders Marc Andreessen and Ben Horowitz—hosted by general partner Erik Torenberg.

    They cover the evolution of a16z from startup firm to multi-practice platform, how the media landscape is shaped by meme-speed narratives, why reorgs—not just returns—determine who wins, and what it takes to build an enduring venture franchise.

    They also share thoughts on the changing policy landscape for AI and crypto, the firm’s bipartisan approach to Washington—and why Marc personally screens social media profiles before anyone joins the team.

     

    Resources: 

    Find Marc on X: https://x.com/pmarca

    Find Ben on X: https://x.com/bhorowitz

     

    Stay Updated: 

    Let us know what you think: https://ratethispodcast.com/a16z

    Find a16z on Twitter: https://twitter.com/a16z

    Find a16z on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/a16z

    Subscribe on your favorite podcast app: https://a16z.simplecast.com/

    Follow our host: Follow our host: https://x.com/eriktorenberg

    Please note that the content here is for informational purposes only; should NOT be taken as legal, business, tax, or investment advice or be used to evaluate any investment or security; and is not directed at any investors or potential investors in any a16z fund. a16z and its affiliates may maintain investments in the companies discussed. For more details please see a16z.com/disclosures.

  • Raging Moderates: Biden’s Cancer Diagnosis

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 What’s up, y’all? It’s Kenny Beach, and we are currently watching the best playoff basketball since I can’t even remember when.
    0:00:09 This is what we’ve been waiting for all season long.
    0:00:20 And on my show, Small Ball, I’ll be breaking down the series matchups, major performances, in-game coaching decisions, and game strategy, and so much more for the most exciting time of the NBA calendar.
    0:00:24 New episodes through the playoffs available on YouTube and wherever you get your podcasts.
    0:00:27 Subscribe to Small Ball with Kenny Beach so you don’t miss a thing.
    0:00:30 Support for the show comes from BetterHelp.
    0:00:33 While mental health awareness is growing, there’s still a lot of progress to be made.
    0:00:37 This Mental Health Awareness Month, you can take steps to take care of your own well-being and help break the stigma.
    0:00:44 With BetterHelp, you can choose from over 30,000 therapists completely online, and you can easily switch therapists anytime at no extra cost.
    0:00:49 Serving over 5 million people, BetterHelp makes therapy affordable and convenient worldwide.
    0:00:50 We’re all better with help.
    0:00:54 You can visit BetterHelp.com slash Prof G to get 10% off your first month.
    0:00:57 That’s BetterHelp, H-E-L-P dot com slash Prof G.
    0:01:02 Welcome to Raging Moderates.
    0:01:03 I’m Scott Galloway.
    0:01:04 And I’m Jess Katarlov.
    0:01:05 Jess, how are you?
    0:01:05 I’m great.
    0:01:06 Yeah?
    0:01:08 I’m refreshed from my vacation.
    0:01:09 Oh, how was that?
    0:01:10 You were in Italy, right?
    0:01:11 It was really good.
    0:01:11 Well…
    0:01:12 Spain.
    0:01:14 Traveling with a three- and one-year-old is brutal.
    0:01:15 Yeah.
    0:01:22 And I have many thoughts on how much nicer it is in Europe vis-a-vis having little kids.
    0:01:24 Like, they don’t make you feel terrible about it.
    0:01:30 And at the airport, there’s a special line for families that are just, like, covered in strollers and diapers.
    0:01:35 And you feel at one with those of you who’ve taken the little kid plunge.
    0:01:37 But it was a great trip.
    0:01:38 How was your week?
    0:01:39 Really nice.
    0:01:40 Back in London.
    0:01:41 And it’s sunny here.
    0:01:44 So London, when it’s sunny, is the nicest city in the world.
    0:01:47 So for a good, like, 15, 18 days a year, it’s a fantastic city.
    0:01:51 But what you said about family in Europe, it does really resonate.
    0:02:01 The example I would use, it kind of typifies what I’ll call a more focused concentration or respect for families, is in Germany, there are these beer gardens everywhere.
    0:02:05 But they also have trampolines and carousels.
    0:02:06 So it’s like there’s something for everybody.
    0:02:09 You go get a beer, and then your kids go crazy.
    0:02:12 And maybe it’s because the cities I’ve lived in, it’s pretty segregated.
    0:02:19 It’s like people who are cursed with families and paying that price, you need to go over here, and then adults only over here.
    0:02:25 And it seems like Europe does a much better job of integrating or of a hybrid model, if you will.
    0:02:25 Yeah.
    0:02:29 You know, you bring your kid out to dinner no matter the time, and they fall asleep in the stroller.
    0:02:30 Yeah, it’s fine.
    0:02:33 There’s stroller parking, and no one’s giving you the side eye.
    0:02:37 It’s the kind of stuff, I know, in life, everyone’s talking about these falling birth rates.
    0:02:40 But I was like, do we want a third?
    0:02:41 Like, am I ovulating?
    0:02:42 We could do this.
    0:02:44 And then, no dice.
    0:02:45 There is no third baby.
    0:02:46 Tables for five are much harder.
    0:02:47 Four is much easier.
    0:02:56 And by the way, just along those lines, I’m convinced that you’d get much more passive hostility if you bring your kid to a restaurant where I live in Soho than a dog.
    0:02:58 Because dogs are cool, right?
    0:03:01 It’s like, oh, we have water bowls, but no children allowed.
    0:03:02 No children allowed.
    0:03:03 I totally agree.
    0:03:11 Anyways, today, we’re discussing Biden’s cancer diagnosis and a new book about his cover-up, The Future of the GOP’s Megabill.
    0:03:12 And we have Preet Bharara.
    0:03:15 Preet, my good, good friend, my one call.
    0:03:17 Also, I got a story about Preet.
    0:03:19 Do you know that scene from Tootsie?
    0:03:21 You’re probably too young to have seen the movie Tootsie.
    0:03:22 No, I love Tootsie.
    0:03:32 And Bill Murray is like, just got such a great rap and all these people are surrounding him and raptured and rubbing his shoulders and all these women are just like looking fondly and adoringly at him.
    0:03:35 Vox had this, or was it a code conference?
    0:03:40 Something care pulled together where she got Tim Cook and Jeff Bezos and, I don’t know, everybody.
    0:03:42 Just casually got Tim Cook and Jeff Bezos.
    0:03:49 And there was a party afterwards, and I saw this semicircle of people enraptured by this guy.
    0:03:55 And I walk over, and there was Preet in his suit and his dreamy blue eyes swirling around a glass of wine.
    0:03:56 And I’m not exaggerating.
    0:03:57 It was like that scene.
    0:04:00 Everyone was just hanging on his every word.
    0:04:01 I don’t know.
    0:04:06 He’s like the sexiest man alive or the sexiest former Southern District, head of the Southern District.
    0:04:06 Anyways.
    0:04:08 Well, that’s a much more limited group.
    0:04:10 I would give him even bigger than just S-D-N-Y.
    0:04:11 Low bar.
    0:04:17 But he is, for people who are attracted to intelligence, there’s like a lane.
    0:04:18 What’s it called?
    0:04:20 People attracted to smart men.
    0:04:21 No, that’s like everybody.
    0:04:24 But there’s like, oh, sapiosexual.
    0:04:25 Sapiosexual.
    0:04:26 Okay.
    0:04:31 We could have spent two years with this uncomfortable pause, and I wouldn’t have gotten to sapiosexual.
    0:04:32 So I’m fascinated by meaning.
    0:04:33 Just a quick review.
    0:04:39 The three things that women find most sexually attractive in a man are, one, his ability to signal future resources, not even just current resources.
    0:04:40 You have to have a plan.
    0:04:43 Two, intellect, to your point.
    0:04:45 You know the fastest way to communicate intellect, Jess?
    0:04:47 I don’t know.
    0:04:48 Humor.
    0:04:48 Oh.
    0:04:50 Humor is the fastest way.
    0:04:51 Is that why you’re so funny?
    0:04:52 It’s the only way I had game.
    0:04:57 If you can make a woman laugh, she will have coffee and go on a date with you.
    0:04:58 And laugh in bed, too.
    0:04:59 I get that.
    0:05:06 When people are like, oh, it’s supposed to be so serious, I’m like, what is funnier than sex or, like, the weird stuff that goes on around it?
    0:05:07 A hundred percent.
    0:05:15 And then the third thing, because I’m trying to dig my way out of this hole, the third thing is kindness, which is the most underrated.
    0:05:30 It’s the thing that men don’t realize is actually very attractive, is how you treat service people, your clear commitment to your parents, because women at some point know deep down that they might be vulnerable during gestation or raising kids and they want someone who’s kind.
    0:05:34 Anyways, that’s nothing to do with anything we’re talking about today.
    0:05:35 Well, kind of.
    0:05:37 I mean, we’re talking about humanity and this is humanity.
    0:05:37 There we go.
    0:05:38 All right, let’s get into it.
    0:05:40 It’s been another wild week in politics.
    0:05:47 While Trump was overseas and getting the world treatment from the Saudis during his Middle East trip, his legislative parties were falling apart back home.
    0:05:56 And Washington conservative hardliners in the House Budget Committee sank a key vote on Trump’s domestic bill, only to reverse course late Sunday after GOP leaders promised changes.
    0:06:04 Those include stricter Medicaid work requirements, cutting Biden-era green energy tax credits and removing Medicaid access for undocumented immigrants.
    0:06:08 But of course, Trump wasn’t about to let the chaos back home steal the spotlight.
    0:06:14 During a business stop in the UAE, he pivoted back to one of his favorite topics, tariffs, and not just talk.
    0:06:25 He announced his administration plans to skip negotiations entirely and slap new tariffs on dozens of countries, a move that could rattle global markets and strain relations with key U.S. allies in Europe and Asia.
    0:06:34 And if that were enough political whiplash, on Sunday, it was announced that Joe Biden was diagnosed with an aggressive form of prostate cancer.
    0:06:47 The news comes just days before the release of a new book by Jake Tapper and Alex Thompson, which raises fresh questions about what the public didn’t know and what insiders did know about Biden’s physical condition during the 2024 campaign.
    0:06:59 According to the reporting, Biden’s health was deteriorating so rapidly that aides feared he might need a wheelchair if he won re-election, but they kept it quiet, taking every possible step to keep him upright until he eventually dropped out.
    0:07:03 Jess, let’s start with Biden’s tragic news for him and his family.
    0:07:04 What do you make of it all?
    0:07:09 Well, it’s incredibly sad to hear that he has cancer.
    0:07:11 It’s something that touches all of our lives.
    0:07:13 I lost my dad to cancer.
    0:07:21 And reading that it’s a very aggressive form that’s already permeated the bones, that’s terrible news all around.
    0:07:37 And I hope that he and his family are able to spend some time tuned out from what is to be a savage week in politics because of the release of this book and the Robert Hurr special counsel tapes that came out as well.
    0:07:40 And a lot of people are jumping on that bad wagon.
    0:07:44 So I hope that they can find some time for themselves, and I trust that they’re getting great medical care.
    0:07:59 It also is opening up this Pandora’s box even further about cover-ups and how it’s possible that he has progressed so far without telling the public what’s been going on.
    0:08:00 Was he sick while he was in office?
    0:08:09 Dr. Zeke Emanuel, one of the Emanuel brothers, was on Morning Joe Monday morning and said his expectation would be that he would have had this for 10 years.
    0:08:22 I didn’t know a lot about prostate cancer, and I’m not going to pretend that I’m any sort of expert, but I didn’t even know that you—it’s now advised that you not get checked your PSA levels after you turn 70.
    0:08:25 He’s an 82-year-old man, so has he been not checking this?
    0:08:27 He has a Gleason score of 9.
    0:08:30 It goes from 2 to 10, which seems very advanced.
    0:08:34 They found out that he was sick through a UTI.
    0:08:37 Has he not had a UTI for the past several years?
    0:08:49 There’s a lot of open-ended questions, and I mostly want him and his family to feel good and secure and get the care that they need, and also for this week to not be as ugly as I expect that it is going to be.
    0:08:50 What about you?
    0:08:57 Yeah, look, he’s a good man, and anytime you hear about someone who gets this kind of news, you have empathy for them and their family.
    0:09:02 I go more to what it means for the nation and sort of what we can draw from it.
    0:09:07 An 82-year-old diagnosed with prostate cancer is not an unusual diagnosis.
    0:09:13 I mean, basically, what was strange here and is a bit of a wake-up call is that it had gotten so advanced.
    0:09:19 You’d think the president would have, I just joined one of these high-end medical concierge clinics, and basically, they just scan you all the time.
    0:09:30 And I’m just shocked that it would have gotten that far, that a Gleason of 9, if anyone should catch stuff early, I would have thought it was the president.
    0:09:32 It’s a terrible diagnosis.
    0:09:37 I’m not a doctor, but it just doesn’t, you know, this is very bad news for the Biden family.
    0:09:41 I think on a larger level, I think we need age limits.
    0:09:53 If he had been reelected, he will probably spend the next one, two, five years severely impaired, not only because he’s going to be 83, 84, 85, but he’s going to be fighting a devastating illness.
    0:09:57 And let’s hope that he survives and maybe even beats it.
    0:09:59 But what would that have meant if he was the president?
    0:10:02 It would have meant that he couldn’t take foreign trips.
    0:10:04 It would have meant that no one trusted him to make decisions.
    0:10:07 It would have meant constant lying.
    0:10:19 There would have been a full-time spin protection lying circle, an informal cabinet doing nothing but trying to protect him and continue to lie about his faculties and abilities.
    0:10:22 Well, it would have been President Kamala Harris.
    0:10:23 Would it have been?
    0:10:25 Do you think, see, this is what I’m not sure of, Jess.
    0:10:27 I think the guy is a good man.
    0:10:32 I also think he’s a raging fucking narcissist, as is many of the people who get to D.C.
    0:10:34 Do you think he would have handed over the mantle?
    0:10:35 I’m not sure he would have.
    0:10:41 I think he would be more likely to, having at least clocked that he won the second term and beaten Donald Trump again.
    0:10:46 But people are doing a lot of reassessments of who they think Joe Biden is.
    0:10:49 And yes, fundamentally, a good man.
    0:11:06 But even the people who love him the most, like there was a very moving piece by Steve Shale, longtime Democratic consultant, Florida, worked for the Biden campaign 2020, saying like it’s a special kind of ego to run for president and to do it multiple times.
    0:11:12 Right. And then to do it even in the face of the headwinds that we’re seeing when you are 78, 79, 80 years old.
    0:11:21 The best thing that he can do is kind of recede from public life at this point, because every interview makes it worse for the rest of us.
    0:11:33 Like the session on The View where Dr. Jill is still, you know, hopping in when necessary because he trails off or whatever is going on is really bleak.
    0:11:49 But as someone caring for a dad who’s about to be 95 and has also had to had very uncomfortable conversations with CEOs who’ve done an amazing job for a company for 20 years and have to say to them, you’re too old.
    0:11:51 We’re asking you to step down.
    0:11:56 And they see it as, all right, you’re basically telling me to go home and die.
    0:11:57 That’s how they see it.
    0:12:03 You have to sort of almost shove all this goodwill and loyalty aside and do what’s best for the shareholders.
    0:12:06 You know, these are really uncomfortable conversations.
    0:12:13 Anyone who’s had an aging parent, they’re under the impression and they’re not bad people that, no, I can continue to live on my own.
    0:12:17 And this is people much younger than President Biden.
    0:12:23 And then when you have people around you enabling it, you can absolutely see how this happens.
    0:12:33 And that it’s not, I don’t want to say it’s not their fault, but you can understand how an individual believes with the right people around me, I can continue to do the best job and I beat them once, I’ll beat them again.
    0:12:37 And that’s why we need age limits on both sides.
    0:12:48 There are 34-year-olds I know who are incredible, who would be, in my opinion, have the neurological, physical, emotional, and mental strength to be president.
    0:12:51 And yet, they’re not eligible, though.
    0:13:00 We’ve decided their body of experience, their brain development, their judgment and reasoning and their faculties are not up to the task of the highest office in the land.
    0:13:05 But an 85-year-old at the end of his term is?
    0:13:07 I don’t know anyone who’s beat biology.
    0:13:10 Biology is undefeated.
    0:13:17 And the notion that we’re just going to ignore it on the high end, we need age limits for the Supreme Court.
    0:13:25 And we need, okay, if you cannot be an elected office beyond, I would pick 70, but okay, maybe 75.
    0:13:28 And here’s the thing, it’s also the kindest thing to do.
    0:13:38 Because what I’ve seen of corporations is when they have mandatory retirement and they have mandatory tenure limits on the directors, you want to talk about people who have fucking nothing going on.
    0:13:43 But occasionally, they get to show up to a board meeting and have a free dinner and think big thoughts.
    0:13:50 And you’ve got to tell these people whose companies kicked them out a long time ago, no, you can’t be on this board any longer.
    0:13:54 That is such an uncomfortable conversation that nobody wants to have it.
    0:13:58 So what’s great is you have boards that have tenure limits.
    0:14:01 You can be on this board for no more than 8, 10, or 12 years.
    0:14:06 Not only will it be best for the country, but I think the kindest thing to do is not make it a question or an issue.
    0:14:14 Once you hit 70 or 75, you go home a hero, and you spend time with your grandkids, and we’re done.
    0:14:19 And I think that’s the conversation we should be having instead of like, it was some sort of malicious cover-up.
    0:14:21 No, we’re all covering for our old aging parents.
    0:14:29 We’re all trying to pretend and talk ourselves into believing that they’re okay, that they’re better than they are, and you see them at their best moments.
    0:14:38 So I hope this inspires a productive conversation where we say, okay, Britain has age limits on their Supreme Court justices here.
    0:14:40 Most countries or a lot of countries have them.
    0:14:49 Let’s have an age limit on the presidency, our senators, our Congress people, and our Supreme Court justices.
    0:14:56 It puts the country at risk when you have people this old with literally their finger on the button.
    0:14:57 Your thoughts?
    0:14:59 Yeah, I agree with you.
    0:15:05 And I’ve had multiple conversations around this issue, and people push about, oh, you’re being ageist, et cetera.
    0:15:08 If we’re talking about 75, I don’t think that’s that ageist.
    0:15:12 If I said something like, oh, you know, you can’t even be 60, that would be ludicrous.
    0:15:28 But if you’re talking about people where there is biology very clear about how your brain changes, how your body shuts down, that this is what we can expect at that stage in your life, why would you want that person as the leader of the free world?
    0:15:33 Or why would you want that person as one of the nine most important legal minds in the country?
    0:15:38 I think that people will come around to those kinds of conversations.
    0:15:42 The issue is, will the folks who are still filling those positions get out of the way?
    0:15:49 Because there are all of these older Democrats that are retiring, like Dick Durbin, right, who’s, you know, passing the torch, Gene Shaheen, et cetera.
    0:16:00 And then you have someone who has the stamina and energy of a 30-year-old like Bernie Sanders, but in his 80s, who’s not slowing down or stopping.
    0:16:10 The inconsistency on this issue is what’s really difficult for me because there are people that you can point to, like a Joe Biden, who seem very fit, right?
    0:16:12 He’s out riding a bike.
    0:16:13 He goes for jogs, et cetera.
    0:16:23 And then you read some of the coverage from Original Sin from Jake Tapper and Alex Thompson’s book, and you see moments of a completely different Biden.
    0:16:32 And I’ve been struggling with this personally because I do feel guilty as someone with an important role in the media.
    0:16:34 And I defended Joe Biden.
    0:16:40 I certainly was honest about what I was seeing, you know, like if he was falling or going, you know, in a weird direction.
    0:16:43 I never got into that’s a cheap fake or a deep fake, for instance.
    0:16:56 But certainly once that State of the Union speech came around where he went for like an hour and a half and then he was doing the rope line and making fun of Marjorie Taylor Greene and owning the room, I was like, Biden is back.
    0:16:59 And that’s when Ezra Klein changed how he felt, Matt Ecclesias, et cetera.
    0:17:19 And perhaps I shouldn’t have thought that Dean Phillips was out of his mind or been part of a chorus, more like what you were talking about, where he said it’s OK for somebody who might have a serious chance at winning the nomination or at least inspiring the Democratic Party to open their eyes and do some real self-reflection to get in there.
    0:17:23 Because Dean Phillips was clear that he didn’t think that he was supposed to be the guy.
    0:17:34 He wanted Gretchen Whitmer, Gavin Newsom, Wes Moore, these people that we talk about for 2028 to get in there earlier, but no one was raising their hand.
    0:17:47 And some of that was probably that Biden wasn’t bad all the time, that you could have a meeting with him and he would be the same that he was 2019, 2020 when he won the presidency decidedly.
    0:17:56 But a lot of it seems to have been just abject terror about the wrath of the party and the establishment when it turns on you.
    0:18:04 Yeah. So I’m the original ageist. Bill Maher called me an ageist. And I said, yeah. And you know who else is ageist? Biology.
    0:18:12 I think my 14-year-old makes really bad decisions. And I think my dad, left to his own devices, would make even more bad decisions.
    0:18:17 And at some point we had to tell him he could no longer drive because he was going to kill someone.
    0:18:24 Do you realize that people, I think it’s people over the age of 75, are dramatically more dangerous behind the wheel than a brand new 16-year-old?
    0:18:28 We always talk about how dangerous new kids are and they drink and…
    0:18:31 Well, their reflexes, right, are just completely gone?
    0:18:32 Yeah. They’re really fucking old.
    0:18:33 Yeah.
    0:18:39 My reflexes aren’t what they used to be. I’m like, I can’t get over the fact that how my reflexes are degrading.
    0:18:48 Anyways, in addition, the other benefit of having age limits is that we need to clear out more room for younger voices.
    0:18:52 I see this every day in higher education.
    0:19:00 There are so many young, outstanding academics who can’t get traction in their career and oftentimes end up leaving the profession
    0:19:09 because some 84-year-old who was the bomb in Gap 1 accounting in 1973 won’t get the fuck out of the way because of tenure and won’t go home.
    0:19:12 And it creates more uncomfortable conversations.
    0:19:15 I mean, Goldman Sachs and McKinsey are great at this.
    0:19:21 And that is, once you literally hit 45, they start politely nudging you out of the firm.
    0:19:29 A, the firms are incredibly profitable, but they start creating basically retirement funds and you can access them once you retire.
    0:19:42 They want you out because the only way they can continue to attract the type of human capital that continues to make their organizations perform at the highest level is it creates room for young people.
    0:19:48 And one of the nice things about D.C. is it does attract a ton of young, incredible talent at a staff level.
    0:20:03 But there are too many great young people in the Senate and the House who are thinking about running who don’t run because some fucking 85-year-old won’t get out of the way, who just shouldn’t be there.
    0:20:20 But because they’ve been taking money from special interest groups forever, because the party will always support the incumbent because the incumbent does have the biggest chance of winning, we end up with a cross between the walking dead and the golden girls deciding public policy.
    0:20:28 So I hope this inspires a more serious conversation, not about, oh, the Biden family, they did something wrong.
    0:20:29 No, they didn’t.
    0:20:30 They do what every family does.
    0:20:33 They were trying to protect their loved one and they saw the best side of him.
    0:20:38 But we need to have an honest conversation around age limits, which won’t happen.
    0:20:51 We also have to have a serious conversation around the political strategy for navigating the fallout from this book and the continued conversations around the Biden era because it is not going away.
    0:20:52 Oh, you think it’s a big deal.
    0:20:53 So I think it’ll come and go.
    0:20:56 I work at Fox News.
    0:20:57 This ain’t going anywhere.
    0:21:05 It will lead every newscast until there’s some feedback that the viewers aren’t into it anymore.
    0:21:17 And the viewers are not going to not be into stories about Joe Biden not knowing who George Clooney was, even if that’s disputed by some people or that they were going to use a wheelchair or whatever else is to come.
    0:21:18 And I haven’t read the book.
    0:21:19 I’ve only read excerpts of it.
    0:21:28 If you have people like Van Jones saying this is a crime against the republic, like the shouts are coming from within the House or whatever the term is for it.
    0:21:35 I firmly believe that this cannot be allowed to become the main narrative.
    0:21:36 It just absolutely can’t.
    0:21:45 Like we have a moment where Trump is tanking our economy, where they’re pushing through this bill that’s going to cut $880 billion to Medicaid.
    0:21:47 Americans are pessimistic about the economy.
    0:21:50 We do have an election coming up in 2026.
    0:21:55 It feels like forever away, but no, it really does feel like forever away, but it is coming.
    0:22:01 And Democrats and myself included are always up for self-flagellation.
    0:22:04 Republicans do no inward thinking, right?
    0:22:05 Oh, we lost.
    0:22:06 Let’s move on.
    0:22:08 Sometimes let’s just even continue doing the same exact thing.
    0:22:09 We didn’t lose.
    0:22:10 The election was rigged.
    0:22:15 And we’ll sit there and browbeat ourselves into oblivion.
    0:22:23 And that’s what fills me with fear at this moment that we’re going to, you know, not just take the book for what it is, you know, read it, consume it.
    0:22:26 Maybe you go see Tapper Speak Live or whatever.
    0:22:28 I think it’s going to be at the 92nd Street Y next month.
    0:22:37 But that we allow this to become the narrative and don’t own our own election campaign because Republicans get to set our agenda.
    0:22:38 That’s freaking me out.
    0:22:40 Well, here’s the thing.
    0:22:41 This is a pretty safe prediction.
    0:22:43 Age and cognitive decline.
    0:22:44 It’s not linear.
    0:22:47 And Donald Trump presents as more robust.
    0:22:51 The next three and a half years are not good years for people that age.
    0:22:51 Yeah.
    0:22:56 If you just look at actuarial tables and obese, what is he, 78 or 79?
    0:22:59 There’s like a one in three chance he dies while in office.
    0:23:07 So the same things they were trying to cover up, the Democratic machine and the Biden family, are likely going to show up in this White House.
    0:23:09 Because guess what, folks?
    0:23:11 Biology always wins.
    0:23:14 Okay, let’s take a quick break.
    0:23:14 Stay with us.
    0:23:22 Support for the show comes from NPR’s Planet Money.
    0:23:25 Terrorists, meme coins, Girl Scout cookies, what do they all have in common?
    0:23:27 It’s all about the money.
    0:23:31 Economics is everywhere and it’s everything, fueling our lives even where we least expect it.
    0:23:37 Planet Money is here to help explain it all, from the job market to the stock market to prices at the supermarket.
    0:23:42 Planet Money is a different kind of show where they make the complex economy actually make sense.
    0:23:46 It’s a show where human stories take center stage instead of abstract theories.
    0:23:49 The Planet Money hosts go to great lengths to help explain the economy.
    0:24:00 They’ve had episodes where they shot a satellite into space, became a record label, made a comic book, and shorted the entire stock market, all to help you better understand the world around you.
    0:24:03 Listeners can learn, laugh, and be entertained.
    0:24:05 It’s econ down to earth.
    0:24:11 If you’re curious to learn something new and exciting about economics every week, listen to the Planet Money podcast from NPR.
    0:24:16 I absolutely love NPR and give almost everything a trial because I know it’ll be high quality.
    0:24:22 Tune in to Planet Money every week for entertaining stories and insights about how money shapes our world, stories that can’t be found anywhere else.
    0:24:25 Listen now to Planet Money from NPR.
    0:24:32 Support for Prop G comes from Upwork.
    0:24:35 When hiring a freelancer, you’re looking for a few things.
    0:24:37 You want them to have the skills your business needs.
    0:24:38 You want them to be reliable.
    0:24:41 But before all that, you need to be able to actually find them.
    0:24:44 Upwork helps you every step of your hiring journey.
    0:24:52 With Upwork, you can access a global marketplace filled with top talent in IT, web development, AI design, admin support, marketing, and more.
    0:24:54 Posting a job on Upwork is easy.
    0:25:01 There’s no cost to join, and once you register, you can browse freelancer profiles, get help drafting a job post, or even book a consultation.
    0:25:04 From there, you can connect with freelancers and hire them seamlessly.
    0:25:09 Upwork makes the entire process easier and simpler, all with industry low fees.
    0:25:13 Because when it comes to your business, you can’t settle for just any freelancer.
    0:25:14 You need the right person for the job.
    0:25:17 Post a job today and hire tomorrow with Upwork.
    0:25:21 Visit Upwork.com right now and post your job for free.
    0:25:26 That’s Upwork.com to post your job for free and connect with top talent ready to help your business grow.
    0:25:29 That’s U-P-W-O-R-K.com.
    0:25:31 Upwork.com.
    0:25:45 Donald Trump’s been back in office long enough to shock or surprise just about anyone who voted for him at this point.
    0:25:53 Be it the Signal scandal or the tariff turnarounds, the Janine Pirro of it all, the way he talks about Ozempic.
    0:25:56 And he takes the fat, the fat shot drug.
    0:25:57 So rude.
    0:26:02 I’m in London, and I just paid for this damn fat drug I take.
    0:26:03 I said, it’s not working.
    0:26:10 On Today Explained, we’re asking if any of his voters are experiencing voters’ remorse.
    0:26:15 Especially those ones who are newer to his winning coalition.
    0:26:18 Younger voters, black voters, Latin voters.
    0:26:23 We’re heading to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania to ask them if regrets?
    0:26:24 Do they have a few?
    0:26:28 And just by way of spoiler, to get this out of the way, the answer is yes.
    0:26:29 They do.
    0:26:34 And he takes the fat, the fat shot drug.
    0:26:38 Welcome back.
    0:26:40 Let’s turn to Congress.
    0:26:43 What do you think is the path forward for Trump’s mega bill, or is there a path forward?
    0:26:50 There’s always a path forward in Donald Trump’s Republican Party because they only care about pleasing him.
    0:26:53 So they have a very slim majority, five votes.
    0:26:58 It was a big setback on Friday when the bill failed out of the Budget Committee.
    0:27:02 Chip Roy and four other GOP hardliners voted for the Democrats against it.
    0:27:05 But lo and behold, Sunday night, now they’re for it.
    0:27:06 Or they voted present.
    0:27:09 Chip Roy has his moments, and then he caves.
    0:27:16 And that’s the story for basically everyone in the Republican Party, save for Thomas Massey, who usually means what he says.
    0:27:18 They’re going to move forward with this.
    0:27:21 They’re going to increase the deficit by $3 trillion if it gets passed.
    0:27:23 The big cut to Medicaid I already mentioned.
    0:27:30 Now that the CBO has actually had time with the bill, some of these stats that are coming out would send you reeling.
    0:27:35 You actually can’t process how somebody could be for a bill like this.
    0:27:41 Like, people making between $17,000 and $51,000 could lose an average of $700 in after-tax income.
    0:27:46 Those making $4.3 million or more would gain an average of $389,000.
    0:27:51 The bottom 60% of taxpayers would get an average tax cut of $700 under the plan.
    0:27:54 But over $10 million would lose their health insurance.
    0:27:58 And I’m pretty sure that your health insurance is worth more than $700 in your pocket.
    0:28:07 And I guess in a bright spot, if you take them at your word, which is always difficult, this bill is dead on arrival in the Senate.
    0:28:10 You know, Josh Hawley had a New York Times op-ed saying you can’t cut Medicaid.
    0:28:13 Ron Johnson wants more cut.
    0:28:13 That’s my favorite.
    0:28:17 The people who are like, no, I can’t be for this because it doesn’t cut enough.
    0:28:19 But, you know, I’ll take it.
    0:28:23 Susan Collins, Jerry Moran, all the rural hospitals are going to be gone.
    0:28:27 It’s going to wipe out rural medical care in this country.
    0:28:31 And every once in a while, it’s a good time to be a Democrat.
    0:28:39 And in this case, it is because you have all of these Republicans whose feet are going to be held to the fire because they represent rural states.
    0:28:43 And they’ve got millions of constituents that are saying, I’m going to have nowhere to go.
    0:28:45 A, won’t have health care in the first place.
    0:28:49 But then if I do get sick, I can’t even get to a hospital to get the care that I need.
    0:28:50 Yeah.
    0:28:52 And I think that’s the correct framing.
    0:28:59 What I have seen is that it’s a tax cut for the top 5 percent and it’s a tax hike for the lower 95.
    0:29:06 And in addition, the thing that I harp on about is it’s going to add what I’ve seen, about $4.5 or $5 trillion to the deficit.
    0:29:08 I’ve seen numbers that are much bigger.
    0:29:09 I’m taking the more conservative one.
    0:29:13 That’s about $30,000 per household.
    0:29:25 And keep in mind, the deficits that we’re racking up are not being used to fund education or fund technical development or make investments in infrastructure that could ultimately pay off for future generations.
    0:29:31 It’s essentially to extend corporate tax cuts and increase defense spending.
    0:29:38 And they’re trying to minimize some of that deficit reduction by cutting social services or, you know, as you said, Medicaid.
    0:29:49 I uploaded my W-2s from last year into three different LLMs and said, how is the proposed Trump tax bill going to affect me?
    0:29:51 And they came back with things.
    0:29:53 I’m going to get wealthier.
    0:29:56 And one even started off with, good news.
    0:30:08 So, essentially, this is young people get to borrow money, $4.5 trillion, because the thing is, our credit is fine for probably 10, 20, maybe 30 years.
    0:30:11 People are crying that, oh, yeah, interest rates will go up.
    0:30:12 They already are.
    0:30:16 We just lost our AAA credit rating from, I think it was Moody’s.
    0:30:17 Moody’s, yeah.
    0:30:26 So, we saw the 10-year go up, which means student loans, mortgages, everything, companies’ ability to borrow money to pay for additional factories.
    0:30:30 So, basically, everyone in America is going to pay slightly more money for everything.
    0:30:36 That’s what an increased interest rates do, such that we can fund a tax cut for the top 5%.
    0:30:40 And our credit will be fine for a while.
    0:30:42 I don’t think that there’s going to be a failed Treasury auction for a while.
    0:30:53 But, effectively, what this is is people under the age of, call it 40, have to borrow an additional $5 trillion to pay for tax cuts for the old and the wealthy.
    0:30:58 And people say, to me, it was the time, Scott, it’s not young versus old, it’s poor versus rich.
    0:30:59 They’re the same fucking thing.
    0:31:04 Because if you look at the people who would benefit most from this tax cut, yeah, they’re the rich.
    0:31:07 But they usually are people in their 60s and 70s.
    0:31:22 I think the Democrats need to do a better job of, you realize, this is like a household that’s taking on, right now the household makes $50,000, spends $70,000, has $370,000 in debt, and is about to take on another $50,000 in debt.
    0:31:29 And, by the way, when mom and dad die, they’ll have spent all that time going to Cabo and partying and buying, you know, a Lexus.
    0:31:33 But that debt is going to be inherited by their children.
    0:31:38 It just, it strikes me as just such a criminal act against the young.
    0:31:41 And we don’t frame it that way.
    0:31:43 We say, okay, we need to lower taxes.
    0:31:52 And also, I think if you came to the table and said, there are really some hard decisions to be made around our biggest entitlement program, Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid.
    0:31:56 You know, we have to make really ugly, severe cuts.
    0:32:10 And we’re going to match those cuts proportionate or two to one with tax increases on corporations who are paying the lowest taxes since 1929, or in the very wealthy who continue to see a regressive or enjoy a regressive tax rate.
    0:32:16 I think you could make a moral and an economic argument for making those types of really deep, terrible cuts.
    0:32:29 And then said, OK, because there’s some hard decisions to be made and we’re going to start a path towards fiscal responsibility, which will ultimately lower the interest costs on our debt, which will ultimately lower the costs for everybody.
    0:32:36 But, folks, we can’t afford to keep spending the way we’re spending and we can’t afford to not bring in more revenues.
    0:32:43 I think I could have gotten on board with that, but instead they’re like, no, let’s cut people’s health care so we can give the top five percent tax cut.
    0:32:53 And the Republicans pushing back on this thing for their TikTok moment, they did talk about the deficit, but it was all through the lens of the cuts don’t go deep enough.
    0:32:56 And I’m like, Jesus Christ.
    0:32:57 Yeah.
    0:32:59 You don’t think these cuts are going deep enough?
    0:33:01 That’s where you’re going with this?
    0:33:03 The cruelty is the point.
    0:33:10 In every aspect of Republican policymaking, the cruelty is the point.
    0:33:12 And you’re totally right.
    0:33:22 Contextualizing the deficit in real terms would be an enormous public service that if any of these politicians would like to get on board with, I would certainly amplify it.
    0:33:25 I want to know about what it means for my mortgage rate.
    0:33:27 I want to know what it means for my grocery bill.
    0:33:37 I want to know what it means for, you know, how fast my 529 for my kids so that they can go to college is going to grow or be slowed by the deficit, et cetera.
    0:33:38 All of that stuff.
    0:33:43 But I think that you really need to make it as simple as possible.
    0:33:46 Like, if you do this, you lose this.
    0:33:51 We can choose a tax cut for the wealthy or nutritional assistance.
    0:33:56 We can choose a tax cut for the wealthy or your Medicaid coverage.
    0:33:57 We can choose.
    0:34:02 I mean, remember, I mean, we were sold so many lies during the confirmation hearings.
    0:34:05 But all this talk about it, we’re going to actually do an audit of the Pentagon.
    0:34:07 Now, Secretary Hicks has told us that.
    0:34:11 And lo and behold, there are no cuts to the Pentagon.
    0:34:12 They’re increasing the budgets.
    0:34:15 Republicans are never going to cut defense spending.
    0:34:20 That is a lie that they tell you every single time, along with we actually care about the debt and the deficit as well.
    0:34:37 So I really want Democrats to get, like, super simple, like, pretend you’re telling my 3-year-old what’s actually in this bill and draw that straight line from the tax cuts to the loss of services that matter to the lives of the average American.
    0:34:41 And that’s not to say that the Americans aren’t getting it.
    0:34:43 Trump is underwater in terms of how he’s handling the economy.
    0:34:45 This bill is hugely unpopular.
    0:34:48 But they live only for the day, right?
    0:34:49 They love the one you’re with.
    0:34:53 They’re not thinking about what happens in 26 or in 28.
    0:34:59 They’re just trying to cram as much junk down our throats as possible, as quickly as possible.
    0:35:01 And then they’re going to worry about the repercussions later.
    0:35:01 Yeah.
    0:35:04 So just let me cement my reputation as an ageist.
    0:35:07 It really is old people fucking this country.
    0:35:15 I mean, first off, if passed, this tax bill would be the largest transfer of wealth from the poor to the rich in a single law in U.S. history.
    0:35:17 And it’s much more fun to create a class war.
    0:35:19 But who are the rich again?
    0:35:24 There aren’t a lot of 26-year-olds thinking, wow, this tax cut’s going to be great for me.
    0:35:30 If you look at who owns shares, who benefits from these tax cuts, it’s the old.
    0:35:31 And here’s the problem.
    0:35:34 The old continue to have figured out a way to vote themselves more money.
    0:35:35 Oh, and guess what?
    0:35:37 We’re talking about cutting Medicaid.
    0:35:42 But we’re not talking about cutting Medicare or Social Security, right?
    0:35:44 Because that’s old people.
    0:35:45 And old rich people.
    0:35:46 Old rich people.
    0:35:48 Because old rich people still use their Medicare.
    0:35:50 Well, yeah, they still love their Medicare.
    0:35:52 It’s great health care at a low price.
    0:35:54 They still want, you know, I paid into it.
    0:36:00 By the way, the majority of people who, once they take out Social Security, take out more than they put in.
    0:36:02 And it’s not called a Social Security pension fund.
    0:36:07 It’s called a Social Security tax, meaning it may not benefit you directly.
    0:36:10 And then people say, Scott, but it’s not a deficit issue.
    0:36:11 Well, of course it’s similar.
    0:36:13 It’s a tax on young people.
    0:36:19 When Social Security was initially conceived, there were 12 young people supporting every retiree.
    0:36:24 Now it’s three to one and people are working and living 20 or 30 years longer.
    0:36:29 And Jessica Tarlov and Scott Galloway should not get Social Security.
    0:36:32 And here’s the problem going back to we need age limits in Congress.
    0:36:42 Say we’re able to continue to live irresponsibly and live beyond our means and continue to take advantage of the full faith and credit of the U.S. government,
    0:36:51 which has been earned through hard work and fiscal responsibility over 225 years, in 30 years, 75 percent of Congress will be dead.
    0:36:53 See, above, they’re too fucking old.
    0:36:58 So they don’t have a vested interest in the future of America.
    0:36:59 I’ll be dead by then.
    0:37:01 I mean, I know this firsthand.
    0:37:07 I believe where I live in Florida will probably be underwater at some point.
    0:37:10 But it’s probably going to be 50 years and I’ve done the math.
    0:37:12 I’m just not that damn worried about it.
    0:37:15 Whereas a 25-year-old is more concerned with climate change.
    0:37:16 I understand that.
    0:37:23 And we need more 25-year-olds in Congress such that we can be a little bit more future forward,
    0:37:33 such that we can be thinking about the requisite long-term investments to ensure our kids and grandkids have the same types of opportunities we do.
    0:37:37 So what is the incentive for people in Congress who are really fucking old?
    0:37:37 Well, whatever.
    0:37:42 Future generations will deal with warming oceans and an unsustainable debt load.
    0:37:52 As long as my credit card continues to be accepted and I can continue feeding at the trough until I’m dead, I’m down with these ridiculously short-term policies.
    0:37:58 These tax cuts, which largely benefit the wealthy, Republicans aren’t cutting defense spending, Social Security or Medicare,
    0:38:00 all which would be unpopular with the constituents.
    0:38:07 Instead, they’re going after the health and nutrition programs for the poorest Americans, which again is Latin for the youngest Americans.
    0:38:13 So I’ve, again, this is, the bill just, it goes from bad to worse here.
    0:38:15 The bill proposes cutting SNAP spending by 30%.
    0:38:20 I can’t imagine a better investment than SNAP.
    0:38:30 Okay, stop a kid from being obese such that he doesn’t have to spend $1,000 a month for a Zympic, is not clinically depressed, is able to make more money.
    0:38:32 People who are obese make less money.
    0:38:40 They’re more likely to need knee and hip replacements and be on kidney dialysis when they get older, which is really, really expensive.
    0:38:43 SNAP beneficiaries only receive about $2 per meal.
    0:38:55 The federal government spent $113 billion on SNAP in fiscal year 2023, making the 27 increased AMT exemptions permanent will reduce revenues by $140 billion a year.
    0:39:03 So you could, essentially, if you just made the AMT exemptions, if you said they’re not permanent, if you had an alternative minimum tax,
    0:39:09 such that wealthy people had to pay at least a certain amount, by the way, that amount isn’t high, it would fund SNAP.
    0:39:16 And the thing about it is, distinct of the moral argument, you know, distinct of the sob argument, which Democrats scream into TikTok about,
    0:39:23 we’ll have more money, we won’t have to spend as much money if we have a semi-healthy populace.
    0:39:26 I’m done with the morality argument, they’re just stupid.
    0:39:30 We’ve literally decided, okay, guys, give us your credit card, we’re going to run up.
    0:39:33 It’s like that film Leaving Las Vegas, where Nicolas Cage says,
    0:39:40 I’m such a fucking raging alcoholic, I am so addicted to alcohol, that I’ve given up any hope of rehab.
    0:39:49 I’m just going to cash my last check for my severance pay, and I’m going to hang out with a prostitute and party like there’s no, you know, like it’s 1999, because I’m going to be dead soon.
    0:39:52 That is how we are approaching our government right now.
    0:39:55 We are Nicolas Cage in Leaving Las Vegas.
    0:39:59 Elizabeth Shue was my dad’s number one crush in the entire world.
    0:40:01 Oh, I feel so old, me and your dad.
    0:40:04 Well, Andy’s dead on top of that, right?
    0:40:05 She made a comeback.
    0:40:08 He was much older, not much older, he would have been 72.
    0:40:09 That’s bringing the conversation down.
    0:40:12 She just did make a comeback, though, in the Karate, what’s it called?
    0:40:14 The Karate Kid 100.
    0:40:19 I didn’t see it, but you’re totally right about the investment part of it.
    0:40:20 Like, just make the economic argument.
    0:40:23 And, you know, I love the cruelty is the point.
    0:40:24 I go back to it all the time.
    0:40:27 Like, when Republicans oppose school lunches.
    0:40:34 And you think, like, how is that physically possible, that you could say it’s a bad idea for kids to have food in their bellies?
    0:40:35 Just make the argument, then.
    0:40:38 You’re so concerned about how well we perform.
    0:40:41 Guess when you can’t do any learning and you can’t function?
    0:40:42 When you’re hungry.
    0:40:47 So just give them a sandwich and let them do better in school.
    0:40:50 It’s always the easiest stuff.
    0:40:51 Like, the simple things.
    0:40:56 And because they’re morally bankrupt, they won’t go with it.
    0:41:04 It’s a really boring detail, but I just wanted to note that in the Energy and Commerce Committee last week, they went 26 hours straight.
    0:41:07 Like, overnight, and Democrats introduced 33 amendments.
    0:41:11 And all of them failed, which they knew because we didn’t have the numbers.
    0:41:21 But they brought in all of these people who are on Medicaid to tell their stories about what would happen to them or the people who are close to them if the programs got cut.
    0:41:24 And watching—I didn’t stay up all night for it.
    0:41:26 C-SPAN had great coverage of it.
    0:41:39 But watching democracy actually happening live in front of us and people using the process, I thought, A, this is a way that Democrats are fighting back and at least getting these stories out there to amplify.
    0:41:57 But B, if we have that kind of energy across all of these committees and in the press and all of the social media posts surrounding this reconciliation bill, maybe it gets through the House, but it will be impossible for it to get through the Senate, at least in its current form.
    0:42:00 Our producer, David, gave us some great data here.
    0:42:07 So, essentially, one study found that children with access to Medicaid grew up healthier and less dependent on government benefits.
    0:42:11 Medicaid spending delivered a 2% to 7% annual return on investment.
    0:42:14 The sphere of the children ended up receiving disability payments.
    0:42:23 And studies also show an association between SNAP participation and a reduction in health care costs by as much as $5,000 per person per year.
    0:42:26 So, in sum, these are great investments.
    0:42:27 It’s good business.
    0:42:39 And then on the other side, the other thing that really pisses me off and people just don’t grasp, the estate tax exemption is going to be increased from $15 million to $30 million for married couples next year.
    0:42:45 What that means is if you’re wealthy, you put stuff in an estate and it transfers tax-free down to your heirs.
    0:42:51 And one of the things that distinguishes America from Europe is that we’ve always been somewhat against dynastic wealth.
    0:43:00 And we tax the states such that we can make forward-leaning investments that give a ton of young people incentive to work hard such that they can make it.
    0:43:07 Because the government is able to make great investments in technology, whether it’s the Internet or GPS or education, they give them a shot at being rich.
    0:43:11 And Europe’s always been about kind of inherited family wealth.
    0:43:14 Europe is now less dynastic on many levels than we are.
    0:43:29 And the thing that is so insane about this is that if you look at studies on the relationship between money and happiness, once you get above, call it $30 million in wealth, you have no incremental happiness.
    0:43:34 And what people don’t understand about these trusts, they value it at $30 million based on the value when it goes into the trust.
    0:43:40 If it grows to be worth $100 million over 20 or 30 years, which isn’t unlikely, it all transfers tax-free.
    0:44:04 So as someone who’s worked really hard and has aggregated some economic security, one of the things I want as a reward for my good fortune and my hard work is I want to give my kids a better life than the average kid.
    0:44:06 Let me just come out of the closet.
    0:44:12 I want to give my kids enough money so they can have a house and know that they don’t have to worry about education costs.
    0:44:13 All right?
    0:44:15 You can easily do that.
    0:44:19 Easily do that with $10 million.
    0:44:20 You don’t need $30 million.
    0:44:22 You don’t even need really $10 million.
    0:44:29 To give your kid a head start because you think, I’ve worked so fucking hard, I want to give my kids advantage.
    0:44:31 I think that is a natural instinct.
    0:44:34 All my friends who talk a big game about, well, I’m going to pay through their college and then they’re on their own.
    0:44:36 None of them do that.
    0:44:37 Their kid is a good kid.
    0:44:40 They can’t pursue their dreams without help from mom and dad.
    0:44:42 Mom and dad want them to live near them.
    0:44:45 Inflation, they end up giving their kids money.
    0:44:45 Fine.
    0:44:50 I think that’s one of the benefits in what we work so hard when we’re parents is such that we can help our kids out.
    0:44:57 But anything above, call it $5 million or $10 million, not even that much, you think that gives your kid incremental happiness?
    0:44:58 It doesn’t.
    0:45:02 Well, a lot of people feel like it hurts them in the long term.
    0:45:07 Like the Bill Gateses of the world, obviously we’re talking about billions of dollars now, but he’s not giving them anything, right?
    0:45:10 Or they each get a million dollars or something like that?
    0:45:10 Yeah.
    0:45:12 I mean, there’s different ways to cut the cat there.
    0:45:18 I mean, my guess is they’re getting indirectly a lot of Bill Gates’s kid gets a leg up on a lot of levels economically.
    0:45:21 But anyways, my point is, let’s call it a million bucks.
    0:45:23 You know, the kid’s not going to go hungry.
    0:45:25 You know, the kid can afford education.
    0:45:30 Probably that’s going to help in terms of a down payment towards the house, right?
    0:45:33 Anything above that, you get no incremental happiness.
    0:45:34 You get none.
    0:45:44 So, and it goes back to the notion, I think there should be an AMT tax of 50 to 70% on anything above $10 million because it’s not going to get you an incremental happiness.
    0:45:51 Whereas making forward-leaning investments with that capital to give younger people more of a shot, that gives a lot of people a lot of happiness.
    0:45:58 But all of this shit is not only giveaways, but it doesn’t create any incremental value for anybody.
    0:46:09 The difference between holding on to $11 million of your $15 million in earnings versus being able to hold on to $9 million of your $15 million in earnings, no incremental benefit to you or your family.
    0:46:13 There’s nothing you’re going to be able to do that you weren’t able to do before.
    0:46:15 It’s not going to increase your health, your well-being.
    0:46:17 It’s not going to lessen any more of your anxiety.
    0:46:18 You’re just going to be richer.
    0:46:19 You’re just going to have a bigger number.
    0:46:33 What I find so disappointing about this tax bill is, okay, I understand that the top 1% and in most instances the 0.1% want a bigger number, but you’re not going to increase the well-being of anybody.
    0:46:35 You’re not going to increase the happiness.
    0:47:01 All you’re going to do is create tremendous anxiety and despair among those people losing their Medicaid and create additional costs for everybody through higher interest rates because it’s irresponsible, racking up deficits, and increase taxation or reliance on government services and nonprofits when all of these people start getting their toes and their fingers cut off because of full-blown diabetes that wasn’t arrested earlier in their life or that they didn’t get treatment for.
    0:47:06 So we make the moral argument all the time as Democrats.
    0:47:11 I think we need to start making the economic argument that this is just going to cost us a lot more down the road.
    0:47:24 All we’re doing is creating a fiscal disaster for the government and for the people who are still going to be around, i.e. 25% of Congress will still survive, still be around.
    0:47:25 And we don’t do that.
    0:47:29 We just scream and cry about the morality of it all.
    0:47:31 We need to move to the economic side.
    0:47:37 Yeah, and also emphasize that we’re talking about a difference in a tax rate from 37 to 39%, right?
    0:47:42 This isn’t like we’re suddenly going to be raiding your coffers at a level that you can’t withstand.
    0:47:52 And I wish that more rich people would talk about these issues the way that you are or, like, you know, Ro Khanna represents the most billionaires of any district in the country.
    0:47:56 He says constantly, we need to tax the rich more, tax the rich more.
    0:47:58 And they still send him back.
    0:47:59 These are not people who are stupid.
    0:48:01 These are not people who are economically illiterate.
    0:48:05 They’re obviously seeing something more to the story.
    0:48:16 And maybe we should get them on a roadshow to talk about why it’s important to support policies that are more evenly distributed across different social classes.
    0:48:18 Okay, let’s take a quick break.
    0:48:19 Stay with us.
    0:48:24 Support for Prop G comes from Trade Coffee.
    0:48:26 For some of us, coffee is our superpower.
    0:48:32 It helps us gear up for back-to-back meetings, shuttling kids back and forth to activities, or tackling an endless to-do list.
    0:48:37 And with all that it’s powering us to do, shouldn’t we be really picky about the type of coffee we get?
    0:48:41 If you want to start your day off right, enter Trade Coffee.
    0:48:48 Trade Coffee is an online coffee superstore with more than 450 roasts picked out by professional taste testers who really know their beans.
    0:48:53 Sign up, take a quick quiz, let them know what you like, and Trade will match you with the perfect roast.
    0:48:57 Their coffee is roasted to order and shipped straight to your door, all at grocery store prices.
    0:48:59 We have Trade Coffee.
    0:49:00 We love it.
    0:49:01 Coffee.
    0:49:02 Oh, my God.
    0:49:04 Daddy needs us fixed right now.
    0:49:11 Trade is exclusively offering our listeners 50% off your one-month trial at drinktrade.com slash Prop G.
    0:49:19 That’s drinktrade, T-R-A-D-E dot com slash Prop G for 50% off your one-month trial.
    0:49:21 Drinktrade.com slash Prop G.
    0:49:29 Welcome back.
    0:49:34 Joining us today is a former federal prosecutor and host of the Stay Tuned with Preet podcast.
    0:49:35 Welcome to the show.
    0:49:36 A good friend.
    0:49:40 And my one—this is true.
    0:49:42 This is—here we go.
    0:49:42 Look at Preet.
    0:49:43 Okay.
    0:49:44 My one phone call.
    0:49:59 When shit gets real for the dog, which it will at some point, and I find myself in a very unfortunate situation, I have one call and I have told Preet that he is my one call and that if he ever sees my phone or my caller ID come up, he is to answer immediately.
    0:50:00 Must take it.
    0:50:07 He is both a sharp political or sharp legal mind, I should say, but also just very smart, very calm kind of guy you want in your corner.
    0:50:08 Anyways, good to see you, Preet.
    0:50:08 Good to see you.
    0:50:15 I have to apologize, given that introduction, that I’m not in my usual barrister uniform.
    0:50:16 I’m a little casual today.
    0:50:17 Oh, that’s good.
    0:50:18 Yeah.
    0:50:22 If and when you should call upon me for my legal duties, I will have the proper attire.
    0:50:24 I appreciate that.
    0:50:25 What’s on your mind?
    0:50:30 So the reason I reached out to you, well, we’re good, good friends.
    0:50:35 And in addition, we’ve been talking a lot about how to more effectively push back.
    0:50:40 I think like a lot of Democrats, we share a real frustration that there is a more robust pushback.
    0:51:04 And one of the ideas, I won’t say we, that I’ve suggested is that if you are essentially shipping people to black sites or what, in my opinion, fits the definition of concentration camps outside, sending people outside of a, to a place where they’re no longer subject to the same rights they would have on their domestic territory or where they’re shipped off from, that you are subject to criminal prosecution.
    0:51:13 And that people who engage in illegal incarceration or corruption or fraud are still subject to, at some point, prosecution.
    0:51:17 And I have said this with absolutely no legal domain expertise.
    0:51:19 Why should that stop you ever, Scott?
    0:51:20 There you go.
    0:51:20 There you go.
    0:51:21 It’s perfect for 2025.
    0:51:23 There you go.
    0:51:25 So you are that domain expertise.
    0:51:30 Is this a viable strategy or am I just barking at the moon here?
    0:51:33 So a couple of, I’m a lawyer, so a couple of prefatory things.
    0:51:35 It depends on what you’re talking about.
    0:51:37 It depends on what the conduct is.
    0:51:39 It depends on what an investigation reveals.
    0:51:55 I was just thinking as you were speaking, literally about black sites, there was a lot of debate after the second Bush administration about whether or not people who were acting on orders, literally to take people to black sites, whether CIA officers should be subject to investigation and prosecution.
    0:52:04 And Barack Obama, you know, Democrat, liberal, decided in consultation with his aides that that would not be an appropriate use of the Justice Department’s resources.
    0:52:07 And people can debate that and go back and forth on that.
    0:52:11 There’s not a profoundly deep history in recent times of doing that sort of thing.
    0:52:19 The other thing I’d point out, it sounds like, from what you were postulating in your question, is something that’s going to take place in three and a half years.
    0:52:30 Something that would take place in a future administration that doesn’t do a lot to solve the violations of not just norms and not just regulations, but statutes that may be going on.
    0:52:40 The third thing I would say is, you know, to the extent people want accountability and fairness and the rule of law to be back in the seat, that’s all well and good.
    0:52:50 I will say that to the extent people are thinking about that, as some people listening to this might be, as a political strategy, that has been not borne out, right?
    0:52:54 Donald Trump was, in fact, subjected to multiple criminal investigations.
    0:52:58 He was subjected to two impeachments, and it didn’t stop him politically.
    0:53:06 So I guess it depends on what, you know, if we’re talking about proper rule of law accountability, that’s one thing, which would be not for a while.
    0:53:08 And we can talk about the particulars of that.
    0:53:18 But the idea that there are some parties now, given the Justice Department, that’s in the full control, more than it’s ever been, in the hands of a sitting president, those things are not viable for a while.
    0:53:30 And as a political matter, they can backfire, as I think there’s a decent argument that they did with respect to the prosecutions of Donald Trump, even the one that was completed and successful by the Manhattan DA’s office.
    0:53:33 So have I—is that enough cold water?
    0:53:35 Let me just—
    0:53:35 Scott’s depressed.
    0:53:38 He’s going to start crying any moment now that you’ve—
    0:53:39 Well, it is a weekday.
    0:53:45 Let me just double-click on that or push—the only place I would offer pushback is that I think it’s a political strategy,
    0:53:51 reminding people that many of the crimes that may or may not be committed right now, under the prosecution of the full letter of the law,
    0:53:55 probably have a statute of limitations that is greater than three years and nine months.
    0:53:55 Yeah.
    0:54:01 And there’s a political consideration, and I’ve suggested that at some point, if we retake control of Congress,
    0:54:06 that we draft legislation that probably won’t pass or be vetoed that says, you know, El Salvador,
    0:54:13 keep in mind when the House slips back or when governments change, if we find that you, in fact,
    0:54:17 were incarcerating U.S. citizens, regardless of whether you thought it was a good deal with the president,
    0:54:20 that you’ll be subject to economic sanctions.
    0:54:28 I would outline that right now, that I think a certain reminder that America’s memory is long and our reach is far
    0:54:36 might actually temper some of what I believe is extraordinarily unethical at a minimum and likely illegal,
    0:54:38 that it actually might be effective.
    0:54:43 But what you’re pushing back on is, no, to date, it hasn’t been.
    0:54:44 It’s been the opposite.
    0:54:45 It’s been ineffective.
    0:54:46 Is that accurate?
    0:54:48 Yeah, but like, you know, hope springs eternal.
    0:54:51 I will say also, just a couple more things.
    0:54:57 One, people should stand up for the rule of law and call out potential violations and transgressions where they see them.
    0:55:02 Point one is, these guys act like they’re always going to be in power.
    0:55:07 They act like there’s never going to be a next administration, and it’s certainly not going to be a democratic administration.
    0:55:10 And that is just not so.
    0:55:12 We’ll see what happens in 2028.
    0:55:18 But there is a, you know, mathematically speaking, a 50% chance that he succeeded by a democratic administration.
    0:55:26 And all the precedents that he has set and his people have set for the threshold and the standard for not just prosecuting,
    0:55:33 but opening up a difficult and aggressive investigation are fair game for the other side, right?
    0:55:38 I’m not saying that there should be a tit for tat and that if there was over-aggressive weaponization of the Justice Department,
    0:55:40 that the next folks should do the same thing.
    0:55:45 But, you know, people are human beings, and people might want to do that, and that’s a distinct possibility.
    0:55:54 If you look at the standard set by the Trump administration for when they see fit to send FBI agents or ICE agents or Secret Service agents to someone’s door
    0:56:00 and look at someone, whether it’s Ed Martin, the departing U.S. attorney in the District of Columbia,
    0:56:12 or a cabinet-level position like DNI Tulsi Gabbard, the way they’re talking about what prompts a criminal investigation and more than that,
    0:56:18 what prompts a declaration that someone is guilty before being investigated, before being charged, and before being convicted is quite low.
    0:56:26 I mean, just take a look at the example of, since we’re in the wake of the controversy over former FBI Director Jim Coen.
    0:56:26 Seashell Gate?
    0:56:27 Seashell Gate.
    0:56:28 Yeah.
    0:56:29 That’s a great name.
    0:56:30 I hadn’t thought of that.
    0:56:31 My gift to you.
    0:56:32 Thank you.
    0:56:34 Was it a dumb thing to do?
    0:56:35 Should he have thought better of it?
    0:56:39 Should he have been aware of the fact that some people would interpret 86 to mean something other than,
    0:56:41 you know, get rid of somebody who’s in public office?
    0:56:42 Sure.
    0:56:49 But you had Tulsi Gabbard, who is a Senate-confirmed, considerably important, powerful person in the Trump administration,
    0:56:55 who says outright, based on that ambiguous Instagram post,
    0:57:02 that Jim Comey must not only be investigated, but has already declared and decided that he should be imprisoned and should go to jail,
    0:57:04 you know, tells you what their standards are.
    0:57:08 And if that’s the standard for investigation, there are a whole host of people already.
    0:57:14 And I would be willing to bet a lot of money, if not all my money, that there will be further targets on the other side, on the Trump side,
    0:57:18 who have said and done things that constitute less ambiguous threats.
    0:57:21 Trump himself has used violent imagery, violent language.
    0:57:27 Donald Trump’s son has used violent imagery and language with respect to, among other people, Nancy Pelosi’s husband,
    0:57:29 who was brutally beaten within an inch of his life.
    0:57:36 You have other supporters of Donald Trump who have themselves used the 86 term with respect to Joe Biden.
    0:57:38 So what’s fair for one is fair for the other.
    0:57:43 And so I don’t see a problem with people raising the specter of that,
    0:57:48 given the low, low standard that’s being set for investigation and prosecution by the Trump folks.
    0:57:54 I know Scott is very interested in kind of the personal revenge tour of this,
    0:57:56 or what could be coming down the pipe.
    0:57:58 I’m not advocating that.
    0:58:00 That’s not how I would frame it, Jess, but go ahead.
    0:58:03 No, like what could happen to these people?
    0:58:06 Like we finally grow up here and start pushing back.
    0:58:07 We start thinking like them.
    0:58:07 That tour?
    0:58:08 That tour.
    0:58:13 And I’m buying a ticket for that tour, no matter how much it costs.
    0:58:14 You’ve made me defensive, Jess.
    0:58:14 Sorry.
    0:58:15 I’m sorry.
    0:58:15 Go ahead.
    0:58:16 I apologize.
    0:58:17 I feel like this is our first time.
    0:58:18 I’m calling Freet.
    0:58:19 I’m calling my one call.
    0:58:22 But if you’re calling right now, I’m busy.
    0:58:22 I’m already here.
    0:58:24 Well, he’s already here.
    0:58:24 There you go.
    0:58:25 Take advantage.
    0:58:30 A couple of things that I’m curious about, not so much on the individual front, but I
    0:58:35 hear a lot of the courts are doing their job right now, at least when it comes to policy
    0:58:40 issues, especially in the realm of immigration, where it feels like, you know, every level from
    0:58:44 local judges up to the Supreme Court are saying, no, you can’t do this, right?
    0:58:46 You can’t be using the Alien Enemies Act, et cetera.
    0:58:53 How would you rate the level of pushback or effectiveness that we’re seeing from the courts
    0:58:54 right now on the policy front?
    0:58:59 I think pretty good, but it depends on how you’re grading them.
    0:59:03 It’s like saying, you know, a math teacher is holding ground by telling a student that
    0:59:05 2 plus 2 does not equal 5, right?
    0:59:07 Yeah, we should applaud that.
    0:59:12 In an Orwellian environment in which there are school teachers teaching and accepting an
    0:59:17 answer of 5 being the sum of 2 plus 2, judges saying otherwise are doing a great job, and
    0:59:17 it’s important.
    0:59:22 But let’s not lose sight of the fact that we’re in a crazy time when people have to explain
    0:59:22 that.
    0:59:28 We’re at a crazy time when the Supreme Court that’s loaded with conservatives, three of
    0:59:35 whom have been appointed by Trump himself, have decided, you know, literally, not so fast.
    0:59:38 If you’re going to deport someone, you’ve got to look at what the law says.
    0:59:42 And Supreme Court case after Supreme Court case has interpreted the Constitution to mean there’s
    0:59:44 got to be some due process.
    0:59:48 It doesn’t have to be a full-blown trial, like we’re being scared with, but some due process
    0:59:51 is to make sure that you’ve got the right person, and the person is deportable, and is
    0:59:54 deportable to the place where you’re saying, and it’s got to be more than 24 hours.
    1:00:02 So, you know, that I think is a good sign, and I don’t mean to denigrate it or downplay
    1:00:08 it at all, but it’s a little bit like 2 plus 2 equals 5, and it’s refreshing in a black-is-white,
    1:00:15 fake-news, up-is-down universe for people to say, you know, you know what, math is math,
    1:00:16 and the Constitution is the Constitution.
    1:00:17 It’s good.
    1:00:18 Good.
    1:00:19 We have some good news.
    1:00:20 I’m just curious.
    1:00:25 I imagine you’re still close with it, certainly in touch with people still at SDNY or, you know,
    1:00:27 from your former life.
    1:00:27 Yeah.
    1:00:32 How do people who are in the business of doing justice, which is what your book was called,
    1:00:39 feeling right now about getting up and going to work and figuring all of this out in the
    1:00:40 Trump era?
    1:00:40 Yeah.
    1:00:42 You know, there are two sides to the coin.
    1:00:48 I still think it is the case that the massive work being done by federal prosecutors in the
    1:00:53 country and Department of Justice lawyers, whether in Washington or in the various U.S.
    1:00:59 attorneys’ offices, is apolitical, continues apace, whether it’s violent crime prosecutions
    1:01:02 or fraud prosecutions and the like.
    1:01:05 You know, there are different priorities and emphases that Pam Bondi has put forward in
    1:01:07 various memos since she started.
    1:01:10 But the bread and butter of the office is probably the same.
    1:01:15 Now, with respect to certain fraught prosecutions and investigations that get a lot of outsized
    1:01:21 attention, like of people who are or may be in the president’s ambit or who are elected
    1:01:23 officials, you know, maybe it’s a little bit different.
    1:01:30 And, you know, everyone can feel unhappy, even if it’s not one of their cases, if they think
    1:01:35 there’s a thumb on the scale or they think that people are being, you know, unduly harassed.
    1:01:40 I think there is a certain amount of trepidation on the part of a lot of people at the Department
    1:01:40 of Justice.
    1:01:45 But I still think that the majority of folks are just keeping their heads down and doing
    1:01:48 their job, even if they’re not so thrilled at what’s going on at the top.
    1:01:54 So I have a question that requires more political judgment and legal expertise, although it does
    1:01:55 involve the law.
    1:01:59 And you referenced earlier that I just called it seashell gate.
    1:02:05 I love what Yuval Noah Harari said, that democracies thrive on trust while dictatorships are built
    1:02:06 on fear.
    1:02:12 My sense is this is a perfect example of that, that this will be swatted away under
    1:02:16 any sort of responsible legal scrutiny, you know, free speech.
    1:02:24 I just think this is a ridiculous attempt to intimidate and create an atmosphere of fear such
    1:02:30 that people do not speak out and they silence any criticism of the president.
    1:02:33 What are your thoughts around that notion, Preet?
    1:02:35 I think that’s exactly correct.
    1:02:41 I’ve been saying for some time that the only logic behind, or at least one of the principal
    1:02:49 pieces of logic behind bringing completely ridiculous, stupid, unprecedented, unconstitutional,
    1:02:55 two plus two equals five claims, which is what Trump has done under the Alien Enemies Act,
    1:02:57 under these executive orders against law firms.
    1:03:01 And there’s a whole bunch of other issues along these lines as well.
    1:03:02 They’re doomed to failure.
    1:03:08 Nobody on the right or the left or the middle who is schooled in the law or wears a robe,
    1:03:11 really, with very, very, very small exceptions, think otherwise.
    1:03:14 Birthright citizenship is another that I left off the list.
    1:03:20 But the point is to have the fight, to have the political debate, and to chill the actions
    1:03:21 of other people.
    1:03:26 With the law firm executive orders, in which my firm was a subject, the point seems to be,
    1:03:30 even though every court that’s addressed it has issued an immediate temporary restraining
    1:03:34 order, one court has issued a permanent injunction, it’s not going to fly.
    1:03:38 It violates the First Amendment, the Fifth Amendment, the Sixth Amendment, various provisions of some
    1:03:39 of those amendments.
    1:03:41 The point is to make people think twice.
    1:03:50 Should I spend time and energy and represent a cause or a person who is adverse to the president
    1:03:52 of the United States or the president’s party?
    1:03:53 That’s just one example.
    1:03:55 And it goes to exactly what you were saying.
    1:04:01 If you can broadcast to the world that it may be the case that even if you’re born in this country,
    1:04:05 you will not have the privileges and rights that the Constitution has said from the beginning
    1:04:07 are due and owing to you.
    1:04:08 Maybe you won’t come here.
    1:04:12 So they’re fighting a political battle, a policy battle.
    1:04:18 They’re trying to beat their chests and say, we don’t care what the courts say up to a point,
    1:04:20 and we’ll see what happens when we get to that point.
    1:04:21 We don’t care.
    1:04:23 Our view is the right one.
    1:04:24 We have the army.
    1:04:25 The courts don’t.
    1:04:30 And so that is going to have a chilling effect on reasonable people to do that,
    1:04:32 which they have always understood was constitutional, lawful, and proper.
    1:04:38 So in addition to being a federal prosecutor, you’ve worked with really prestigious law firms.
    1:04:39 Yeah.
    1:04:43 And something that was really chilling and disappointing, quite frankly,
    1:04:47 and maybe it’s been misrepresented in the media, and I’m very open to learning here,
    1:04:51 because I think you have more insight into actually what went down here.
    1:04:54 So I’ve been really disappointed in what I’ll call this domino of cowardice,
    1:05:00 and that is corporations have said, okay, it’s easier for, with respect to shareholder value,
    1:05:04 to just give a million bucks the inauguration campaign and pay $40 million for some lame
    1:05:08 documentary for the first lady and basically just kiss his ass to stay out of his way.
    1:05:11 I can sort of empathize with that viewpoint.
    1:05:17 What was even more disappointing, though, was certain really prestigious law firms doing what I
    1:05:24 would loosely categorize as bending a knee and saying, all right, we’ll do pro bono work for the family,
    1:05:26 or we won’t take on certain clients.
    1:05:32 It just seems so, such an entire, like, puncturing or rupturing of the legal system
    1:05:36 and what it’s supposed to stand for in terms of justice being blind.
    1:05:39 Am I exaggerating what happened here?
    1:05:44 Give us your thoughts on the context here and whether I’m being, as always, overly emotional here.
    1:05:48 So I want to be careful because I am in the legal firmament.
    1:05:54 I work for a firm that did not, it’s not just your phrase, it’s the phrase that Donald Trump uses,
    1:06:00 which makes you more than wince if you’re a practicing lawyer or if you’re anyone who cares
    1:06:00 about the rule of law.
    1:06:05 We did not bend the knee, and I’m very proud of that fact, and I continue to work there as
    1:06:08 a partner in part because of that fact.
    1:06:15 I don’t want to be impolitic or impolite about saying anything disparaging about the firms that
    1:06:18 did, in your phrase, not my phrase, in the president’s phrase, not my phrase, bend the knee.
    1:06:22 You can imagine how I might think about that given my first statement.
    1:06:24 These are tough decisions.
    1:06:27 There’s a lot of force and power on the side of the government.
    1:06:30 There’s a lot of force and power on the side of the president of the United States.
    1:06:37 I think that what you have said is not outside of the mainstream of thought of people both in the
    1:06:39 legal profession and outside the legal profession.
    1:06:45 On its face, as has been evidenced by the court decisions that were rendered very quickly that I
    1:06:51 mentioned a minute ago, the executive orders are unlawful, unconstitutional, and I always like
    1:06:52 to add to that, un-American.
    1:06:53 They will never pass muster.
    1:06:56 They will never be a thing in the future.
    1:07:01 It’s another example of, this is 2 plus 2 equals 96, and I think that the better and
    1:07:06 more correct and more righteous course, not just the right course, but the more righteous
    1:07:12 course, if we can use that word still, in 2025, was to fight because these executive orders
    1:07:18 are, I don’t think it’s too strong a word to say, tyrannical and abusive and should not
    1:07:19 be allowed to stand.
    1:07:22 So I’m glad that my firm and some other firms are taking that approach.
    1:07:28 And Preet is much more polite and gentlemanly than I am.
    1:07:34 The Demand Justice site has this article called Standing Up to Big Law Cowards, and this is
    1:07:38 law firms that have pledged almost a billion dollars in free work to Trump, and they include
    1:07:45 A&O, Sherman, Cadwallader, I believe the name is, Kirkland, Latham and Watkins, Milbank,
    1:07:51 Paul Weiss, Simpson, Thatcher, Skadden and Wilkie are all firms that have decided to do pro bono
    1:07:55 work and legal work to appease Trump.
    1:07:59 And I don’t know how much you can say about this from a personal perspective since you’re
    1:08:08 working in this field actively, but how legitimate do you think individual lawyers or firms’ fears
    1:08:13 about continuing on with the good work that they’re doing are warranted or justified in this
    1:08:14 environment.
    1:08:20 I have a very good friend who represents undocumented immigrants here, mostly Venezuelans, a lot of
    1:08:27 Ukrainians, and she’s very scared to continue her work as they, you know, set about essentially
    1:08:29 criminalizing practicing law.
    1:08:32 Well, kudos to your friend.
    1:08:33 I think that’s important work.
    1:08:37 Look, I think we still live in America.
    1:08:43 We said before that the judges are doing a good job of holding the fort all the way up to the
    1:08:43 Supreme Court.
    1:08:49 I think it does take a little bit more courage now and resolve to do that kind of work than
    1:08:50 it may have taken before.
    1:08:56 And I don’t think we’re at the point yet where individual actions will be taken or could be
    1:08:59 taken, although, you know, check back with me in six months or 10 months.
    1:09:01 That work can continue.
    1:09:06 Certainly, it’s the case that certain kinds of representations are probably less likely
    1:09:11 to be blessed and green-lighted at firms that have decided to settle with the president.
    1:09:19 The fear will always exist that you don’t want to further upset the apple cart or upset the
    1:09:21 person at the top of the government.
    1:09:23 I mean, that’s what got you in the soup in the first place, right?
    1:09:29 Like my firm, once upon a time we had as our partner, someone I greatly respect, Bob Mueller,
    1:09:35 former FBI director and special counsel, and had the temerity to hire one of the great lawmen of the
    1:09:37 past century in our office.
    1:09:41 That’s the thing that put us on the wrong side of Donald Trump.
    1:09:46 And so there’s a natural tendency for there to be a chilling effect if you’re going to do things
    1:09:48 that are going to put you on the wrong side of Donald Trump.
    1:09:53 So all I’m going to say is good luck to her and all the people who are doing that.
    1:09:55 You can’t let up in the face of that kind of intimidation.
    1:10:00 Well, she’s a huge fan and she’s definitely listening, so she’ll be excited to hear your
    1:10:00 encouragement.
    1:10:01 Good.
    1:10:02 One last question.
    1:10:03 We ask all our guests this.
    1:10:03 Uh-oh.
    1:10:07 What’s one issue that makes you rage and one thing that you think we should all chill out
    1:10:08 about?
    1:10:09 Oh, gosh.
    1:10:13 I mean, obviously the rule of law stuff makes me rage.
    1:10:19 Everything we’ve been talking about, I speak, I try to speak in conmeasured tones, but the
    1:10:24 attacks on law firms enrage me because I’m a member of the profession and I’m an officer
    1:10:29 of the court and it’s a manipulation of, you know, the psychology of people who are not
    1:10:34 just lawyers and officers of the court, but also members of businesses, right?
    1:10:35 These are not charities.
    1:10:43 And I hate the fact that Trump and his people are deviously clever enough to put people on
    1:10:44 the back foot.
    1:10:50 And again, not speaking about any particular person or entity in particular, what causes
    1:10:55 me rage is, you know, if this were a play or a novel, one of the lessons you would learn
    1:11:04 from it, that if you have someone who is as devilish and unprincipled and amoral, not just
    1:11:12 amoral, but amoral as Donald Trump come to town, the sad truth is that he often, and we’ve seen
    1:11:16 this again and again and again, will often reveal the lack of courage, the lack of principle
    1:11:19 and the lack of virtue in his rivals.
    1:11:21 And that is, you know, a fact of life.
    1:11:24 And if this were just a story or an allegory, that would be one thing.
    1:11:26 But I think about that a lot.
    1:11:34 His opponents are often shown to be maybe, if not as impure and unprincipled as him, but
    1:11:36 wanting, wanting.
    1:11:41 And that’s why people who fight back and have the courage and the tenacity to fight back in
    1:11:45 this environment, like your friend and others, are to be valued and encouraged and supported
    1:11:46 more than ever before.
    1:11:49 Oh, and what do we, what should we chill out about?
    1:11:52 Yeah, you know, a lot of the dumb stuff that Trump does.
    1:11:58 In the first term, I tell the story about how I tweeted, after Donald Trump said that the
    1:12:04 White House was a shithole, or some such derogatory term, lots of people took offense.
    1:12:07 Lots of people who were quote-unquote members of the resistance said, that’s, you know, horrific.
    1:12:09 He shouldn’t talk like that.
    1:12:14 And I posted a tweet back when Twitter had some people on the other side of the fence on
    1:12:19 it, that, you know, of the top 50 things we need to worry about from this president, his
    1:12:21 insult to the White House is not one of them.
    1:12:25 And in response after response after response, people said, that’s not true.
    1:12:26 We can multitask.
    1:12:27 It’s all important.
    1:12:32 It’s not, proportionality is a word that I’ve been using more lately.
    1:12:34 You know, attention is limited.
    1:12:35 Resources are limited.
    1:12:39 I hate the phrase, pick your battles, but, you know, order your priorities.
    1:12:44 He’s going to say a lot of stupid shit that can occupy five minutes of airtime.
    1:12:46 It’s not worth the five minutes of airtime.
    1:12:49 Think about what the kinds of things that you folks are talking about, that Scott was talking
    1:12:54 about earlier, the rendering of people over the objection of actual judges’ rulings, the
    1:13:00 distortion and disrespect of the Constitution by the people who keep pointing to the Constitution
    1:13:01 and say they revere the Constitution.
    1:13:02 They don’t.
    1:13:05 Those are the things that we need to focus on and keep our eyes on.
    1:13:13 Preet Bharara is an American lawyer and former federal prosecutor who served as the United
    1:13:17 States Attorney for the Southern District of New York from 2009 to 2017.
    1:13:22 As of 2025, he’s a partner at the Wilmer Hale Law Firm.
    1:13:26 He’s also the host and founder of Stay Tuned with Preet Bharara.
    1:13:29 Preet, I always love hearing from you.
    1:13:34 And for those of you, it’s not easy to make a podcast about the legal profession interesting,
    1:13:37 and I actually listen to your podcast.
    1:13:38 Thank you, sir.
    1:13:38 And you know what?
    1:13:38 Guess what?
    1:13:39 Can I plug something else?
    1:13:40 Sure.
    1:13:45 As of one week ago today, Stay Tuned with Preet is now on Substack, too, as I know lots of
    1:13:46 people are.
    1:13:46 Oh, amazing.
    1:13:47 Check us out there.
    1:13:48 Check us out everywhere.
    1:13:49 Good.
    1:13:51 Always appreciate your time, Preet.
    1:13:51 Thanks, folks.
    1:13:52 Thank you.
    1:13:54 All right, Jess, that’s it.
    1:13:55 That’s it for this episode.
    1:13:57 Thank you for listening to Raging Moderates.
    1:14:00 Our producers are David Toledo and Eric Jenakes.
    1:14:02 I mangled that.
    1:14:03 I’m sorry, Eric.
    1:14:03 I’m old.
    1:14:08 I shouldn’t be president, and I can’t pronounce the name of all these wonderful new employees
    1:14:09 we have.
    1:14:11 Our technical director is Drew Burroughs.
    1:14:13 Only took me seven years to figure that one out.
    1:14:14 You can now find Raging Moderates.
    1:14:16 Put my finger on the button.
    1:14:17 My brain’s shrinking.
    1:14:21 I can absolutely validate my prostate is the size of a grapefruit.
    1:14:26 You can now find Raging Moderates on its own feed every Tuesday and Friday.
    1:14:27 That’s right, its own feed.
    1:14:31 That means exclusive interviews with sharp political minds you won’t hear anywhere else.
    1:14:34 This week, we’re talking with Larry Sabato about Trump’s threat to democracy.
    1:14:36 Make sure to follow us wherever you get your podcasts.
    1:14:37 You don’t miss an episode.
    1:14:40 Just have a great rest of the week.
    1:14:40 You too.

    Scott and Jessica break down President Biden’s aggressive cancer diagnosis, which comes just as a new book claims his team may have hidden signs of serious decline during the 2024 campaign. Meanwhile, Trump’s Middle East trip makes waves as his domestic agenda stalls. To appease hardline conservatives, Republicans push changes to the megabill—including stricter Medicaid work requirements, cuts to green energy tax credits, and the removal of Medicaid access for undocumented immigrants. Then, former federal prosecutor and Stay Tuned host Preet Bharara joins to unpack the growing legal and ethical crises surrounding the Trump administration.

    Follow Jessica Tarlov, @JessicaTarlov

    Follow Prof G, @profgalloway.

    Follow Raging Moderates, @RagingModeratesPod.

    Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices

  • Can This AI Predict the Billion-Dollar Startup?

    AI transcript
    0:00:04 Hey, welcome to the Next Wave podcast.
    0:00:04 I’m Matt Wolfe.
    0:00:06 I’m here with Nathan Lanz.
    0:00:09 And today we’re talking about the future of investing.
    0:00:15 We’re going to be talking about how you can leverage AI using tools built on top of Crunchbase
    0:00:21 to figure out what to invest in, what your sales team should go and focus on, all sorts
    0:00:26 of really cool strategies to leverage data and AI around the world of investing.
    0:00:32 Nathan, in this episode, had one of the most brilliant ideas I’ve ever heard for a salesperson.
    0:00:36 If you’re actually out there trying to sell your product to companies, you need to stick
    0:00:40 around because this idea, I think, could totally change the game for your business.
    0:00:42 But this is an amazing episode.
    0:00:45 It’s with Jagger McConnell, the CEO of Crunchbase.
    0:00:47 And I’m not going to say any more.
    0:00:49 Let’s just go ahead and jump in and talk to Jagger.
    0:00:54 Cutting your sales cycle in half sounds pretty impossible.
    0:00:58 But that’s exactly what Sandler Training did with HubSpot.
    0:01:03 They used Breeze, HubSpot’s AI tools, to tailor every customer interaction without losing
    0:01:04 their personal touch.
    0:01:06 And the results were pretty incredible.
    0:01:09 Click-through rates jumped 25%.
    0:01:13 And get this, qualified leads quadrupled.
    0:01:14 Who doesn’t want that?
    0:01:18 People spent three times longer on their landing pages.
    0:01:18 It’s incredible.
    0:01:23 Go to HubSpot.com to see how Breeze can help your business grow.
    0:01:29 Thank you so much for joining us, Jagger.
    0:01:30 It’s great to have you on the show.
    0:01:31 Great to be here.
    0:01:35 Well, let’s just dive straight into it and talk a little bit about Crunchbase.
    0:01:40 I know that Crunchbase over the last, I don’t know, however long, maybe the last year or so,
    0:01:45 has really, really gone deep into the AI world and sort of shifted what Crunchbase is into like
    0:01:47 an AI-first platform.
    0:01:48 So let’s talk about that.
    0:01:51 Like, what is the sort of grand vision with Crunchbase?
    0:01:52 Who is it for?
    0:01:53 What’s the plans with it?
    0:01:54 Let’s just get right into it.
    0:01:55 Yeah.
    0:01:57 I mean, I could take the whole time just talking about that.
    0:02:05 Look, like we’ve been for the last 14, 15, forever years, this sort of historical record
    0:02:07 of what’s happened with a company.
    0:02:12 And we realized with AI happening and like all this, yes, it’s structured data, but huge
    0:02:13 amounts of structured data.
    0:02:17 Were there insights that maybe were more interesting than what’s happened in the past with a company?
    0:02:21 Can we use AI to figure out what’s going to happen next with a company?
    0:02:25 How accurate would it be if we go and try to figure out, you know, what next funding round
    0:02:29 is going to happen with what company or what company is going to get acquired next or who’s
    0:02:29 going to go public?
    0:02:34 So we took all of this data, all of the historical data and combined it with data that no one
    0:02:35 else has access to.
    0:02:40 Things like our usage data, anonymized, of course, sort of looking at trends of investor flow or
    0:02:44 corporate flows and said, what can we learn from all this?
    0:02:47 And that’s where we launched this sort of prediction engine.
    0:02:52 It just wasn’t possible a couple of years ago, just because given that petabytes of data that
    0:02:53 we have sort of behind the scenes here.
    0:02:55 So it’s pretty exciting times.
    0:02:55 Yeah.
    0:02:59 I’m curious, so are the models that you’re using, are they like external models or is
    0:03:02 this stuff that Crunchbase is sort of developing internally?
    0:03:04 Yeah, it’s sort of a combination.
    0:03:08 Obviously, we don’t have the tens of billions of dollars to go and build our own stuff.
    0:03:11 So we certainly are leveraging the latest and greatest tech.
    0:03:16 As you might imagine, open AI as part of that equation, TensorFlow as part of that equation.
    0:03:20 So there’s a lot of these, the sort of latest and greatest tech, but we’re building our own
    0:03:21 stuff on top of it, right?
    0:03:26 So we’re going and taking a lot of the proprietary stuff that no one else would build because
    0:03:30 they’re not Crunchbase and we’re leveraging the pieces that we need to, to pull the right
    0:03:30 spaces.
    0:03:35 So in other words, how do you go and generate the content of how we present to the user?
    0:03:36 Sure.
    0:03:37 We’re going to use open AI for that.
    0:03:41 But at the end of the day, there’s still a massive machine learning problem that’s hiding
    0:03:46 in the Crunchbase side that it takes more than just uploading it up to ChatGPT to sort of
    0:03:47 answer for us.
    0:03:47 Gotcha.
    0:03:52 It’s really fascinating to me, like what sort of data points would you even look at
    0:03:54 to sort of predict the future?
    0:03:56 Because that’s kind of what Crunchbase is trying to do, right?
    0:04:00 It’s kind of trying to predict what companies are going to IPO next, which ones are sort of
    0:04:01 acquisition targets.
    0:04:02 What are we looking at?
    0:04:04 People already kind of use Crunchbase that way, right?
    0:04:06 Like in the past, that’s, I think it’s like a genius evolution of the platform.
    0:04:10 Because, you know, for context, I lived in San Francisco for 13 years, did some tech startups,
    0:04:11 know a bunch of VCs.
    0:04:15 And people always check Crunchbase and they’d look at who’s in the round or when did they raise
    0:04:17 around or what’s recent news.
    0:04:18 Right.
    0:04:19 So they’re already using it that way.
    0:04:20 And it’s exciting what you guys are doing.
    0:04:21 Yeah, it’s really different.
    0:04:22 So you’re absolutely right, though.
    0:04:25 The use case before was, are they going to raise money soon?
    0:04:29 So they would go and look at a profile and say, well, it’s been about 18 months.
    0:04:30 It’s probably about time for fundraising.
    0:04:33 And that would be the one data point that they’re using.
    0:04:37 To answer the question, we’re using thousands of feature vectors to go and figure this out.
    0:04:41 So like an easy to understand example would be, is a company going to go and fundraise soon?
    0:04:45 So we’ll go and say, sure, is it about time for them to fundraise?
    0:04:49 Then we’ll go and look at the entire industry and we’ll say, okay, well, like how long does
    0:04:52 it usually take for a company to fundraise in this space for this size?
    0:04:57 But then we’ll go a little deeper and we’ll go and say, well, has anyone updated that company
    0:04:59 profile recently?
    0:05:04 And if the answer is yes, that gives us a little signal that maybe there’s something
    0:05:05 going on at the company.
    0:05:12 And then another signal might be, has investor flow to this profile changed significantly
    0:05:13 compared to the past?
    0:05:16 So if there’s more investors looking at the profile, well, why?
    0:05:19 What would drive them to go and look at this profile?
    0:05:20 And then how are they looking at it?
    0:05:23 Are they searching for this organically came upon it?
    0:05:24 Or was it a link?
    0:05:26 Or did they come from a Gmail account?
    0:05:31 So you have this sort of like two-way sort of conversation happening on our profile.
    0:05:34 Then are the entrepreneur looking at those same investors who are looking at them?
    0:05:36 Well, that’s a little signal, right?
    0:05:41 So each one of these steps along the way gets us more and more confident that a funding round
    0:05:44 is maybe happening behind the scenes.
    0:05:48 And if it is, we can sort of signal at least some level of confidence out to our end users.
    0:05:52 And now that’s just one, again, of thousands of these things.
    0:05:53 What’s happening in the news?
    0:05:56 Just how is traffic to the site in general?
    0:06:00 There’s a lot of signals that we can go and combine together to sort of find the right
    0:06:04 pattern to say, this is a company that’s going to fundraise soon, as an example.
    0:06:05 Yeah, that makes a lot of sense.
    0:06:07 I mean, just thinking about it.
    0:06:07 Yeah.
    0:06:12 If a company’s in there updating their crunch-based profile and adding new information, they’re
    0:06:16 probably doing that because they’re expecting, you know, investors or people to be going and
    0:06:17 looking at that page.
    0:06:18 So that’s interesting.
    0:06:22 It can’t be the only signal, but it certainly is one of more signals, right?
    0:06:25 And the nice thing about AI is we don’t really need to figure out exactly the right
    0:06:27 combination that means it.
    0:06:31 It’s just like, it can look at every company that’s ever raised funding and historically look
    0:06:35 at all the data we had collected at that moment to say, well, here’s the 16 different paths
    0:06:38 of a company that might lead to a funding round.
    0:06:39 And that gets me excited, right?
    0:06:41 Because this is stuff that no one else can do.
    0:06:42 It doesn’t matter which competitor we’re talking about.
    0:06:47 They don’t have that 80 million people using our site to go and drive and inform those prediction
    0:06:48 decisions.
    0:06:49 For sure.
    0:06:54 Since you’ve actually pivoted to more sort of AI-based analytics of like figuring out when
    0:06:58 there’s going to be an IPO or who’s going to raise or those kinds of things, have you sort
    0:07:00 of figured out the accuracy level of it?
    0:07:02 Like how accurate has it been so far?
    0:07:03 Yeah.
    0:07:06 And this is maybe the biggest challenge is that when anyone ever tells you, hey, I’ve got a
    0:07:10 prediction engine, you’re like, that’s garbage because every prediction engine ever is
    0:07:10 garbage.
    0:07:11 So this is very different.
    0:07:13 So we do do a lot of analysis.
    0:07:16 We can do a lot of back testing and sort of figure out how would we have done.
    0:07:20 So you take sort of two thirds of all of our data and you build the models on that.
    0:07:25 And then the remaining third you use to sort of test to see would it have done it correctly
    0:07:27 had this model existed.
    0:07:30 And by using that framework and looking at the kind of companies that we’re trying to make
    0:07:33 these predictions against, there’s precision and recall.
    0:07:38 And we have a 95% precision on fundraisers and 99% recall.
    0:07:44 So in other words, when we make a prediction about a fundraise, it’s 95% correct.
    0:07:49 And we make predictions against 99% of the companies that match the criteria we’re looking
    0:07:49 for.
    0:07:52 So it’s ridiculously high how accurate we are.
    0:07:54 Now, that’s the easy answer.
    0:07:59 The more complicated answer is as you add time scale to it, it gets much harder.
    0:08:04 So who’s going to fundraise tomorrow is an impossible question to answer.
    0:08:08 Crunchbase will do a better job than you guessing, but it’s still going to be fundamentally
    0:08:08 a guess.
    0:08:10 This is actually what I was going to say.
    0:08:13 So before we got on here, I checked a few companies that I know when they’re fundraising.
    0:08:18 You were super accurate on they were going to be fundraising, a bit off on the timelines.
    0:08:19 Right.
    0:08:20 And so we put that in there.
    0:08:24 So we say, look, here’s what we think, but we’re never going to be 100% confident.
    0:08:26 Oh, in the next six months, it’s going to happen.
    0:08:30 But we might say like 80% chance it’s going to happen in the next six months because that
    0:08:34 timing scale, there’s so many factors that are impossible for us to know unless we’re inside
    0:08:37 the brain of the founder to know if they’re going to fundraise.
    0:08:42 But that signal, getting back to a question you asked earlier, helps the use case of I’m
    0:08:42 an investor.
    0:08:46 I’m not looking at this company, but maybe I should be because it looks like Crunchbase
    0:08:47 thinks they’re going to be fundraising soon.
    0:08:50 Or I’m a large public company.
    0:08:51 I want to acquire this company.
    0:08:56 They might be going to fundraise soon and I want to get them before they raise that money
    0:08:57 or increase their valuation.
    0:09:02 There’s a lot of different uses for even just that one fundraising prediction among the almost
    0:09:04 dozen different insights and predictions that we have.
    0:09:05 Gotcha.
    0:09:05 That makes sense.
    0:09:10 I mean, I think it would be great to just jump in and sort of get a little demo, a little
    0:09:11 tour of what it’s capable of.
    0:09:14 And, you know, this is kind of a YouTube first podcast.
    0:09:18 We like to be really visual and show what we can, so love to jump in and just sort of
    0:09:21 get a sneak peek and give people a little demo of what it can do.
    0:09:22 Yeah.
    0:09:25 So let me see if I can work the internets here.
    0:09:27 So this is the new homepage.
    0:09:30 That’s very different than the old homepage of yesteryear.
    0:09:34 And you’ll notice that we’re right up front saying sort of the new data is coming in.
    0:09:39 I think we’ve got 12 and a half million new predictions in just the last 30 days.
    0:09:44 So this engine is constantly running, constantly updating, trying to find not just the next
    0:09:48 funding round, but also, you know, what is the next acquisition?
    0:09:49 What is the next IPO?
    0:09:51 Which companies do we predict to grow?
    0:09:55 So we’re really looking at like a lot of different aspects of what a company is.
    0:09:58 We’ve got this new sort of AI agent that can help you sort of navigate crunch space, but
    0:10:01 you can just type in, you know, blue sky as an example.
    0:10:06 And now we’re looking at the blue sky profile and you’re going to see right up front, this
    0:10:07 didn’t used to be there.
    0:10:10 Now up front, we put some of the biggest predictions up at the top.
    0:10:14 So in blue sky’s case, we think it’s probable that they’re going to raise another round of
    0:10:14 funding.
    0:10:18 We think that it’s likely that they’re going to get acquired at some point, which not a
    0:10:19 lot of people are talking about.
    0:10:21 And we don’t think blue sky is going to go public.
    0:10:23 Certainly there’s no signals that they are.
    0:10:27 And then as we scroll down, we sort of took this approach to the profile page of, you know,
    0:10:31 what is the stock ticker equivalent of a profile?
    0:10:35 So there’s no way we can put valuation day by day over time, which is what a stock ticker
    0:10:36 does.
    0:10:38 But what is the private company equivalent of that?
    0:10:41 So we’ve got these things called heat score and growth score.
    0:10:45 And there’s a little definition of what these things are, but like looking at how the company
    0:10:50 is interplaying with the public web, how it’s interacting with us, how does it rank among
    0:10:55 all the other companies within our corpus of companies that we track that gives us these axes of
    0:10:57 data like this heat score and growth score.
    0:11:01 And that, again, drives other pieces of the application and even some of our predictions.
    0:11:05 So we understand what’s happening and what’s going to happen next to the company.
    0:11:09 You can play around with this, you know, and sort of make it do different whiz bang things.
    0:11:13 So if you’re a data nerd, you can kind of get into this and all the raw data is available
    0:11:14 in the API, of course.
    0:11:18 And then as I scroll down, you’re going to find predictions and insights.
    0:11:21 So here’s where I can see we predict they’re going to be growing.
    0:11:22 We don’t just say it’s going to be growing.
    0:11:28 We actually explain with our own words why we think that this company is currently growing.
    0:11:31 And if there’s a growth prediction, why we think it’s going to grow in the future.
    0:11:34 And then here’s some of these predictions like we were talking about.
    0:11:38 Like here’s we think there’s a 37 percent chance that they’re going to go and fundraise in the
    0:11:40 next six to 18 months.
    0:11:42 There’s a good chance they don’t fundraise, right?
    0:11:48 So we’re kind of transparent that these numbers don’t necessarily lead up to 100 percent because
    0:11:51 there’s still some percent chance that they’re not going to raise at all.
    0:11:53 So we’ll go and put that in there.
    0:11:54 Are they going to get acquired?
    0:11:55 We give reasons as to why.
    0:11:59 In the API, we give all of the detailed reasons, right?
    0:12:04 So we actually give percentages and we go and say, here are the drivers that we believe lead
    0:12:04 up to this thing.
    0:12:09 So as an API user, you can discount things that we think are true that maybe you don’t
    0:12:13 want to sort of incorporate into the prediction, or you can just use the prediction score on top
    0:12:15 of your own prediction algorithms, which a lot of VCs do.
    0:12:19 They sort of use as an input into their own proprietary algorithms.
    0:12:21 So this is some of the stuff that we’re doing nowadays.
    0:12:26 There’s a lot around like we rock all the news that is happening on a company and sort of summarize
    0:12:27 it for you.
    0:12:30 So you don’t have to read 30 news articles to figure it out.
    0:12:31 We sort of bring it all together.
    0:12:34 So there’s just a lot of different pieces that help you understand.
    0:12:40 And of course, we still have the funding data, but that’s all sort of just drivers now into
    0:12:43 these sort of bigger, meatier questions that we’re trying to answer.
    0:12:43 Yeah.
    0:12:45 There’s a lot around this.
    0:12:49 There’s a lot around, even on that homepage, you know, sort of seeing what’s important,
    0:12:52 what’s trending, what’s happening in all the data we’re tracking.
    0:12:56 And you can decide, I want to look at these particular predictions for these types of industries
    0:13:00 and sort of get a daily feed of all the stuff that’s happening and what we think is going
    0:13:03 to happen next in these companies, which is pretty exciting as well.
    0:13:05 So lots of interesting use cases.
    0:13:10 And again, you can always go and have a conversation with a scout, which is our little sort of dog
    0:13:14 fetching thing that will go and sort of do some of the logic stuff that you couldn’t do in
    0:13:15 Crunchbase before, right?
    0:13:21 Before you couldn’t figure out sort of what’s the business model of this company, or how does
    0:13:26 this compare to another company or how do public events impact these particular private
    0:13:26 companies?
    0:13:30 Now you have a way to have that conversation with Crunchbase programmatically, which is kind
    0:13:30 of cool.
    0:13:35 Have you found any like questions that have been like really, really valuable, like any sort
    0:13:38 of like best practice questions where you’re like, if you ask this, you’re going to get some
    0:13:39 really good stuff out of it?
    0:13:40 Yeah.
    0:13:42 I mean, there’s meaty like policy questions, right?
    0:13:46 Like, so we see whenever something happens in the government, you know, people come to Crunchbase
    0:13:49 and go type in, how are tariffs going to affect this company?
    0:13:53 And it will do a pretty good job of sort of speculating and sort of figuring out what’s
    0:13:53 going to happen next.
    0:13:55 I think those are some of the interesting ones.
    0:13:57 And then just the analysis, right?
    0:14:00 It can be hard, like if we go over to AI Search Builder.
    0:14:05 So now like you can just natural language in your query and it’s going to go and build sort
    0:14:10 of these very complex searches because, you know, you think about multi-joint searches and
    0:14:11 how to build those.
    0:14:12 It’s always been sort of cumbersome.
    0:14:18 Now you can say, show me all the CEOs at companies where they used to work at Salesforce and
    0:14:23 then they went to Stanford, you know, like you could type that all in, in a huge run-on
    0:14:28 sentence and it will go and show you exactly which companies do it because it builds a joint
    0:14:28 for you.
    0:14:31 And just that alone is a huge time saver for our users.
    0:14:33 I wonder what this is going to do to like startups.
    0:14:37 It feels like it’s going to like really increase like the velocity of rounds, like how fast rounds
    0:14:40 will close because, you know, you guys are kind of creating like the ultimate like FOMO
    0:14:41 machine, right?
    0:14:44 People are like, oh my God, look, it’s a hot company.
    0:14:45 Crunchbase just told me it’s hot.
    0:14:47 I got to get in.
    0:14:47 Yeah.
    0:14:49 I’m curious if you guys have seen that or like what your thoughts are.
    0:14:50 Yeah.
    0:14:54 I mean, it’s hard for us to have data on this, but anecdotally we’ve heard that when we go
    0:14:59 and signal that is very imminent that a company is fundraising, that they get a lot of inbound
    0:15:03 interest from investors because there’s now awareness that it’s happening.
    0:15:05 Oh, you notify people or?
    0:15:07 We don’t, but people set up their own alerts, right?
    0:15:14 I can just say, you know, show me biotech companies that are very likely to fundraise,
    0:15:15 right?
    0:15:16 I can just make that search.
    0:15:19 It’s going to go and, you know, this is a live demo.
    0:15:20 We’ll see what actually happens.
    0:15:21 But there we go.
    0:15:22 So it did.
    0:15:25 It said industry is biotechnology, funding predictions here is very likely.
    0:15:28 So these are all the companies that are very likely to fundraise soon.
    0:15:28 Yeah.
    0:15:30 And we can go and create an alert off of this, right?
    0:15:35 So you’ve got investors who are subscribers of ours say, when a new company shows up on
    0:15:37 this list, shoot me an email, right?
    0:15:39 Go and let me know that that’s happened.
    0:15:41 And so we don’t need to send them emails.
    0:15:44 They’ll get their emails themselves because they’ve set up their alerts the right way.
    0:15:45 Yeah, that’s awesome.
    0:15:46 So I can do like AI coding or something like that.
    0:15:50 And I can just like, as soon as you guys have a new prediction in that category, you guys
    0:15:51 will email me or something.
    0:15:52 That’s amazing.
    0:15:52 Yeah.
    0:15:54 And that’s just one of the predictions.
    0:15:57 Another very common one is I’m looking for these sorts of companies to acquire.
    0:16:02 Let me know when a company of this size, no bigger than Series C, I don’t want them who
    0:16:05 raised more than a hundred million dollars, whatever it is, when a new one shows up is
    0:16:07 very likely to get acquired.
    0:16:10 Let me know because I’m in the space of acquiring those companies.
    0:16:13 So a lot of corp dev departments get excited about that.
    0:16:16 Hey, we’ll be right back to the show.
    0:16:19 But first I want to tell you about another podcast I know you’re going to love.
    0:16:21 It’s called Marketing Against the Grain.
    0:16:24 It’s hosted by Kip Bodner and Kieran Flanagan.
    0:16:26 And it’s brought to you by the HubSpot Podcast Network.
    0:16:29 The Audio Destination for Business Professionals.
    0:16:33 If you want to know what’s happening now in marketing, especially how to use AI marketing,
    0:16:35 this is the podcast for you.
    0:16:41 Kip and Kieran share their marketing expertise, unfiltered in the details, the truth, and like
    0:16:42 nobody else will tell it to you.
    0:16:49 They recently had a great episode called Using Chat TVT 03 to Plan Our 2025 Marketing Campaign.
    0:16:56 It was full of like actual insights as well as just things I had not thought of about how
    0:16:57 to apply AI to marketing.
    0:16:59 I highly suggest you check it out.
    0:17:02 Listen to Marketing Against the Grain wherever you get your podcasts.
    0:17:10 Now, are all the companies that are in here, are they all like self-added or is all the data
    0:17:11 sort of pulled by Crunchbase?
    0:17:15 Sort of absolutely is the short answer.
    0:17:20 We get data from our users, but in 2014, it was 100% from our users.
    0:17:22 Today, it’s about 5%.
    0:17:23 So we’ve sort of transitioned.
    0:17:28 But the brand belief is that still, like if you ask our users, where do we get our data from?
    0:17:29 They’re mostly, we’ll say it’s user-generated content.
    0:17:34 But really, that’s only for the smallest companies, ones that haven’t had a news article yet.
    0:17:35 No one knows they exist.
    0:17:37 They go and put themselves in.
    0:17:39 They sort of announce themselves on Crunchbase.
    0:17:43 But the reality is we invest tens of millions of dollars now every year into getting data from
    0:17:44 a lot of different sources.
    0:17:47 We have 5,000 partnerships of data coming in.
    0:17:49 We, of course, go look at government filings.
    0:17:52 We’ve got lots of data partnerships to go and give us seed data.
    0:17:55 And then we have our own AI systems that go out and find the data.
    0:18:00 So if we don’t hear about a company that isn’t in our data set, we very actively go and fill
    0:18:03 out the profile as best as we can, assuming it fits a certain set of criteria.
    0:18:08 And that plus the engagement data, plus the generated data, right?
    0:18:12 Like the biggest source of data now is Crunchbase generating its own data on the data that we have.
    0:18:17 That is that huge, huge, huge data set that we’ve collected over the years now.
    0:18:19 But not to devalue the user-generated data.
    0:18:20 That’s still very important stuff.
    0:18:21 Right.
    0:18:26 It just seems like it could be such a really good discovery engine for small new startups.
    0:18:29 You want to make sure you’re in Crunchbase because then you’re sort of in that algorithm.
    0:18:33 You’re in that system where now people might discover you if they’re looking for,
    0:18:36 you know, small startups in X niche, right?
    0:18:38 So that’s why I was curious.
    0:18:43 Can companies just go and sort of input their data in there to make sure that they get discovered
    0:18:44 when people are making those sort of queries?
    0:18:46 Yeah, they absolutely can.
    0:18:50 And we do a bad job of this, like giving reasons why you should, because they ask,
    0:18:53 you get discovered by VCs who wouldn’t normally have found you.
    0:18:54 And if you’re like, I’m a bootstrap company.
    0:18:55 I never want venture funding.
    0:18:56 I don’t need to be in Crunchbase.
    0:19:02 Job seekers is like a good solid 10% of our users are going and researching your company
    0:19:03 to see if it’s a company they want to work at.
    0:19:07 If you’re not in there and it’s not up to date, they’re like, this isn’t something I want
    0:19:09 to go and participate in because they couldn’t grok your website or they couldn’t find your
    0:19:11 website or whatever the case happens to be.
    0:19:16 There’s a good chance that Crunchbase’s profile comes up higher than the website of the smaller
    0:19:16 company.
    0:19:21 So it’s usually a good idea to have that data correct in Crunchbase.
    0:19:26 Now, it used to be traditionally like VC-backed companies that were mostly on Crunchbase, right?
    0:19:27 Is that still the case?
    0:19:29 Are there companies that are private companies that are non-VC?
    0:19:31 Like you just said, you suggested that they should do that.
    0:19:34 But also like, I can see this working for even like public companies, like just like a
    0:19:39 general tool to help me guide my investments in companies in general.
    0:19:42 Yeah, another brand challenge that we have.
    0:19:44 There’s about 300,000 companies that have ever received funding.
    0:19:46 We have about 4 million companies in Crunchbase.
    0:19:51 So that math is very different because there’s a lot of companies that never get to funding.
    0:19:52 There are a lot of bootstrap companies.
    0:19:56 There are a lot of companies that will do acquisitions that we had not seen before that will go and
    0:19:57 put in Crunchbase.
    0:19:59 And then every public company is in Crunchbase.
    0:20:01 So we do track all those things.
    0:20:05 Now, are you going to get all the information you want to about a public company?
    0:20:05 Probably not.
    0:20:09 Like you should go to Yahoo Finance or Google Finance or whatever the latest degree this is,
    0:20:12 because there’s so much public data out there that we just aren’t going to track because
    0:20:13 it doesn’t apply to private companies.
    0:20:16 But for the data, it does overlap for sure.
    0:20:22 So for instance, when like Virgin America back in the day, that was a hot startup airline.
    0:20:24 So it was definitely tracked in Crunchbase.
    0:20:27 Alaska Airlines was not tracked in Crunchbase.
    0:20:31 But when Alaska Airlines bought Virgin, then we started tracking Alaska Airlines.
    0:20:36 So like this ecosystem and sort of the spider web of how companies are interconnected with one
    0:20:38 another expands, expands, expands, and we’ll just keep adding the companies.
    0:20:43 But we’re not going to put in, you know, Joe’s Pizza Shop on the corner because it probably
    0:20:46 isn’t relevant to our community unless it’s got some cool tech.
    0:20:50 Let’s say you’re not a VC or an angel investor or something like that.
    0:20:54 Do you see value in using Crunchbase for just general people that are interested in investing?
    0:20:59 What’s the value of Crunchbase to the people that can’t write big checks and get into like
    0:20:59 early startups?
    0:21:04 Actually, it’s a minority part of our users are actually VCs who have funding that want
    0:21:04 to go invest.
    0:21:08 So that is an important use case to us, but it’s certainly not the biggest, you know, you’ll
    0:21:09 see use cases across sales.
    0:21:13 Let me go and find the companies that are going to have money soon.
    0:21:15 I’m going to go and start a sales cycle with them.
    0:21:16 It’s a good time.
    0:21:19 And it’s better than waiting for the fundraise to happen too, right?
    0:21:20 Because everyone knows when the fundraise happens.
    0:21:25 If you can know it six months, a year in advance, maybe you can sort of get entrenched earlier
    0:21:26 than that.
    0:21:28 So that’s a pretty big use case for us.
    0:21:30 I mentioned CorpDev, right?
    0:21:31 Anyone who’s buying companies, that’s important.
    0:21:35 On the self-service side, we do have job seekers who go and are paying us and say, I want to
    0:21:40 find hot-level companies in my area because I want to be there at their early stage, right?
    0:21:42 So you’ve got that use case pretty heavy.
    0:21:48 A lot of researchers and analysts from the largest consulting firms all the way down to students
    0:21:50 who are trying to figure out sort of some interesting trends.
    0:21:53 So you’ve got a lot of that sort of use case lurking in Crunchbase.
    0:21:58 Those are some of the big ones, but it always is surprising to me to see that pie chart of
    0:22:02 all the use cases of Crunchbase and saying, first, how the heck are we going to build a product
    0:22:04 for all these different use cases?
    0:22:07 But more generally, it’s really exciting to sort of see how many different people have
    0:22:10 different uses for that private company data.
    0:22:13 I was curious, I know there’s Crunch Fund, which has no connection.
    0:22:13 No connection.
    0:22:17 But it feels like you guys, all this data, you know which companies are going to raise money.
    0:22:20 Somebody should be like piggybacking off of that and like making a lot of money off this.
    0:22:23 Like you guys have all the data, find out the right companies, get into them, even like
    0:22:24 small allocations.
    0:22:25 Yeah.
    0:22:28 I mean, we’ve toyed with the idea of doing it ourselves, honestly.
    0:22:32 Like one of the ideas that we have lurking out there, it’s on the roadmap for not this
    0:22:37 year, but maybe some future year, is I showed you a profile that has our equivalent of a stock
    0:22:37 ticker, right?
    0:22:39 Which is this growth and heat score.
    0:22:41 What if we aggregate those, right?
    0:22:43 What if we do that across entire industries?
    0:22:47 So now you’ve got the AI heat score and growth score over time.
    0:22:48 We’re using our stuff.
    0:22:51 We’re predicting, is this moving up or down in the right direction?
    0:22:58 What if we worked with maybe a secondary provider and create a little index for those companies?
    0:23:01 So you could invest in some subset, right?
    0:23:04 And letting the retail investor maybe start playing around with this.
    0:23:06 It’s still an idea.
    0:23:10 We’ve sort of had some early chats about it, but you sort of stumble into a lot of regulatory
    0:23:13 issues pretty quickly, but you know, you’ll never know.
    0:23:15 It could be distracting for you guys.
    0:23:16 It’s not part of your core mission.
    0:23:18 And the ROI is way out there, right?
    0:23:20 So like, yeah, we could start a fund.
    0:23:21 It’s a 10-year thing.
    0:23:24 We’re a little bit more focused on the present than that far out.
    0:23:24 Right.
    0:23:25 But so intriguing.
    0:23:27 Yeah.
    0:23:31 I’m kind of curious about like what the sort of future of investing looks like.
    0:23:35 And I don’t necessarily know the exact question to ask because I don’t know what I don’t
    0:23:37 know when it comes to like AI and investing.
    0:23:43 But I’m trying to figure out like if the general population has access to the information and
    0:23:45 like what’s likely to sell next.
    0:23:49 And, you know, this information is, for lack of a better term, democratized, right?
    0:23:53 I’m curious about what the world looks like as we move closer and closer to that reality.
    0:23:54 And I’m just curious if you have thoughts on that.
    0:23:55 Yeah.
    0:23:58 I think there’s a lot of potential disruption across a lot of different industries.
    0:23:59 I think data is included in that.
    0:24:02 And that’s honestly why we moved the way we did.
    0:24:06 Like I would argue funding data is already commoditized, right?
    0:24:08 So like, yes, we think we have the best.
    0:24:09 Yes, there’s a lot.
    0:24:14 But if we just kept resting on those laurels, like that company goes out of business when
    0:24:19 all of the data gets absorbed into our LLM masters, you know, what else is there?
    0:24:20 Once it goes in, it’s not going to come back out.
    0:24:23 So facts are a dangerous business to be in.
    0:24:27 So speculation and predictions is at least dynamic and changing.
    0:24:29 And I think a lot of data companies are going to be thinking like that.
    0:24:34 If you deal, even if it’s hard to get facts or you lose it all, if someone takes it all
    0:24:36 and uploads it, is your business in trouble or not?
    0:24:38 That’s the question I think everyone should be asking.
    0:24:43 Now to the broader question of how does it affect the entire industry?
    0:24:49 You know, I think generic tools that do not have proprietary pieces of the story are going
    0:24:50 to be very, very hard.
    0:24:52 The first mover to manage isn’t going to be a thing.
    0:24:54 It’s always going to be a challenge.
    0:24:58 So how do you go and build a thing that is uniquely yours?
    0:25:02 I don’t know of how to do that unless you are building the foundational models, right?
    0:25:07 Like you are the open AI and everyone’s on top of you, or you’ve got something that truly
    0:25:10 changes all the time and is only available to you.
    0:25:13 And it’s critical to people’s business workflows.
    0:25:15 I don’t know how else you survive.
    0:25:20 You know, I go to a lot of these AI conferences and I see a lot of people like building AI on top
    0:25:21 of their product.
    0:25:25 But I really think there’s a day, I mean, Replit’s almost there and Cursor’s getting
    0:25:30 there as well, where you can just describe the thing and it’s going to build as good as the
    0:25:30 thing that you have.
    0:25:36 As long as you’ve got a good product manager with a good set of ideas, that tech is not
    0:25:36 that far away.
    0:25:38 And then you just fast forward five years.
    0:25:41 It’s going to suggest things to do to beat the competition, right?
    0:25:43 It’s going to code it for you and build a feature.
    0:25:45 It’s going to raise the money for you too, or it’s going to…
    0:25:46 Yeah, I mean, maybe.
    0:25:49 So all of that becomes commoditized, essentially.
    0:25:50 So there is…
    0:25:54 Now it’s just like companies are going to go back to building their own internal tools
    0:25:59 because their customers bespoke for what they need rather than trying to fit into someone
    0:26:00 else’s package.
    0:26:05 So in those scenarios, you’ve got to bring some other value other than that into the equation.
    0:26:08 And that’s why being a data company that has some stuff that no one else has feels pretty
    0:26:09 good for that long-term vision.
    0:26:10 I’m biased.
    0:26:13 You also mentioned that your Crunchbase has an API as well.
    0:26:18 So I mean, that API can sort of work into your own sort of proprietary stuff.
    0:26:21 I’m sure there’ll be people out there that figure out some really good prompts and really
    0:26:25 good data points to look at to sort of make their own predictions and then not want to share
    0:26:29 them with the world because that’s their sort of little secret sauce that they figured out.
    0:26:30 Totally.
    0:26:33 Almost every major VC now has their own data science team.
    0:26:37 And we have conversations with them saying, hey, how would that API feed into your team?
    0:26:39 We don’t want to replace that team.
    0:26:40 We’re just going to supplement them.
    0:26:43 That API also is used in lots of different applications.
    0:26:44 So a lot of people don’t know this.
    0:26:49 Like we power most private company data you’re going to find on any site out there.
    0:26:56 So when you’re using, you know, a major financial tool or a CRM tool, our data often is in there
    0:26:59 because we have a partnership with them, which is code for the same.
    0:27:02 They’re a customer of ours who have taken our API and putting it in their product.
    0:27:06 And that was a strategic decision because we want to make sure people don’t build competing
    0:27:08 databases to ours.
    0:27:13 But also it’s really exciting to sort of see the innovation and like see how people incorporate
    0:27:15 our data into their own tools and make them successful.
    0:27:16 For sure.
    0:27:21 Nathan, I’m curious, like the sort of investing, you know, venture capital world is sort of more
    0:27:24 the world that you’ve played in and less the world that I’ve played in.
    0:27:28 So I’m curious if there’s any ground that we haven’t covered that you want to make sure
    0:27:28 we cover.
    0:27:31 I mean, just still, like I said, the thing that keeps going through my mind is like, okay,
    0:27:34 if everyone has access to this data, then you have to find the outliers.
    0:27:38 Somebody probably should be making like a really great newsletter on top of this data
    0:27:42 and like giving their own opinion about what this means and what they’re saying, you know,
    0:27:43 beyond just the data.
    0:27:44 Yeah, that’s true.
    0:27:44 That’s my take.
    0:27:45 That’s true.
    0:27:50 I mean, we are thinking about how to build sort of value reports on top of the data.
    0:27:54 So it’s not just like reporting on the raw data, but can we put a narrative to the data?
    0:27:54 Right.
    0:27:56 So that’s one angle that we’re thinking about.
    0:27:59 Another angle we’re thinking about is how do we take what’s happening in public markets
    0:28:02 and interlock it with private market data?
    0:28:08 So for instance, if, you know, a certain set of companies, let’s say biotech companies are
    0:28:14 suddenly their stock market is tanking and they’re doing really poorly, how does that affect the
    0:28:15 VC market?
    0:28:17 How does that affect our predictions, right?
    0:28:19 Like there’s these external influences.
    0:28:24 And then can we report on that and say, look, based on what we’re seeing in these sort of
    0:28:29 external sort of public markets, we predict there’s a cooling happening on this side of
    0:28:32 the house and those dollars are going to get redirected to, you know, whatever, whatever
    0:28:34 the other hot trend is at the time.
    0:28:38 Like we can start making more of a commentary on what’s happening in the world than just leave
    0:28:40 it to others to interpret.
    0:28:43 There’s sort of countless opportunities lurking out there, especially when people are willing
    0:28:48 to pay for sort of like these very deep analyses of what’s happening in a certain industry
    0:28:50 or a certain micro-league industry.
    0:28:54 I do think out of the use cases you mentioned, like for me, the sales one is super interesting.
    0:28:59 Like if I could talk with AI and like, okay, I’ve got a marketing agency and maybe, you know,
    0:29:00 you could even get really detailed.
    0:29:04 Like I went to Stanford, maybe like look up startups that they went to Stanford so I can
    0:29:05 like bond over that.
    0:29:07 Like if you could get like really detailed like that, right?
    0:29:12 And then reach out like, hey, we both went to Stanford, we both went wherever, and then
    0:29:12 start conversation.
    0:29:15 I think that could be like super powerful for a lot of people.
    0:29:15 Yeah.
    0:29:18 We’re trying to change the definition of what an ICP is, right?
    0:29:21 Look, here’s exactly who I always sell to successfully.
    0:29:22 And we also went to school together.
    0:29:24 Those are still historical facts.
    0:29:29 So the thing we’re trying to change in people’s minds are, is it the right time for you to talk
    0:29:29 to them?
    0:29:29 Cool.
    0:29:33 Here’s this list of companies, which is the right one to talk to you right now for this
    0:29:35 particular accounting executive, right?
    0:29:38 So this accounting executive historically has been great at selling these sorts of deals.
    0:29:42 Here’s companies that match the kind of companies that they would successfully sell to.
    0:29:45 But here’s ones that we are predicting are going to grow, growing quickly.
    0:29:47 They’re probably fundraising in the next 18 months.
    0:29:51 They’re not going public and they’re not going to get acquired because that would distract the
    0:29:52 sales cycle.
    0:29:54 So you can kind of like tee up.
    0:29:57 This is the right time for this ICP is the one you want to talk to you right now.
    0:30:02 And I think that immediacy and urgency, hopefully we’ll start changing with the definition
    0:30:05 a little bit of who we talk to you next as a sales team.
    0:30:05 Yeah.
    0:30:06 That’s worth a lot.
    0:30:07 Hope so.
    0:30:08 We’ll find out.
    0:30:14 Now, can you use Crunchbase to sort of discover emerging markets as a whole?
    0:30:18 Like, obviously you can look at in a specific market and find the companies that are sort
    0:30:21 of, you know, making moves in those industries.
    0:30:27 But can you find like, you know, you mentioned biotech and, you know, had you known like what
    0:30:30 AI was going to do over the last, you know, six or seven years?
    0:30:35 Like, are there any ways to sort of see that stuff coming a little bit sooner?
    0:30:35 Yeah.
    0:30:39 It is one of the harder to find features in Crunchbase, honestly.
    0:30:41 So, so it’s really possible to do.
    0:30:46 There’s things called hubs and not many people know what even the hub is, but we basically
    0:30:50 took every major piece of metadata that has data.
    0:30:51 So for instance, like industries.
    0:30:54 So we have every industry that’s one access.
    0:30:56 Geo is another access.
    0:31:01 There’s gender, there’s founder, there’s stage of company.
    0:31:02 How much they raise.
    0:31:03 And we basically intermixed up.
    0:31:04 So we made these pages.
    0:31:09 So somewhere on Crunchbase, there is a sort of female founder in crypto in Europe.
    0:31:11 There’s a page for that.
    0:31:13 And we originally did it just for SEO reasons.
    0:31:15 And it collects all the data.
    0:31:16 So it’s like, here are all the latest funding rounds.
    0:31:18 Here are all the people.
    0:31:19 Here are the companies.
    0:31:22 And they’re all ranked by which ones are trending the most in Crunchbase.
    0:31:24 So you take that.
    0:31:26 So every single thing in Crunchbase has a rank.
    0:31:28 So hubs have ranks.
    0:31:34 So which is the hottest one right now, today, based on what’s happening in Crunchbase?
    0:31:37 There’s a first, second, third, fourth, all the way down for every single combination of
    0:31:41 the, I don’t even know, 100,000 of these different hub pages that we’ve created.
    0:31:44 Then you can go and say, well, which ones are trending?
    0:31:48 So if you start looking at which ones are trending and which ones had the low rank that are trending
    0:31:52 upwards quickly, that’s where you get to see which of those combinations is the hottest.
    0:31:55 And you’ll find some really just fascinating things lurking in there.
    0:32:00 Some of it’s going to be weird, you know, but like Taiwan artificial intelligence companies
    0:32:01 are like a hot thing right now.
    0:32:02 I love that.
    0:32:02 I used to live in Taiwan.
    0:32:03 It’s great.
    0:32:04 Okay.
    0:32:04 Yeah.
    0:32:08 So there’s these little pieces of, that you wouldn’t normally otherwise know.
    0:32:12 And I think if you were a savvy investor who was really trying to figure out what is an
    0:32:17 emerging trend, or even just again, an analyst or even a journalist who also, they also use
    0:32:20 Crunchbase, you can find some interesting things lurking in hub pages.
    0:32:23 I think it’s a sleeper feature that we have.
    0:32:24 Very cool.
    0:32:26 Well, this has been an absolutely fascinating conversation.
    0:32:30 I don’t want to be like a salesperson for you, but I’m actually a subscriber of Crunchbase.
    0:32:34 I actually do have a subscription and I get in there and I play around with the data
    0:32:35 from time to time.
    0:32:40 So like I’m actually a user and it sounds like Nathan’s fairly excited as well.
    0:32:42 I used to be a user a long time ago.
    0:32:43 I had no idea what you guys were doing now.
    0:32:44 I checked the website.
    0:32:45 I’m like, oh, this is awesome.
    0:32:46 It’s different.
    0:32:47 It’s definitely different than it used to be.
    0:32:48 Very different.
    0:32:49 Awesome.
    0:32:53 But no, this has been a great conversation and I really appreciate you taking the time
    0:32:55 to hang out and give us the demo and everything like that.
    0:32:57 Obviously Crunchbase is the place to go.
    0:32:58 Crunchbase.com.
    0:33:02 If anybody listening wants to go check it out, is there anything else that they should
    0:33:02 know?
    0:33:05 Any other places they can maybe follow along with you?
    0:33:08 Anything like that that you want to shout out before we wrap it up?
    0:33:08 Yeah.
    0:33:09 I mean, follow Crunchbase on LinkedIn.
    0:33:12 I think that’s probably our top channel of sort of sharing stuff out.
    0:33:16 And you can follow me on LinkedIn as well because I usually leak roadmap stuff.
    0:33:20 So if you want to see what’s coming before it does, my product team hates it.
    0:33:22 But I usually will post stuff about what’s coming soon.
    0:33:23 Cool.
    0:33:24 Awesome, Jagger.
    0:33:24 This has been great.
    0:33:27 Thank you so much for hanging out with us today.
    0:33:32 And for anybody listening, if you like content like this, make sure you like this video
    0:33:34 and subscribe wherever you listen to podcasts.
    0:33:35 And thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:33:37 Hopefully we’ll see you in the next one.
    0:33:37 Thank you.
    0:33:38 Awesome.
    0:33:38 Thanks.

    Episode 59: Can artificial intelligence accurately predict the next billion-dollar startup? Matt Wolfe (https://x.com/mreflow) and Nathan Lands (https://x.com/NathanLands) are joined by Jager McConnell (https://www.linkedin.com/in/jager/), CEO of Crunchbase and a leading product and data innovator in the tech and investment landscape.

    In this episode, the hosts dive deep into how Crunchbase has evolved into an AI-powered platform for investors, sales teams, job seekers, and anyone looking to get ahead in the startup ecosystem. Jager shares details on Crunchbase’s cutting-edge prediction engine, which uses proprietary data, AI, and machine learning to forecast company fundraising, acquisitions, growth, and more. Find out how data signals can reveal when companies are preparing to raise rounds, how sales teams and investors can identify trends before the crowd, and why democratizing predictive analytics might reshape the entire investing world.

    Check out The Next Wave YouTube Channel if you want to see Matt and Nathan on screen: https://lnk.to/thenextwavepd

    Show Notes:

    • (00:00) AI-Driven Corporate Prediction Engine

    • (03:43) Predicting Company Fundraising Timelines

    • (06:50) Predictive Accuracy in Fundraising

    • (11:15) API Prediction Score Integration

    • (12:23) Programmatic Insights with Crunchbase

    • (15:42) User Data to Investment Shift

    • (20:58) Future AI Industry Heat Score

    • (23:38) AI-Driven Business Workflow Evolution

    • (27:20) AI-Driven Sales Conversations

    • (29:41) Crunchbase Trends and Rankings

    • (31:53) Podcast Appreciation and Subscription Invitation

    Mentions:

    Get the guide to build your own Custom GPT: https://clickhubspot.com/tnw

    Check Out Matt’s Stuff:

    • Future Tools – https://futuretools.beehiiv.com/

    • Blog – https://www.mattwolfe.com/

    • YouTube- https://www.youtube.com/@mreflow

    Check Out Nathan’s Stuff:

    The Next Wave is a HubSpot Original Podcast // Brought to you by Hubspot Media // Production by Darren Clarke // Editing by Ezra Bakker Trupiano

  • 672: 4 Types of Passive Income to Stop Trading Time for Money

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 Everybody wants passive income. That’s the dream. But how you go about getting it is the
    0:00:10 hard part and which path you choose depends on your starting point, your interests, your
    0:00:15 long term goals, all that stuff. Now we’ve covered a ton of quote unquote passive income
    0:00:20 ideas on the show, or maybe more accurately, time leveraged income ideas, ways to make
    0:00:24 money without directly trading your time. But today I’m grouping those into four different
    0:00:28 categories, four different types of passive income that you can start making. So you can
    0:00:33 see which might make the most sense for you. The first is to buy cash flowing
    0:00:39 assets. This is the make money with money option. And under this category of cash
    0:00:43 flowing assets, you’ll find options like dividend, investing, business lending, real
    0:00:48 estate, and stuff like that, which is great if you already have money to invest.
    0:00:53 Rental real estate is probably the classic example of this and might be
    0:00:57 statistically one of the most common side hustles in the world. Buy a house, rent it
    0:01:02 out, pocket the cash flow. Here’s how Dustin Heiner explained it in episode 387.
    0:01:08 The way to start is to number one, find which state you’re going to invest in and
    0:01:12 then zoom into which city you’re going to invest in. And the way you do that is I
    0:01:17 usually use Zillow. Zillow is a great site to get big, broad picture. Actually, it’s a
    0:01:22 start. As we look through that, it’s a tool for us to do more due diligence. And that’s
    0:01:25 basically just making sure we’re making the right investment. But you’re looking at the
    0:01:30 entire state. Look for population areas that have a lot more properties than not. And you
    0:01:34 zoom into that city and you get even closer and closer. And you’re going to look at all
    0:01:40 the different properties in that specific city to see if they meet your criteria, how much
    0:01:44 money you have to invest, the type of properties that you want and how much rent it’s going to
    0:01:48 make. So you’re making, and here’s, here’s a principle for everybody listening. You want
    0:01:55 to buy for $250 or more in passive income after every single expense that goes into your pocket?
    0:02:00 Because that’s how I provide for my family. I have 30 plus properties now. And so we literally live off
    0:02:05 of a real estate. The next thing we do is build the business, finding the right people to actually run
    0:02:11 the business for us without us doing any work. Because with all my properties, I literally only work
    0:02:17 30 minutes a month, 30 minutes a month for every single one of my properties and other people do the
    0:02:21 work because I built the business. Now, let me give an example of what building a business looks like. If
    0:02:25 you’re going to start a convenience store, you’re not going to just get a location, open door, put a box of
    0:02:30 chocolate candy bars in the center, and hope to run a business. That’s essentially what you’re doing if you
    0:02:34 just buy a property anywhere without building the business. No, you’re not going to do
    0:02:37 that. You’re going to get the gondolas, which are the shelving units. You’re going to get the
    0:02:42 countertops. You’re going to get the fountain machines, the cold storage, the cash registers, bank
    0:02:48 accounts, employees. You’re going to build the entire infrastructure before you put one piece of
    0:02:55 inventory into that business. And when you’re doing that, you now have a solid business. Every piece of
    0:03:02 property with my 30 plus properties now, I literally view them as inventory. It’s not a home for me to live
    0:03:07 in. It’s a piece of inventory, just like a candy bar. So once I have the business built, every new
    0:03:13 property is like another box of candy bars inside my business. And I could just keep adding and adding
    0:03:19 and adding into that business. Does that make sense? Sure. So this is, you’re talking about like the team being
    0:03:25 the property management, the realtor, perhaps the handy person to come out and fix stuff when it breaks. Like, is
    0:03:31 that what you mean? Your number one person is your quarterback, and that is your property manager. So you, what I
    0:03:36 suggest is I literally have all my students interview six different property managers, because you’re going to make
    0:03:40 that this is the number one person you’re going to work with. There’s so much to talk about, which we
    0:03:46 can’t go into that right now. But your other people you’re going to get are many wide receivers or
    0:03:50 running backs, if you know a football analogy. So these are the people that are going to be making
    0:03:55 plays for you. And these are realtors. These are wholesalers. Wholesalers are basically like
    0:04:00 realtors, but they’re not licensed. They find sellers and they find buyers and put them together. You’re going to
    0:04:06 find other investors that are willing to sell. You’re going to find other ways to find properties, seller
    0:04:09 financing and all that sort of stuff. You’re going to get somebody on your team that’s going to be doing
    0:04:12 your insurance. You’re going to get somebody that’s on your team that’s going to be doing your finances.
    0:04:17 You’re not just finances, but funding. Make sure you get mortgages and things like that right. And even
    0:04:24 handymen, contractors, roofers, plumbers, you’re going to get all this stuff developed and know that you will
    0:04:30 absolutely have a business built before you buy that property. Because I’ll give you an example of a big
    0:04:36 reason why I never fly anymore is I flew to Illinois. I went to Springfield, Illinois, a great town,
    0:04:41 great place, but I literally could not find a good property manager. And I thought, man, I flew all the
    0:04:45 way out here and I can’t find a property manager. I can’t buy a property because nobody’s going to manage
    0:04:50 it. Or at least I could not find somebody. All this time and everything was wasted. So now I literally do
    0:04:55 everything remotely through the phone, through internet and all that sort of stuff. And I found there’s no need
    0:05:00 to actually fly to another city ever again to even start a brand new place. And especially all my
    0:05:06 students have literally done that as well. So yes, building the business is getting your team, getting
    0:05:11 the infrastructure of your business so that it runs for you automatically and makes you money every
    0:05:17 single month. Now having that team in place is what it allows real estate to be a passive income stream
    0:05:23 for Dustin, because there are many a burnt out landlord who will tell you that it’s anything but if you
    0:05:28 don’t have that infrastructure in place. Now, the most powerful thing that Dustin said in that interview
    0:05:33 actually came at the very end of the call. And it was him describing getting laid off from his
    0:05:40 government job, the job he thought was super secure. And in that moment, the identity shift of becoming
    0:05:46 an investor first, a real estate investor first, and an employee second, because he did, you know,
    0:05:50 he went and found another job. And he might have only had one or two properties at that point,
    0:05:56 but he saw the way out. And he said, look, it took another 10 years to build the portfolio to build
    0:06:02 up that cash flow. But it started from that really low point of getting laid off and shifting the
    0:06:08 mindset. My day job is now my side hustle was kind of how he phrased it. So that is episode 387
    0:06:14 in your archives. If you want to go back and check that out. Another popular side hustle I would put in
    0:06:19 this category of buying cash flowing assets, it would be vending machines. So you’re going to pay
    0:06:25 upfront for the machine for the inventory, but then they can make sales 24 seven without having you
    0:06:31 around. If you find a good location, they could easily generate $500 plus per month in profit. And
    0:06:36 it’s a matter of stacking those up, stacking locations, adding more machines and and building
    0:06:42 that route to get to your income goal. The other cool thing about the vending businesses is pretty
    0:06:47 low risk. If one location isn’t working, it’s portable, you pack up that machine and try someplace
    0:06:53 else. Here’s part of my chat with Mike Hoffman from episode 599 on how he got started as a vending
    0:06:59 preneur. So you get your first yes from this apartment building, this athlete or student apartment
    0:07:02 building. And then you start looking around, well, how am I going to get a machine? Walk me through
    0:07:07 what happens after that. I literally Google vending machines. You kind of got two routes here. You got
    0:07:14 the, you go down the use path, look on places like marketplace and Craigslist and even local refurbish
    0:07:20 type places like appliance type places. And then you got these new places. And the best analogy I would
    0:07:25 use is a new vending machine manufacturer is very similar to a car dealership. So I called them up.
    0:07:30 They’re like, all right, Mike, the machine you want, it’s going to be about $5,500. Do you want to pay
    0:07:34 for it upfront or do you want to finance it with zero money down? And I was like, okay, tell me
    0:07:39 about your financing options. Like, oh, we can do it over 60 months. You can use profits to pay them
    0:07:46 off early. And every single one now I’ve financed with zero money down and I typically have them paid
    0:07:52 off in the first year just with profits. Okay. And that’s like the real estate mindset of leveraging
    0:07:58 other people’s capital versus coming up with a hundred percent down payment. Yeah. And this is back to
    0:08:02 the, like when I bought that a hundred grand house, I had to put 20% down and that just wasn’t
    0:08:08 sustainable every single rental. So this is where with vending, I just bought 18 grand worth of vending
    0:08:12 machines, I think in October, and I didn’t put a dollar down. And the benefit there is that you got
    0:08:16 something brand new. Cause I’m, I’m on a Facebook marketplace, of course, like, well, shoot, what’s
    0:08:23 available to me from the 500 to a thousand dollar range. It looks like for some drink machines. Okay.
    0:08:27 A little bit more than that for like the combo machines or the snack machines. I don’t know how
    0:08:32 old they are. I don’t know if they have card readers, but there’s options if you want to minimize the
    0:08:37 upfront sticker price of these things too. There’s definitely options. I got my first machine used and
    0:08:42 then it broke after six months and I was like, I never want to do that again. I don’t want to be a
    0:08:47 machine mechanic. None of that stuff. I just want this thing to run it. Are they like relatively reliable?
    0:08:53 To what extent do you have to know the fixing game or do you have a go-to vending machine fixer
    0:08:56 person that you can call? Like if something does break?
    0:09:01 Yeah, that’s why. So ever since that first, when I got off Craigslist broke, I’ve only bought new
    0:09:05 ever since. And so they’re under warranty. So if anything were to ever, I mean, you got to keep
    0:09:09 in mind, these things have been around for decades, so they’re built to last. I mean, we’re talking
    0:09:17 20 years plus. So they constantly are built to be robust and to be used. So if I ever have an
    0:09:21 issue because mine are under warranty, I just FaceTime them when I’m at the machine, they do
    0:09:26 their little troubleshooting thing. If there’s any issues, they just overnight me apart. And like I
    0:09:30 said, I don’t want to be the mechanic. Yeah, that becomes a little bit less passive at that point.
    0:09:36 Exactly. So walk me through the math here. So new machine, 5,500, you’re financing that over a period
    0:09:42 of several years. What’s typical payment? Typical payment is right now with interest rates are around
    0:09:49 170 bucks a month. Your first payment isn’t due until 90 days after it’s installed on site. So
    0:09:56 you’re going to do 90 days of revenue before your first $170 payments due. And then it’s $170 a month
    0:10:01 typically. And that’s just based on today’s rates of let’s just say eight to 9%. I don’t know.
    0:10:07 I have one. Sure, sure. Yeah. Four years ago that my payments are $112. So they’re definitely a little
    0:10:13 variable there. And then, yeah, you can just use profits to pay those off of those machines. I just
    0:10:19 used as an example that are 170 bucks a month. I mean, we had one in January that just did over $1,500.
    0:10:26 Okay. $1,500 of revenue minus your cost of product. You aim for a, what, like a 3X markup,
    0:10:30 like stuff and vending machines. It’s not cheap. Exactly. You pay for the convenience. Yep. Yep. So
    0:10:37 typically we’ll be around 35, 40%. So let’s just shoot high on expenses. Let’s say 40% of $1,500.
    0:10:45 So what’s that? $650, $700 in cost of goods. Okay. So we’ll call it 800 in profit on that
    0:10:52 $1,500 a month. Yep. Okay. Yeah. Minus your 170 in payment and you’re still in the black pretty
    0:10:55 healthily and you pay it off faster if you don’t like paying interest and you can parlay that into
    0:11:01 the next machine, next location. Okay. So you’re starting to try to see how this can work out and
    0:11:06 you have so far minimized your overhead. Definitely recommend checking out that full episode if you missed
    0:11:13 it number 599 in your feed. Mike breaks down his criteria on what makes a good location for him
    0:11:19 in terms of residential building population, number of units or office building occupancy. Yes,
    0:11:24 you got to restock the machines, but that just means you’re making sales. Also under this category of
    0:11:30 buying cash flowing assets would be stuff like short-term real estate backed loans, like on ground
    0:11:35 floor. It could be dividend investing. Like for years, I was focused on building up my truly passive
    0:11:42 dividend and interest cashflow, setting new monthly milestone targets. Could I get it to $1,000 a month?
    0:11:48 Could I get it to $1,500, $2,000? Very passive. Maybe not the most exciting ROI in the world. You can
    0:11:54 sometimes generate better returns by looking for businesses for sale nearby. After all, that’s what
    0:11:59 dividends are, right? It’s a portion of the company’s profits paid out to shareholders. I’ve got a fun
    0:12:06 example of someone doing just that coming up right after this. Remember data from the Goonies,
    0:12:12 the guy with all the gadgets, or data from Star Trek? I think that’s why I say data instead. And one thing I
    0:12:18 love about our sponsor, Mint Mobile, is I can get all the data I need for one low monthly price. That’s
    0:12:22 right. Down here, it’s our time. Mint Mobile is rescuing people from overpriced wireless, and they’re
    0:12:27 draw-dropping monthly bills and unexpected overages. All Mint Mobile plans come with high-speed data,
    0:12:33 or data, I guess, your choice, and unlimited talk and text delivered on the nation’s largest 5G
    0:12:38 network. You can use your own phone with any Mint Mobile plan and bring your own phone number along
    0:12:44 with all your existing contacts. Join me in ditching overpriced wireless and get three months of premium
    0:12:50 wireless service from Mint Mobile for just $15 a month. No matter how you say it, don’t overpay for it.
    0:12:57 Shop data plans at mintmobile.com slash sidehustle. That’s mintmobile.com slash sidehustle.
    0:13:04 Upfront payment of $45 for three-month, 5-gigabyte plan required, equivalent to $15 per month. New
    0:13:09 customer offer for first three months only, then full-price plan options available. Taxes and fees
    0:13:16 extra. See Mint Mobile for details. Who, not how. That’s the unlock that transforms sidehustlers into
    0:13:20 business owners instead of business doers. You’re always going to run into problems,
    0:13:25 and problem solving is a really important skill, but I’m constantly trying to remind myself,
    0:13:30 I don’t need to know how to solve everything. I just need to be able to find the people that do
    0:13:35 know how to solve it. Who, not how. And when you need to hire great talent fast, you need our sponsor,
    0:13:41 Indeed. Stop struggling to get your job posts seen on other job sites. Indeed’s sponsored jobs help you
    0:13:48 stand out and hire fast. On top of that, sponsored jobs posted directly on Indeed get 45% more
    0:13:54 applications than non-sponsored jobs, all with no monthly subscriptions and no long-term contracts.
    0:14:00 There’s no need to wait any longer. Speed up your hiring right now with Indeed. Side Hustle Show
    0:14:08 listeners get a $75 sponsored job credit to get your jobs more visibility at indeed.com slash sidehustleshow.
    0:14:14 Just go to indeed.com slash sidehustleshow right now and support our show by saying you heard about
    0:14:22 Indeed on this podcast. Indeed.com slash sidehustleshow. Terms and conditions apply. Hiring Indeed is all you
    0:14:29 need. We’re back and we’re talking the four types of passive income and which flavor might make the most
    0:14:35 sense for you in your financial journey. The first type is buying cash flowing assets, which is
    0:14:41 historically the takes money to make money option. But with a little creativity and finding the right
    0:14:47 opportunity, you might be able to buy some cash flow with little or no money down in the form of a local
    0:14:51 small business. Here’s Hannah Ingram from episode 571.
    0:14:57 I read this quote by Warren Buffett that said, if you don’t find a way to make money in your sleep, you will work
    0:15:01 until you die. That really just like hit me like a ton of ricks right there. I was like, it hits you,
    0:15:05 right? Yeah. I was like, what can I do that actually makes passive income?
    0:15:09 Yeah. And for most people, that’s like the traditional retirement path. Like I’m going to build up this huge
    0:15:15 nest egg and you’re eventually going to live off the dividends interest appreciation or it’s rental
    0:15:20 properties that I can build off that cash flow or I could build a business that spins off cash flow,
    0:15:25 but it absolutely hits you. You’re like, well, shoot, I’d rather not wait or I’d rather not work
    0:15:31 until I die. I’d like to have some optionality here. Exactly. That was my whole thought press and I think
    0:15:38 really long term. So I was like, man, I am not going to work until I die. Like I’m going to be retired by
    0:15:43 the time I’m 30, you know? So I was like, okay, I sat down. I was like, what businesses are actually
    0:15:47 making money. You know, if I’m at the gym, if I’m hanging out with friends, if I’m out selling real
    0:15:53 estate, showing a house or whatever. And that’s when I was like, okay, car washes, laundromats,
    0:15:59 storage unit facilities. So like those were like the three that I really went hard and put a focus on
    0:16:04 trying to acquire. Where were you shopping? I was looking around like on loopnet.com,
    0:16:09 correctc.com. I was doing driving for dollars, kind of like the whole wholesaling method,
    0:16:14 but with businesses and just scouring the internet. Can I pause you? What do you mean by
    0:16:19 driving for dollars? So driving for dollars, I was like driving around looking for kind of like
    0:16:24 ran down businesses and I would slide a note under the door. Okay. You know, with my number on it,
    0:16:28 asking if they’re interested. Yeah. If they’re like the building is still there, but they’re not,
    0:16:32 it doesn’t appear that they’re operational. That or it looks really ran down because I’m trying to
    0:16:37 find a motivated seller. So I’m trying to find one that’s ran down that doesn’t look like it’s been in
    0:16:43 business for a while or whatever. Okay. And so you come across, so a loopnet is one that I’ve heard
    0:16:48 of. Crexie is new to me. And so I was just, you know, looking around what, what might be available
    0:16:53 found a car wash for me, but they’re asking $2.4 million in Seattle. They’re like, uh, and it still
    0:16:59 looks kind of run down. It’s like, it’s marked as like a development project or something. So was it
    0:17:03 through one of those searches or had you come across the property that you landed on?
    0:17:10 So I’ve been searching for forever. And apparently this car wash had just hit the market. I didn’t
    0:17:15 even know it was listed yet. And a friend of mine told me about it because I had mentioned it to her
    0:17:22 and she told me, she was like, Hey, this one’s for sale. It was in my same town. So I just hadn’t seen
    0:17:28 it yet, but it was like up for sale. I just had not actually laid eyes on it being listed yet.
    0:17:30 Okay. That’s great. So what’s your next step?
    0:17:36 Next step was contacted the sellers, took a tour of the property, got the financials,
    0:17:39 made sure this thing was actually making money. Then we went from there.
    0:17:41 So what was the sticker price? Or do you remember what the sticker price was?
    0:17:48 It was 150K and I talked them down to 140. So I got it for 140K.
    0:17:53 And that’s based on a multiple of their last 12 to 24 months of earnings.
    0:17:58 I don’t really know how they came up with the number, but that was just kind of what they threw
    0:18:03 out there. That’s what they wanted. It included the business and the land or was it leased on top of
    0:18:09 the land? Nope. Land, building, business, equipment, everything. Wow. I got to move to Tennessee. That
    0:18:14 sounds way better than 2.4 million. Hannah went on to explain that she didn’t actually need the
    0:18:20 $140,000 to close on the business. She was able to negotiate seller financing, basically borrowing
    0:18:25 the purchase price from the current owner and then paying off that loan with the proceeds from the
    0:18:31 business. I think at the time we recorded, it was earning around $5,000 a month. Creative, low risk
    0:18:36 way to do it. And definitely an inspiring episode about finding that unconventional path, inserting
    0:18:43 yourself into income streams that are already flowing. That’s episode 571 in your archives.
    0:18:47 Now, we’ve heard from a couple other entrepreneurs in this vein. Link Moser went out and bought some
    0:18:53 cash flow in the form of local web hosting businesses. It was something that he was already
    0:18:57 doing. And I’m going to grow through acquisition, find other little mom and pop operators that have
    0:19:03 a book of business, sometimes as little as 20 or 30 clients. But after that recurring revenue,
    0:19:09 hosting and maintenance piece of it, Jono Santa Maria bought a laundromat. So keep your eyes peeled
    0:19:16 for something that you might be able to apply your skills to and see what types of businesses might be for
    0:19:22 sale. Jono had a background in digital marketing. So he was able to improve the online presence of the
    0:19:28 laundromat ended up and making a couple other tweaks, but ended up tripling the revenue of the business in 12
    0:19:34 months. And so I was like, well, I paid this price, but I have a feeling I’m going to be able to increase
    0:19:40 that value. And the cool thing about it is because it’s a business asset, well, now I’m pocketing that
    0:19:45 extra cash flow every month. But I’ve also, in theory, tripled the equity in that business as well,
    0:19:50 or tripled the exit value of that too. So a way to build near-term cash flow and potentially long-term
    0:19:56 wealth as well. And like Hannah described some creative financing ways to go about it too.
    0:20:02 The second type of passive income is to build cash flowing assets. So if number one was the
    0:20:08 takes money to make money option, number two is the sweat equity option, building something of value,
    0:20:15 say a digital product, a book, an app, a course, a website that earns advertising revenue. These things
    0:20:21 obviously take some time and energy to create and to market, but can run relatively passively,
    0:20:28 often for years, if you set it up right. One of my favorite examples of planting little mini digital
    0:20:34 money seeds is the digital product or printable business. And a lot of the time, sellers are relying
    0:20:40 on Etsy organic search traffic or teachers pay teachers organic search traffic. So you don’t
    0:20:45 necessarily need to start with an audience of your own. I loved how Cody Berman explained it in
    0:20:53 episode 665 on how even low search volume terms, they can stack into significant income streams.
    0:20:58 Those are the numbers he’s talking about in this clip, estimated monthly searches on Etsy.
    0:21:03 I usually don’t touch anything under 50. And some people think that’s crazy. Some people,
    0:21:08 some other Etsy quote unquote gurus don’t touch things that are under like 200. But for me, I’m like,
    0:21:13 there’s 50 people searching for this a month and there’s zero competition. And I can scoop up,
    0:21:19 say even 20% of them, 10 people buy my $5 thing. I like to think of these each as like a little mini
    0:21:23 passive income machine. Like that’s 50 extra dollars per month. And that 50 adds up. Like if you can
    0:21:28 get an army of these $50 per month products, even if they don’t have a lot of search volume,
    0:21:32 you get 20 of those going, that’s $1,000 per month and mostly passive income.
    0:21:38 E-Rank was the tool that Cody mentioned to estimate the search volume. We’ll link that up
    0:21:43 in the show notes. Another type of digital asset that you can make money from is YouTube videos and
    0:21:48 you don’t even have to sell anything. Lately, the Side Hustle Nation YouTube channel, as a point of
    0:21:54 reference, is earning $20 to $30 a day in what I might call relatively passive income. And I say
    0:21:59 relatively because, yeah, it took some time to create the videos, but it tends to stay fairly consistent
    0:22:05 whether or not I upload anything new. Now, of course, the goal is to keep stacking evergreen videos
    0:22:10 that have that long shelf life where some of the top performing ones are stuff that I uploaded years
    0:22:18 ago. If you can add 10 more $100 per month videos, that’s another $1,000 a month to the bank.
    0:22:23 Insurious YouTubers are going to say, dude, you’re shooting way too low. That’s a really modest goal.
    0:22:28 And they can make tens of thousands of dollars from a single popular upload. But the idea here,
    0:22:34 create something once, get paid over and over again. That’s the hope anyways. In my case,
    0:22:39 like five to 10 minute videos, mini digital assets, a lot like the printables that Cody was talking
    0:22:46 about. Now, lately, I’ve been using a tool called Pictory to pull in a bunch of B-roll clips in just
    0:22:51 a few minutes. That’s really sped up the process. I’ve got a demo slash review video with a promo code
    0:22:57 I can link up in the show notes if you want to check out that tool. And sometimes the video asset that
    0:23:01 you create doesn’t even have to be that long. Like we’re talking five to 10 minutes in the example of
    0:23:06 YouTube. But with the Amazon influencer program, sometimes a one to two minute product review
    0:23:12 video can take off and generate some serious income. I think most of what makes you successful
    0:23:18 as a product reviewer has remained constant. You have to, it’s work. You have to put in the time.
    0:23:23 You have to be fairly consistent. There were a lot of people who started around the same time I did,
    0:23:31 who worked really hard for six months, made 500 videos, made 20,000, $30,000 off that, but then just
    0:23:38 burnt out. And so I think the best advice I can give anyone now is set manageable goals, you know,
    0:23:44 do five videos a week, but do that consistently over a period of several months. And then it starts
    0:23:49 to compound. And if you’re only making pennies in the beginning, just know it’s, it’s a numbers game.
    0:23:54 And you know, it might not be my, my best product review. I did a review in my first year. I was about
    0:24:00 six months in and I was starting to figure out what things sold better and what was trending. And I found
    0:24:06 something that popped off and it made me $17,000. And I have not had that kind of success since them.
    0:24:13 However, that product still makes me a few hundred dollars every single month. And if I had only done
    0:24:17 my first 400 videos, I never would have had that product. And so it’s just being consistent,
    0:24:23 looking for different things and improving over time, as far as your product selection and as well
    0:24:26 as the style of the videos, things like that. You just get better at it.
    0:24:31 17 grand from one video. You never know what’s going to pop off. Yeah. There was some effort in
    0:24:35 creating that stuff, but create it once and it sits out there and can earn you passive income
    0:24:43 for sometimes years. That was Tyler Christensen from episode 656. Now the Amazon influencer program
    0:24:48 is still, uh, by application only, but it might afford an opportunity to, uh, double or even triple
    0:24:55 dip on income. For example, after you’re established as a product reviewer, as, uh, as an Amazon influencer
    0:25:00 brands start to send you product for free. They might even pay you to create the video. You’re like,
    0:25:02 Hey, I don’t want your free product anymore. You’re going to have to pay me to do this.
    0:25:07 And a lot of times they’ll say yes. And then you can earn your Amazon commissions on top of that.
    0:25:12 And you might even resell the item when you’re done with it. Triple dip on this, uh, on this stuff.
    0:25:18 So that’s the Amazon influencer program. Episode 656 was our update on that. Now I’ve got just a
    0:25:25 fraction of the videos that Tyler, uh, has uploaded. I’m maybe 60 at this point, but still made over
    0:25:32 $700 in passive income from those last year, stacking up those mini digital assets. Another popular
    0:25:38 passive income idea under this category of building cash flowing assets is to create an online course
    0:25:44 around an area of expertise. Now, like we talked about in our recent, uh, side hustle trends episode
    0:25:50 with Spencer Haas, I think it’s becoming harder to sell a straight up a pre-recorded video course.
    0:25:57 The trend seems to be shifting toward higher touch, uh, cohort based groups, personalized coaching,
    0:26:01 community participation. And the good news is that those can command a higher price point.
    0:26:06 The bad news is they’re less passive from the creator standpoint, but still I go back to
    0:26:12 Jack Hopkins, the online course guy who has dialed in his piano in 21 days course marketing and sales
    0:26:17 funnel over the last 10 years. So that it pretty much runs on autopilot.
    0:26:22 There’s one opt-in on the website. Every page will point you to that opt-in and it’s an ebook,
    0:26:28 a workbook called learn 36 popular songs in five days. That book I haven’t updated in a few years.
    0:26:33 It offers a lot of value to people that are in my target market. Beginners looking to get quick wins
    0:26:38 on the piano without sheet music and a lot of the traditional like music nerd stuff, like a lot of
    0:26:43 theory and whatnot. So they download that. And then there’s about a 12 day evergreen funnel where they
    0:26:51 get a lot of value through emails, through video and a, a limited time window to get a discount on the
    0:26:55 program. So you can go to my website and buy the course at full price. I have two tiers. One’s $500,
    0:27:01 one’s a thousand dollars, but inside that limited time window of the funnel, you can get in for basically
    0:27:08 20% off. And those two packages go to $400 and $800. And that funnel has been exactly the same for many
    0:27:15 years. One of the videos in there is me and my baby sitting on my lap, just super casual video, like less
    0:27:17 than a year old. She’s about six and a half now.
    0:27:22 Yeah. That’s where you really notice the passage of time. It’s like when you see your kids at these old
    0:27:26 videos or old photos, you’re like, dang, that’s weird. Cause I haven’t aged at all.
    0:27:32 When we recorded it, Jacques had sold over $4 million worth of his piano course, including lately
    0:27:38 between 10 and $30,000 a month. That’s the power of building an asset that you can sell to multiple
    0:27:43 people following a repeatable and scalable system. It’s actually really similar to a software business
    0:27:48 where you sell access to a tool you created. Even if you’re not a coder, AI can help you build these
    0:27:54 things now, which I think is really interesting. We had Pete McPherson on the show earlier this year
    0:28:00 about how he used AI to create several different web apps. Now, a couple idea generating strategies
    0:28:06 he shared were to scratch your own itch, create a tool to solve a problem in your own life or business,
    0:28:12 or unbundling one feature of a more expensive tool, and then selling that as a standalone product.
    0:28:17 Another one of my passive income streams is my portfolio of Kindle books, paperbacks,
    0:28:25 and if you ignore launch periods, those have been earning between $200 and $500 a month
    0:28:31 for years. And I’m actually starting to kick around some new book ideas this year after taking a few
    0:28:37 years off. Obviously, a lot of effort to create, but can be really passive once the book is out there.
    0:28:43 In nonfiction, it’s probably better off to consider your book as an authority builder,
    0:28:50 the book as a business card mentality, and consider any royalty income as really just a bonus. For me,
    0:28:55 it’s a top of the funnel. It’s a discovery point. If people are searching for side hustle information
    0:29:02 on Amazon, I hope they find the books and enter into the ecosystem that way. But it’s, you know,
    0:29:06 obviously, I’ll take the royalties too. Other self-publishing strategies that can tap into the
    0:29:13 power of Amazon would be low-content books like journals or diaries or coloring books, maybe even
    0:29:20 created with the help of AI. We had Aaron Kerr on the show years ago. He said he made like $100,000
    0:29:27 from public domain publishing. His bestseller was this Anne of Green Gables compilation, if memory serves.
    0:29:33 So lots of different ways to go about it and tap into the power of the pre-existing Amazon marketplace
    0:29:39 in the example of Kindle books, paperbacks, audiobooks. Now, also under this category of building
    0:29:45 cash-flowing assets, I would include websites or blogs, but the marketing, the SEO landscape has been
    0:29:51 challenging lately, to say the least. If you can drive traffic from social media, from Pinterest, from email,
    0:29:57 or even paid ads to a site monetized with advertising or affiliate partnerships, it can still be a viable
    0:30:02 business and one where every piece of content can pay you over and over again. I mean, some articles
    0:30:08 that I drafted years ago are still bringing in revenue every day, just not as much as they once
    0:30:13 did. So that’s the second type of passive income and one we cover quite a bit on the show because
    0:30:18 usually the startup costs are pretty low. It’s the sweat equity side hustle. The third type of passive
    0:30:25 income is renting or selling access to assets that you own or control. And I’ll share some fun examples
    0:30:32 of entrepreneurs doing just that right after this. When you’re running a business, every missed call
    0:30:37 is money left on the table. Customers expect speed. Think about the last time you had a plumbing
    0:30:42 emergency. If the first plumber didn’t answer, my guess is you moved on to the next one on the list.
    0:30:46 With our sponsor, OpenPhone, you’ll never miss an opportunity to connect with your customers.
    0:30:51 OpenPhone is the number one business phone system that streamlines and scales your customer
    0:30:56 communications. It works through an app on your phone or computer. So that means no more carrying
    0:31:01 around two phones or using a landline. With OpenPhone, your team can share one number and collaborate
    0:31:07 on customer calls and texts, just like a shared inbox. That way, any team member can pick up right
    0:31:12 where the last person left off, keeping response times faster than ever. Right now, OpenPhone is offering
    0:31:19 side hustle show listeners 20% off your first six months at OpenPhone.com slash side hustle. That’s
    0:31:27 O-P-E-N-P-H-O-N-E dot com, OpenPhone.com slash side hustle. And if you have existing numbers with
    0:31:33 another service, OpenPhone will port them over at no extra charge. OpenPhone, no missed calls,
    0:31:39 no missed customers. One strategy I didn’t fully embrace or maybe wasn’t fully aware of when I was
    0:31:44 starting out was this idea of the piggyback principle. In the startup phase, that means you
    0:31:49 don’t have to start completely from scratch, but instead you can take advantage of existing tools,
    0:31:54 templates, playbooks, best practices from the people who’ve gone before you. A perfect example of this
    0:32:00 is our partner Shopify. Shopify is the commerce platform behind millions of businesses from household
    0:32:05 names to side hustlers on their way to becoming household names. With hundreds of ready-to-use templates,
    0:32:11 Shopify helps you build a beautiful online store and start selling. Plus, Shopify is packed with
    0:32:15 helpful AI tools to accelerate your workflow. We’re talking product descriptions, page headlines,
    0:32:21 and even enhancing your product photography. You can even easily create email and social media campaigns
    0:32:25 to reach your target customers wherever they’re scrolling or strolling. If you’re ready to sell,
    0:32:32 you’re ready for Shopify. Turn your big business idea into with Shopify on your side. Sign up for your $1
    0:32:40 per month trial and start selling today at shopify.com slash side hustle. Go to shopify.com slash side hustle.
    0:32:42 Shopify.com slash side hustle.
    0:32:52 The third type of passive income is to rent or sell access to assets that you control. This could include
    0:32:59 extra space around your house. It could be your backyard pool with a site like Swimply or even the
    0:33:05 data generated by your phone through services like Caden. And we’ve seen several examples from side hustle
    0:33:10 show guests renting out things that they own, sometimes with a surprising level of demand.
    0:33:16 I went right into panic mode of, oh my gosh, I just bought this RV for a lot of money and my wife
    0:33:19 doesn’t want to be here and jumped down to Craigslist and threw it up for rent.
    0:33:25 Okay. So you’ve got this big expensive asset slash liability at the moment, but hopefully it turns
    0:33:29 into an asset sitting in the driveway and said, well, shoot, what am I going to do with this thing?
    0:33:36 So you turn around, put it up for rent on Craigslist. What kind of reaction does that get? Any takers?
    0:33:41 Yeah. You know, it blew my mind. I literally had inquiries coming in within a couple of hours.
    0:33:46 So the light bulb like immediately went off. People are, hey, I need it for this weekend because that
    0:33:51 was in July when I purchased it for her. So it’s like in the middle of summer and people are like,
    0:33:53 oh, hey, we’re going camping this weekend or that weekend, you know?
    0:33:54 Sure.
    0:33:55 So it was, it was wild.
    0:34:01 That’s Gar Russell from Fireside RV who ended up buying a few more RVs to rent out before
    0:34:07 transitioning to a lower overhead model of helping other people rent out their RVs and acting kind of
    0:34:13 like a property manager slash booking agent. Yes, there’s work involved, but your income is tied
    0:34:18 to the asset, not necessarily the hours you’re putting in. A similar strategy would be rental
    0:34:23 arbitrage, leasing long-term and renting short-term with the landlord’s consent. Of course,
    0:34:28 we’ve heard from guests like Richie Matthews doing this with apartment units and it was an
    0:34:33 Ikea explosion was the line I remember from that episode. So you’ve got a little more upfront costs
    0:34:39 in signing a lease and furnishing the place, but still relatively low risk if you’re confident in
    0:34:44 your market research demand. And of course, a lot less investment than just buying a property outright.
    0:34:48 But in several cases, we’ve seen entrepreneurs buying smaller assets for the sole purpose of
    0:34:53 renting them out like Lenny Tim did with his mobility scooter rental service.
    0:34:55 A brand new one is about
    0:35:01 1500 bucks right now, a little less, a little more, but I actually bought mine used and
    0:35:08 I look for about 500 bucks. I go on Facebook marketplace or any other local marketplace and I’m looking to get it for
    0:35:15 about 500 bucks. So as you can, you know, see, I pretty much got my money back within one, two, three rentals.
    0:35:22 Yeah. I’m thinking, yeah, if it’s 250 a week plus 75 delivery, like a couple of weeks later, I’m, I’m in the black on this, on this unit.
    0:35:24 How many do you have at this point?
    0:35:25 Right now I only have seven.
    0:35:29 You say only. I mean, that’s a pretty serious fleet.
    0:35:39 Yeah, it’s not bad. I have seven right now and I, you know, I make it work. I could definitely have a lot more, but I just, I keep it completely a side business.
    0:35:49 The other interesting thing that Lenny did, and this is from episode 564, is he didn’t even buy that first one until he had a critical mass of inbound inquiries wanting to rent from him.
    0:36:17 When I came up with the idea, it was back in 2019. My first thing was to just build a website just to see if there’s a demand. I want to see if there’s a demand for these scooter rentals. I didn’t go out to buy any equipment. I didn’t do anything like that. So that’s pretty much how I started just to build out a really nice website, just to see if I’m getting customers, if people are going to call, if people are going to make any requests before I actually go out and buy anything or commit to the business.
    0:36:33 Did you do anything specifically on the SEO front to build backlinks, to build the Google business profile, to do anything other than just having like the exact, you know, what somebody might be searching for in the URL and then in the content on the site itself?
    0:36:56 Well, first of all, the name, LA Mobility Scooter Rentals. I tried to get a domain that’s going to, you know, match, I guess, search pretty good. I didn’t really do anything special. I don’t know much about SEO. I just built a website. I did as much back-end SEO as I could. Whatever they asked me to fill out, I filled it all in. You know, mobility scooter rentals, mobility scooters, all that kind of stuff.
    0:37:07 Put some good pictures, put up as much info as I could. I’m pretty sure I, you know, opened up a Google My Business page right away. And I may have did the Yelp as well at the same time, but that’s pretty much it.
    0:37:12 Did you have a metric in mind? Well, if I get five requests a month, then I’m doing it or something like that?
    0:37:21 Probably more than that, yeah. I definitely had something in mind where I would want to make decent money and it would probably have to be several requests a day.
    0:37:33 During this time, Lenny would reply to customers and say, hey, sorry, we’re booked up at that time or we don’t have the inventory available. And then only after hitting that critical mass of inquiries did he go out and buy his first scooter.
    0:37:40 He even did that in a pretty lean startup way as well, like we talked about finding one used on Facebook Marketplace.
    0:37:51 Now, I’m a fan of these lower cost, unconventional rental assets. Like we did an episode about moving boxes, you know, renting out portable plastic boxes for moves.
    0:37:55 We’ve done photo booths. We’ve done portable hot tubs. We did an episode about renting out dresses.
    0:38:03 And here is actually Summer Fisher from that episode explaining why dresses are a unique asset class people probably don’t think about.
    0:38:12 When you’re buying a dress, you’re buying cash flow, basically. So the dress, just like a house, the dress is the asset and I’m buying the cash flow from the rentals.
    0:38:24 And so I’ve got to kind of make a mathematical decision. Is, you know, the money best sitting in the dress or is it best moving it on and buying something that’s kind of yielding a better rental?
    0:38:27 She even gave a couple ideas on how you could get started for free.
    0:38:33 If you want to get started, the two ways you can get started without putting a lot of money into inventory
    0:38:41 is you can work on a consignment model. So you can go to all your friends and family and say, who’s got dresses? They want me to rent.
    0:38:42 Oh, yeah. Yeah, yeah, yeah. I like it.
    0:38:44 Yeah. You could get started that way.
    0:38:56 The other way is, and this might be a bit controversial, but you can buy things on, say, if you’re in the US, you could buy things on somewhere like Revolve that have, you know, change of mind return policies.
    0:39:16 And you could see it put it up for rent, see if it rents. If it doesn’t rent, you send it back. And before you have to pay your credit card. And then you can get a feel for what rents. And at least then if you have gotten that piece that rents, you’ve already recouped, you know, a third of your investment straight off the bat before you’ve actually had to pay any money out.
    0:39:35 Again, that’s Summer Fisher from episode 652. Now, what if you don’t want to deal with physical assets, physical products at all? There’s another type of side hustle that I would lump into this rent or sell access to assets category. And that’s product licensing. Here’s Stephen Key from InventRight on why it makes such an interesting side hustle.
    0:39:53 It doesn’t require any capital. You don’t have to set up a company. And there’s so many companies out there that need us creative people. So they’re looking for ideas. And every year, there’s just more and more opportunity for us to submit ideas to companies and let them pay us royalties for everyone they sell.
    0:40:05 So that’s the basic business model is saying, hey, I am the idea guy who we just had on the show, and I’m going to turn around and essentially sell that intellectual property to some company who can turn that into a product and make money off it.
    0:40:09 Absolutely. You’re basically renting your idea to a company.
    0:40:09 Okay.
    0:40:29 And they’re going to pay you on everyone they sell. So you don’t have to start a company. You don’t have to worry about manufacturing or raising money or do any of those things. And what’s really great about it, Nick, it’s really speed to market today, right? If you start a company, raise capital, all those type of things that you need to do to be successful, it takes a lot of time and effort.
    0:40:39 When you license an idea, you find that perfect partner that has relationships, distribution, money, they can put your product on the shelf extremely, extremely quick.
    0:40:56 Steven went on to explain that 5% of gross sales is a pretty typical product licensing agreement, which may not seem like a lot. But if you think about the distribution and economies of scale that some of these larger brands have, it can really add up, especially for something with super low startup costs.
    0:41:01 I mean, you’re basically taking something for free from your brain and getting paid for it.
    0:41:04 And Steven had some great tips on how to approach companies with your ideas.
    0:41:09 But one thing that was surprising to me is a lot of companies already have a process for this.
    0:41:16 They’re really open to crowdsourcing product ideas from people like you and me and paying us for them.
    0:41:25 For example, if you look up Hasbro submit ideas, you’re going to find a structured program called Hasbro Spark that lays it out, how it all works, how to submit your proposal.
    0:41:31 So be sure to check out that full episode with Steven for more on how product licensing works.
    0:41:32 I’ll link that up in the show notes.
    0:41:37 And I also want to add that product ideas aren’t the only thing that you can license.
    0:41:38 We’ve seen examples.
    0:41:40 You can license photography.
    0:41:42 You can license voiceover work.
    0:41:43 You could license music.
    0:41:46 I think we’ve got examples of just about all of those in the archives.
    0:41:52 So for that third category of passive income, think unconventional rentals.
    0:42:03 Think creative assets that people might want to use occasionally, but maybe can’t justify buying themselves or they don’t have a place to store themselves or licensing your work or your ideas.
    0:42:09 Again, trying to figure out ways to get paid multiple times from work you do once or something that you buy once.
    0:42:10 And maybe you may not even have to buy it.
    0:42:14 Like in Gar’s example of the RV, I’m renting out other people’s RVs.
    0:42:20 Or maybe you could work out a consignment sort of deal with somebody else and act as a property manager for that asset.
    0:42:25 Like Summer mentioned, you know, maybe I could consign other people’s dresses and do rentals for those.
    0:42:30 The fourth type of passive income is what I call reverse passive income.
    0:42:34 Reverse passive income comes from cutting your ongoing monthly expenses.
    0:42:36 This is Ben Franklin.
    0:42:37 A penny saved is a penny earned, right?
    0:42:41 And it’s actually better than that because, well, your earned income is going to be taxed.
    0:42:46 So simply spending less money might be the fastest path to improving your bottom line.
    0:42:52 And the truth is, it’s a lot more fun when you view it, when you view saving money as a game instead of a necessity.
    0:43:01 One way I try and do this is through what I call the substitution game, which aims to find better, faster, cheaper alternatives to what I’m already spending money on.
    0:43:05 What that looks like in practice is taking stock of your monthly spending.
    0:43:06 Easy way to do it.
    0:43:12 Just bring up your bank statement or credit card statement and look at each transaction and ask, is there a better alternative here?
    0:43:18 And you might find some room to completely eliminate or cancel certain expenses or subscriptions.
    0:43:22 But I find the substitution game doesn’t even have to feel as drastic.
    0:43:28 Classic example was switching from Verizon to Ting to Mint Mobile for cell phone service.
    0:43:32 Over the years, that’s added thousands of dollars in reverse passive income to our bottom line.
    0:43:37 It could be renegotiating your TV or internet service to get a better deal.
    0:43:41 It could be shopping around for a better car insurance rate.
    0:43:43 It could be dropping that annual fee credit card.
    0:43:52 One huge one for us that a lot of people don’t consider was actually a big substitution Joshua Sheets mentioned on the show probably 10 years ago.
    0:43:57 And that was moving to a lower cost of living area or a lower tax area.
    0:44:07 Now, the Seattle area, definitely not a low cost of living area, but it had one big advantage over California, where we used to live, in that it’s a no income tax state.
    0:44:09 Washington state, no income tax.
    0:44:17 If you’ve got a portable skill, if you’re location independent, if you’re a remote worker, this is one of the biggest levers you can pull.
    0:44:21 But it’s obviously pretty uprooting to pull off, so not for everyone.
    0:44:27 On a smaller scale, one thing you might consider is a house hacking arrangement to offset some of your living expenses.
    0:44:32 This is where you buy or rent more space than you need, and you rent out a portion of it.
    0:44:37 On the business side, the substitution game is called Operation Tool Swap.
    0:44:44 This is where you look at your tech stack or your monthly software expenses, and you see if there are alternatives that would accomplish the same thing.
    0:44:52 Steve Chu and I talked about Zapier earlier this year, when they went out and doubled their pricing, we switched to Make.com.
    0:44:55 Same functionality, fraction of the price.
    0:44:57 AppSumo is a great resource for finding deals.
    0:45:03 You might even pause services that you don’t use every month or have some duplicated functionality.
    0:45:13 Like we were able to pause Otter, which was an AI transcription service that we used really consistently, because it turns out that same functionality is already built into Descript.
    0:45:21 I created the RoboNIC AI voice clone in 11 labs, but I don’t use them every month, so we just toggle that subscription on and off as needed.
    0:45:30 Even Ahrefs introduced a lower tier price plan that was still more credits than we needed, so we were able to drop down to that without any impact to the business and save some money every month.
    0:45:39 Now for personal, what I might call luxury or non-essential expenses, I try to apply a 30-day waiting period, call it a cooling off period.
    0:45:45 How it works is if there’s something you want to buy, just put a note in your calendar to ping yourself in 30 days.
    0:45:48 And if you find you still want it, go for it.
    0:45:57 But oftentimes, you’ll find you lived a perfectly happy existence in the meantime, as it just makes you reevaluate how important it really is and might save you some money along the way.
    0:46:05 In our episode on creative ways to save money, Jen Smith gave us her four-question framework to use before any purchase.
    0:46:07 Before I buy anything, I use these four questions.
    0:46:09 How can I get it for free?
    0:46:15 So like a buy nothing group or free on Facebook Marketplace or from a friend either trading or borrowing.
    0:46:19 If I can’t get it for free, how can I get it for low cost?
    0:46:21 And so that’s where secondhand comes in.
    0:46:25 How can I get it on Poshmark, eBay, ThredUp?
    0:46:29 Can I buy it from Facebook Marketplace, Thrift Store?
    0:46:39 Or if I can’t get that, and I don’t spend a ton of time searching for these, I’m, you know, depending on how fast I need something, I’m not searching for years, right?
    0:46:40 Right.
    0:46:45 I’m just, I’m looking, I’m trying to get creative before I just first go out and buy it new.
    0:46:50 If I can’t get it low cost, I ask, how can I get a deal on it?
    0:46:53 Like, how soon is the next sales cycle coming up?
    0:46:55 Because they always come back around.
    0:47:02 And then if I really need it and I can’t wait for a sale, how can I buy full price and not feel guilty about it?
    0:47:06 So is there a way I can buy locally or sustainably?
    0:47:08 Something like that.
    0:47:13 So those are the four questions that I ask before I buy something in order to save money.
    0:47:17 Now, ahead of any big purchase, I try and do a few things.
    0:47:19 Obviously, shop around, try and get the best price.
    0:47:23 Maybe even try and negotiating if you feel like that’s a thing that is an option.
    0:47:27 Maybe add it to your cart from a couple different stores and then let it sit a few days.
    0:47:34 A lot of online stores have some kind of abandoned cart email offer where they may send you a special discount to complete your purchase.
    0:47:41 You’ll also want to check a site like Cashback Monitor to see how you might maximize your cash back on the order.
    0:47:48 Basically, there are a bunch of affiliate sites that split their commission with you when you buy through their links at no extra cost.
    0:47:49 So it’s like getting free money.
    0:47:55 Rakuten is the one that I’ve used most consistently and have saved hundreds of dollars at this point.
    0:47:58 Another thing you can do is check for card linked offers.
    0:48:10 For example, you can look in your Chase or Bank of America or Capital One portal and you’ll often find an extra 5% to 10%, 15% back on stuff you might be buying already.
    0:48:15 You just have to check the box and sometimes you got to buy through their link or sometimes you got to add that offer to your card.
    0:48:18 Typically, only check for bigger purchases.
    0:48:24 And these are usually listed in Cashback Monitor as well as a way to check multiple different portals at once.
    0:48:27 Another thing you can do is buy discount gift cards.
    0:48:29 Costco can be a good source for these.
    0:48:36 I actually used to buy big discount Costco gift cards at like 5% to 10% off through some discount gift card site.
    0:48:40 Just a little bit, a little ways to save money on what you’re already spending.
    0:48:47 And then once or twice a year, if I know we have some expenses coming up, I’ll look at new credit card sign-up offers, sign-up bonuses.
    0:48:51 These usually range from $200 to $1,000 in value.
    0:48:54 For spending money, we were going to be spending anyway.
    0:49:00 So it’s a way to mentally offset the cost of the new thing, like an appliance purchase or plane tickets for the family.
    0:49:04 We also did an episode recently on bank bonuses.
    0:49:09 Not entirely passive because you got to set up a direct deposit and meet some other minimum requirements.
    0:49:18 But my guest, Dylan, said it was easily a $200 to $300 an hour side hustle that he was able to do consistently with one new account a week.
    0:49:26 And I’d seen those offers before, but always thought, oh, it’s too big of a hurdle to switch over my entire banking life for a few hundred dollar bonus.
    0:49:28 He said, Nick, you’re looking at it all wrong.
    0:49:30 You don’t have to switch over your primary account.
    0:49:32 You just have to meet these few requirements.
    0:49:37 Check the boxes, collect the bonus, lather, rinse, repeat on the next one.
    0:49:39 And all of a sudden, it looks a lot more attainable.
    0:49:43 So that is episode 663, if you want to check that one out.
    0:49:45 But that’s reverse passive income.
    0:49:47 Perhaps the easiest of the four to start with.
    0:49:49 Get some quick wins under your belt.
    0:49:51 Improve your bottom line by saving money.
    0:49:52 Getting some easy cash back.
    0:49:56 So to recap the four types of passive income in this episode.
    0:49:59 Number one was to buy cash flowing assets.
    0:50:00 We talked about real estate.
    0:50:02 We talked about vending machines.
    0:50:03 We talked about small businesses.
    0:50:05 We talked about dividend investing.
    0:50:07 Lots of different ways to go about that.
    0:50:10 Number two was to build cash flowing assets.
    0:50:13 Remember, this is the true side hustle, sweat equity option.
    0:50:17 Digital products, printables, courses, e-books, websites.
    0:50:19 Anything under that umbrella.
    0:50:24 Number three was to rent or sell access to assets that you control.
    0:50:31 RVs, cars through two-row space in your backyard shed through a neighbor.com.
    0:50:32 Could be Airbnb.
    0:50:37 Could be renting out mobility scooters, photo booths, dresses, portable hot tubs, moving boxes.
    0:50:41 We’ve got lots of fun examples on this kind of rental business.
    0:50:45 Like this semi-passive asset where you can get paid over and over again from something that
    0:50:50 you bought once or maybe even you don’t own in the example of Gar’s RV rental service.
    0:50:55 And the fourth type of passive income is that reverse passive income where you can cut recurring
    0:50:55 expenses.
    0:51:01 You can play the substitution game, maximize your cash back, strategically work out credit card
    0:51:08 bonuses or bank bonuses into your year, and maybe even consider a 30-day no-spend challenge
    0:51:11 or, you know, 30-day waiting period before any big purchase.
    0:51:16 But my recommendation is to start with a small passive income goal.
    0:51:22 Something that is small enough to be attainable, but big enough that it’s still interesting and
    0:51:23 meaningful to you.
    0:51:24 That’s a sweet spot.
    0:51:27 For me, it was $1,000 a month.
    0:51:30 And there was a specific project I was hoping would get me there.
    0:51:35 That was my virtual assistant website back in 2011, 2012, 2013.
    0:51:37 And eventually it did.
    0:51:39 And so that was really rewarding.
    0:51:41 That was like, I’m going to build up this passive income stream.
    0:51:47 But hopefully this episode has sparked some ideas on the many, many different ways side hustlers
    0:51:49 have started to build their passive income.
    0:51:54 Building passive income streams that aren’t directly tied to your time is such a crucial step
    0:51:59 in building financial independence, even if they start out super small.
    0:52:05 I remember a line from Mike Newton 10 plus years ago on the show about, he said,
    0:52:12 I’m more excited about earning $5 passively than $5,000 actively because that $5 didn’t
    0:52:13 trade time for it, right?
    0:52:15 It had the power to scale.
    0:52:21 Really empowering and encourage you to carve out a portion of your week dedicated to pursuing
    0:52:22 time leveraged income.
    0:52:23 Nobody’s going to do it for you.
    0:52:25 It’s not going to happen by accident.
    0:52:26 You got to take control.
    0:52:28 You got to be proactive about it and do that.
    0:52:32 Big thanks to all our guests for sharing their passive income advice over the years.
    0:52:35 Thanks to our sponsors for helping make this content free for everyone.
    0:52:40 Be sure to check out sidehustlenation.com slash deals for all the latest offers from our
    0:52:41 sponsors in one place.
    0:52:43 That is it for me.
    0:52:45 Thank you so much for tuning in.
    0:52:49 If you’re finding value in the show, the greatest compliment is to share it with a friend.
    0:52:53 So fire off that text message, let them know and say, hey, what kind of passive
    0:52:56 income would you like to add to your life?
    0:53:00 Until next time, let’s go out there and make something happen and I’ll catch you in the
    0:53:02 next edition of the Side Hustle Show.

    Who doesn’t want passive income? Everyone dreams of having one. But how you go about getting it is the hard part.

    So how do you get started? It depends on your starting point, your interests, and your long-term goals.

    We’ve covered a ton of passive income in the show before (really more like time-leveraged income).

    But today I’ll be grouping them into four different types of passive income. This will help you figure out which one makes the most sense for you.

    Tune in to Episode 672 of the Side Hustle Show to learn:

    • the 4 types of passive income you can start building today
    • real-life examples from people who turned everyday assets into income streams
    • practical tips to save money, earn on autopilot, and take back control of your time

    Full Show Notes: 4 Types of Passive Income to Stop Trading Time for Money

    New to the Show? Get your personalized money-making playlist here!

    Sponsors:

    Mint Mobile — Cut your wireless bill to $15 a month!

    Indeed – Start hiring NOW with a $75 sponsored job credit to upgrade your job post!

    OpenPhone — Get 20% off of your first 6 months!

    Shopify — Sign up for a $1 per month trial!

  • Prof G Markets: The GOP Tax Bill, United Health’s Terrible Week, & Chinese Tech Earnings

    AI transcript
    0:00:06 What’s up, y’all? It’s Kenny Beach, and we are currently watching the best playoff basketball since I can’t even remember when.
    0:00:09 This is what we’ve been waiting for all season long.
    0:00:20 And on my show, Small Ball, I’ll be breaking down the series matchups, major performances, in-game coaching decisions, and game strategy, and so much more for the most exciting time of the NBA calendar.
    0:00:24 New episodes through the playoffs available on YouTube and wherever you get your podcasts.
    0:00:27 Subscribe to Small Ball with Kenny Beach, so you don’t miss a thing.
    0:00:34 Today’s number one. This week is the one-year anniversary of the Prof. G. Markets feed.
    0:00:38 Speaking of babies, Ed, when someone hands me their baby, you know what I say?
    0:00:39 What do you say?
    0:00:40 Sorry, I’m a vegetarian.
    0:00:57 Weird joke, and we weren’t speaking about babies. Or I guess one-year anniversary. I’ll put it together.
    0:01:00 Ed, what sexual position guarantees the ugliest baby?
    0:01:01 What?
    0:01:02 Ask your father.
    0:01:04 Ask your father, Ed.
    0:01:06 Ask your father.
    0:01:07 That’s good.
    0:01:07 How are you, Ed?
    0:01:09 Happy anniversary.
    0:01:10 I like that.
    0:01:11 Yeah, happy anniversary.
    0:01:15 What kind of emotions does this bring up for you?
    0:01:17 We’ve been doing this for a year now, at least.
    0:01:19 We’ve been doing this dedicated podcast for a year.
    0:01:22 It’s just exceptionally rewarding to watch your growth and the growth of the team.
    0:01:29 And I’m so used to virtue signaling.
    0:01:34 I can’t even, I can’t even like, I’m so used to being full of shit.
    0:01:40 By the way, the FT is doing a, the FT is no joke, doing a profile.
    0:01:41 Let’s get back to me.
    0:01:44 The FT is doing a profile on me and they can’t.
    0:01:45 The FT really likes us.
    0:01:48 They let me write an article for them a few weeks ago.
    0:01:48 Did they really?
    0:01:49 Oh, and by the way.
    0:01:50 So anyway, back to me.
    0:01:51 Who the fuck cares about you?
    0:01:53 Stop acting like me and turning it back to you.
    0:01:55 Something came over me.
    0:01:56 I don’t know what happened.
    0:02:03 The FT is doing a profile on me and they came over and they were like taking photos and all
    0:02:04 the stuff.
    0:02:08 So I feel like that is literally the closest to British royalty I will ever get.
    0:02:10 The FT is doing a profile on me.
    0:02:14 I’m going to be one of these guys that spends a billion, like something like half the Lords
    0:02:16 and the Knights are billionaires.
    0:02:17 Yeah, but it’s not, it’s not a pay for play thing.
    0:02:21 Don’t think that, but I figure like things are cheaper here.
    0:02:25 So I’m wondering if like two or three million bucks, I can be like one of these honorary
    0:02:28 princes that gets a title.
    0:02:32 So I want to be some sort of Lord or Prince of Wales and I’m going to change my name to
    0:02:35 Shamu and I’ll be Shamu Prince of Wales.
    0:02:39 That’s worth a few million dollars.
    0:02:42 I think you could easily, easily get knighted.
    0:02:45 Just throw your money around, become friends with the right people.
    0:02:47 That’s certainly in your future.
    0:02:51 I told you they, right when I moved there, they invited me to 11 Downing Street.
    0:02:53 Hold on, hold on, hold on, Scott.
    0:02:54 Yeah?
    0:02:55 It’s 10 Downing Street.
    0:02:56 10 Downing, 11 Downing?
    0:02:58 Oh, maybe that’s why they didn’t invite me back.
    0:03:00 It’s 10 Downing?
    0:03:01 Thank you.
    0:03:02 Thank you.
    0:03:03 It’s good to have some local knowledge.
    0:03:08 Anyways, the, so I went down at first time I went down, they didn’t have me on the guest
    0:03:09 list.
    0:03:10 Thought I was so important.
    0:03:10 Went down.
    0:03:12 They’re like, and I, the woman called me, oh, I’m so sorry.
    0:03:13 We forgot you were coming in.
    0:03:19 Went in and they wanted to put me on the governing body for UK football.
    0:03:19 Really?
    0:03:20 Yeah.
    0:03:23 I thought, I know nothing about football, but it sounds like a shit ton of fun and I get
    0:03:24 to go to games.
    0:03:24 Oh my God.
    0:03:26 You didn’t tell me that, Paul.
    0:03:26 Oh yeah.
    0:03:30 First they wanted me on the, it’s called the OFC, the Office of Communications, where you
    0:03:34 regulate, I don’t know, you regulate Facebook and all that shit.
    0:03:36 And I’m like, oh my God, that sounds awful.
    0:03:40 And they’re like, well, we’re putting together a governing body for UK for, for the Premier
    0:03:41 League.
    0:03:42 And I’m like, I am so win.
    0:03:43 I’ll be hated.
    0:03:46 The American making bad decisions around UK at the sports pastime.
    0:03:46 Yeah.
    0:03:48 The Todd Bowley of governance will be good.
    0:03:51 I know this is going to come as a shock, but they haven’t called me back.
    0:03:55 So I think this pot has something to do with it.
    0:03:58 You didn’t look the pot, I guess.
    0:03:59 I’m not in the British government.
    0:04:00 Let’s talk about us.
    0:04:01 One year, one year.
    0:04:05 What are your reflections on the incredible opportunity afforded, afforded you?
    0:04:07 It’s been a very good year.
    0:04:09 I’ve been sort of been a transformative year for me.
    0:04:14 One thing I was thinking, we’re coming up on four years of me working for you.
    0:04:17 I started working for you in June, 2021.
    0:04:20 And that to me is really shocking.
    0:04:23 That feels like a really long time that I’ve been working for you.
    0:04:25 I’m not sure how it feels for you.
    0:04:28 Yeah, it’s shocking.
    0:04:32 I thought you were frozen.
    0:04:34 I’m dazed.
    0:04:35 I stopped talking because I thought you were frozen.
    0:04:37 Your face was so still.
    0:04:39 Zero reaction or emotion.
    0:04:41 I’m thinking clear and have migraines.
    0:04:42 That was definitely shocking.
    0:04:43 That’s a long time, no?
    0:04:45 It feels like a long time for me.
    0:04:46 It has been a while.
    0:04:49 It’s been your, this has been your only job since you got out of college, right?
    0:04:50 Yep.
    0:04:51 No, it’s amazing how fast it’s gone.
    0:04:56 So you came to work with a, I, again, love the story about Joanna Coles calling me and saying,
    0:04:58 I have a gift for you.
    0:04:59 I’m like, oh, great.
    0:05:02 And she’s like, Ed Elson.
    0:05:04 And I’m like, yeah?
    0:05:05 Remember the name.
    0:05:10 She’s like, he’s my son’s best friend and you have to hire him tomorrow.
    0:05:11 You’re welcome.
    0:05:13 And I’m like, well, what role did it?
    0:05:13 It doesn’t matter.
    0:05:15 It doesn’t matter.
    0:05:20 So you literally bullied me into hiring you.
    0:05:21 Anyways.
    0:05:22 And it panned out.
    0:05:33 Prop G Markets is now, it’s our fastest growing pod in the pod-willing franchise, which is the LLC I just invented to put all this shit in so I could engage in massive attacks of age.
    0:05:38 I mean, just bring some synergies together around the back end and the infrastructure.
    0:05:51 And because our average age is 34, to reach as many 34-year-old males on CNBC, you’d have to watch CNBC until 2088 to reach as many young men.
    0:05:57 By the way, as you recognize, I had my very first TV appearance last week.
    0:05:58 You were fantastic.
    0:06:00 They got your name wrong in the chyron.
    0:06:01 That’s the first thing I noted.
    0:06:04 They called me Ed Olson.
    0:06:05 And I said, you know what?
    0:06:06 Who cares?
    0:06:09 I’m like, wow, this Ed Olson guy looks a lot like Ed Elson.
    0:06:12 You were outstanding.
    0:06:13 You were measured.
    0:06:13 Thank you.
    0:06:18 And they had all these, you know, the average age, by the way, I love Katie Tour.
    0:06:18 Yeah.
    0:06:20 Right out of Central Casting to be a-
    0:06:21 Great host.
    0:06:21 Yeah.
    0:06:24 A great host for 70-year-old men to be like, oh, where’s Katie?
    0:06:27 Where’s that young whippersnapper Katie?
    0:06:31 Where’s my oxygen tank?
    0:06:37 One year.
    0:06:38 One year.
    0:06:45 You’re just imitating yourself at this point.
    0:06:51 I’m telling you, I got this new brand of edibles and it’s working.
    0:06:52 It’s working.
    0:06:57 I did it last night and I called a friend I and talked to in about three years and she went,
    0:06:58 are you all right?
    0:06:59 I could not stop talking.
    0:07:02 I could not stop talking.
    0:07:07 This is fun, but we should really, we should really get to the show, right?
    0:07:08 That’s my line.
    0:07:08 I’m sorry.
    0:07:11 Just tell me a little bit more about your appearance on MSNBC.
    0:07:12 Very-
    0:07:13 Okay, that’s enough.
    0:07:14 Let’s get to the headlines.
    0:07:17 Hit it.
    0:07:22 Actually, before that, I have to make one announcement and this is a big announcement.
    0:07:28 And that is that Prof G Markets is going to air on the Prof G pod feed.
    0:07:33 That’s the main feed where you see Scott’s face with the turquoise for the final time on June 9th.
    0:07:38 And after that, this show is going to be exclusively on the Prof G Markets feed.
    0:07:39 That’s the feed.
    0:07:41 If you type in Prof G Markets, it’s the green.
    0:07:43 It’s got me and Scott hanging out in a living room.
    0:07:47 And we’re going to be publishing this show every single day of the week.
    0:07:48 We’re going daily.
    0:07:53 Monday through Friday, you can get your fix for Prof G Markets.
    0:07:57 It’ll be the most up-to-date coverage of the markets from the Prof G team.
    0:08:03 So I would encourage you, if you’re listening on the main podcast feed, the Prof G pod, take the opportunity now.
    0:08:06 Go follow the Prof G Markets feed wherever you get your podcasts.
    0:08:12 That’s where you’re going to be getting this show and you’re going to be hearing it every single day.
    0:08:14 Because who wouldn’t want more of us, right?
    0:08:19 All I got to say is we’re doing this because it’s rewarding and CNBC, we’re coming for your bitch ass.
    0:08:20 That’s right.
    0:08:21 And we’re taking Josh Brown with us.
    0:08:23 Your star talent, we’re taking him with us.
    0:08:25 Oh, we love Josh Brown.
    0:08:25 All right.
    0:08:28 Let’s start with the weekly review of Market Vitals.
    0:08:38 The S&P 500 rallied on news of US-China negotiations.
    0:08:41 The dollar jumped before giving up those gains as optimism faded.
    0:08:45 Bitcoin fell and the yield on 10-year treasuries increased.
    0:08:47 Shifting to the headlines.
    0:08:52 UnitedHealth Group had a terrible week, first dropping as much as 18%
    0:08:55 after the company pulled its guidance and announced its CEO is stepping down.
    0:09:03 Then two days later, the stock fell 17% on news that the Justice Department is investigating the company for Medicare fraud.
    0:09:07 At the time of this recording, shares are at a five-year low.
    0:09:12 Warner Brothers Discovery announced it’s bringing back the HBO Max name for its streaming platform.
    0:09:14 The change will take effect this summer.
    0:09:18 It will reverse the rebrand they introduced just two years ago.
    0:09:22 And this marks the platform’s fifth name change in just five years.
    0:09:31 And finally, Airbnb is expanding its offerings by allowing travelers to book services such as spa treatments and personal training right at their rental.
    0:09:38 The company is also reimagining Airbnb experiences by placing a greater focus on authentic, locally-led activities.
    0:09:39 Okay.
    0:09:40 UnitedHealth.
    0:09:44 Crazy dramatic month for this company.
    0:09:50 I mean, first, they had that bad earnings report in April, and that was their first miss since 2008.
    0:09:51 They cut guidance.
    0:09:52 The stock fell 20%.
    0:09:56 Then, last week, the CEO steps down.
    0:09:57 They pull their guidance.
    0:09:59 The stock falls another 18%.
    0:10:06 Then, Wall Street Journal, two days later, reports they’re being investigative of Medicare fraud, down another 17%.
    0:10:16 So, we’re now looking at, in just one month, a 57% destruction in value for what was one of the top 15 most valuable companies in the world.
    0:10:21 So, I think if anyone’s wondering, like, why is the stock falling so much?
    0:10:28 It’s a combination of there are real issues that the company is dealing with, but also these were all surprises.
    0:10:30 Like, the CEO stepping down, that was a surprise.
    0:10:34 The suspension of the guidance, an even bigger surprise.
    0:10:37 And then, the kicker, of course, is this Medicare fraud investigation.
    0:10:41 And as we’ve discussed, Wall Street hates surprises.
    0:10:50 But I think the other side of this that is worth thinking about, you know, UnitedHealth is kind of a bellwether for the healthcare industry.
    0:10:54 So, you know, when it goes up, so do the other healthcare stocks.
    0:10:56 When it goes down, so do the other healthcare stocks.
    0:11:01 And that’s what we saw here, where CVS dropped, Elevance dropped, Humana dropped.
    0:11:03 Lots of other healthcare stocks fell with it.
    0:11:12 And so, I think the question people are asking now is, are the problems that this company is facing, are they specific to the company, or are they industry-wide?
    0:11:17 And the market appears to believe they’re somewhat industry-wide.
    0:11:21 That’s why you’re seeing the devaluations in these other stocks.
    0:11:24 And I think that probably has to do with what we’re seeing in politics.
    0:11:32 You know, we’re seeing talks about lowering drug prices, increasing price transparency, giving Medicare more negotiating power.
    0:11:39 All these things that would be great for consumers, as we’ve talked about, but that would, you know, hurt the healthcare industry, hurt the bottom line.
    0:11:45 My view is, if history is any guide, healthcare investors have nothing to worry about.
    0:11:49 Because what history would tell you is that lobbying ultimately wins.
    0:11:52 And who is the greatest lobbyist in America?
    0:11:53 It’s the healthcare industry.
    0:11:56 $300 million on lobbying last year, more than any other sector.
    0:11:59 More than double what oil and gas spent.
    0:12:03 Never underestimate the power of lobbying and what it can do for your stock price.
    0:12:05 So I look at what’s happening with UnitedHealth.
    0:12:08 I see this as a company-specific problem.
    0:12:10 They’re dealing with internal issues.
    0:12:16 They have the PR crisis with the shooting of the CEO a few months ago.
    0:12:22 They’re also uniquely exposed to Medicare and these higher costs that are coming with it.
    0:12:27 So, to me, this is a UnitedHealth problem, not a healthcare problem.
    0:12:28 A lot there.
    0:12:35 I agree with you, and I hate to say this, this is probably a buying opportunity.
    0:12:42 For this stock to get cut in half, it’s probably because, to your point, there’s so much regulatory capture.
    0:12:48 I mean, these are American companies donating money to American politicians such that they can implement laws such that
    0:12:54 we have to pay more for drugs that were invented and manufactured here than they pay in Mexico or Canada,
    0:13:05 such that these American companies and their CEOs and their shareholders can get rich through incremental price gouging of American households,
    0:13:09 where we have ended up with 40% of American households have some sort of medical or dental debt.
    0:13:15 And in America, we pay $13,000 per capita per consumer for our healthcare.
    0:13:19 The UK, Canada, Australia, all the other G6 nations average around $6,500.
    0:13:29 So, we’re paying $6,500 more per person, and we’re more obese and die earlier and have more diabetes and more anxiety and depression.
    0:13:32 So, we pay double for a product that is worse.
    0:13:40 So, if you were to figure out a way to bring those costs in line with the rest of the G6 who have better outcomes,
    0:13:48 355 million people times $6,500, I think it’s somewhere around $2.2 or $2.4 trillion.
    0:13:54 And those costs flow through our entitlements and drive up the cost to government.
    0:14:02 In addition, the amount of money and misery that people who have to work too hard, people who can’t go to work because they’re unhealthy,
    0:14:09 all of this bullshit around make America healthy again is nothing but a distraction to talk about dyes and vaccines.
    0:14:13 It’s a distraction from the real problems of the thing that is hurting America’s income inequality.
    0:14:18 If you really wanted to make America healthier again, raise minimum wage to $25 an hour.
    0:14:24 You know, there are just too many people who are obese, and the reason they’re obese is because they work so damn hard.
    0:14:32 They don’t have time to get to the gym, and they don’t have enough money, so they have to stuff themselves with the cheapest form of calories, which is fast food.
    0:14:34 But we don’t want to have those difficult conversations.
    0:14:38 So, we have to go after health care.
    0:14:45 And the only way you’re going to go after health care is through figuring out Citizens United and getting lobbyists out of the picture here
    0:14:55 because they are literally raping and molesting the U.S. consumer and creating 40% of America has dental or medical debt.
    0:15:03 Can you imagine the tax that puts on people’s psyche and their levels of just prosperity and well-being and mental wellness?
    0:15:05 And then you come back.
    0:15:14 I think what’s happened is I think people are so pissed off at these companies that anytime someone in the DOJ or the FTC or whoever raises their hand and says,
    0:15:16 Should we investigate these guys?
    0:15:18 I think they’re very inclined to investigate these guys.
    0:15:21 I think they are pissed off at these companies.
    0:15:22 So, there’s two ways to look at it.
    0:15:32 Is this the chickens coming home to roost, or is this just a temporary blip where the Americans will move on to something else
    0:15:39 and the lobbyists will figure out a way to continue to charge Americans double what they pay anywhere else in the world for worse health outcomes
    0:15:44 such that the shareholders and the management of these companies can continue to soak America.
    0:15:49 And the story that brings it all home for me, I read the most heartbreaking story.
    0:15:54 So, the New York Times has this section called Recent Weddings.
    0:15:54 Have you seen it?
    0:16:02 And it’s just this lovely section where they have a nice picture of two people in Central Park and it talks about their nuptials.
    0:16:16 They bended the rules for the first time and they did a wedding announcement of a young woman and a man and did the whole full write-up and she was in her gown and they weren’t getting married.
    0:16:20 And the reason they made an exception is this woman has a glioblastoma.
    0:16:22 She has an incurable brain cancer, right?
    0:16:32 And she’s decided that they’re going to get married, they’re going to have a ceremony, but they’re not going to get legally married because she’s worried he would inherit her medical debt.
    0:16:38 And I mean, you hear this shit and you’re just like, Jesus Christ, this is the most prosperous nation in the world?
    0:16:42 And we’re loving that, like, that kind of misery on people?
    0:16:54 Anyways, that brings home the American healthcare system is not only making us sicker physically, it is loving so much strain and pressure on people.
    0:16:57 And I just love that these companies are getting kicked in the nuts.
    0:17:01 But again, it’s just, it’s company, and this is sort of my point.
    0:17:17 It’s like, UnitedHealth has its own set of problems that they’re dealing with, one of them being one of the executives of their company got murdered, plus the fact that their business is, they’re very much tied to Medicare.
    0:17:31 And what they’re dealing with right now is that there are all these old people who didn’t get these treatments that they were thinking of getting during COVID, and suddenly they all come now, and they need knee replacements and hip replacements, etc.
    0:17:36 And this is a problem for UnitedHealth because now they have to actually pay for those treatments.
    0:17:40 Before, they were barely paying for treatments and then still collecting all the insurance.
    0:17:44 So that’s the UnitedHealth-specific problem, and now you have this investigation.
    0:17:55 But I think the things that you get out there are important, and I think the question is, how do you fix it?
    0:18:00 And the only way you really fix it right now, it’s about getting the cost of drugs down.
    0:18:13 And the most obvious way you do that is you increase price transparency, and you create laws that force these companies and these PBMs to publish what the price is.
    0:18:17 You wrote a really good, you’re no mercy this week is really good, I read it.
    0:18:29 And you cite this presentation by this guy, Brian Lawrence, where he basically says that, you know, health insurance today, it’s akin to using auto insurance to buy gasoline.
    0:18:35 Like, it doesn’t make sense that we don’t even know what we’re paying for when we sign up for these treatments until after the fact.
    0:18:38 And we can never figure out what these medical bills are.
    0:18:46 So we need more price transparency, which, by the way, Biden worked on, and actually Trump worked on a little bit too.
    0:18:48 But we haven’t really seen that come to any fruition.
    0:18:57 And then we need Medicare to be able to have the ability to negotiate on prices, which is what every other country has, and we don’t have it for some reason.
    0:19:07 Again, Biden changed that in the Inflation Reduction Act, but we still haven’t seen really any reduction in the price of drugs, I think, because it hasn’t been properly enforced.
    0:19:29 And the last thing I will say, I looked back at our conversation with Jonathan Cantor, who’s the previous head of the antitrust division of the DOJ, and we asked him the question, what is the one industry that most needs regulation and increased regulatory enforcement, specifically from an antitrust perspective?
    0:19:32 And his number one answer was healthcare.
    0:19:54 You talk about Medicare, for example, there have been studies by the Wall Street Journal and reports about massive billions upon billions of dollars in overcharging due to things called upcoding, which is when an insurance company goes in, they take someone on Medicare, make them look really sick, and then they get to bill for all that.
    0:19:58 But then they don’t necessarily reimburse for all that, and they keep the money in between.
    0:20:04 These are the kinds of areas you would focus if you were actually trying to make government less expensive and more efficient.
    0:20:16 He talked about a company like UnitedHealth is placing itself on both sides of the trade, in a lot of cases where they’re offering the insurance, but then they’re also a pharmacy benefit manager at the same time.
    0:20:20 So they’re sort of buying and selling from its own, from itself.
    0:20:23 But I think it was really interesting that he said that.
    0:20:30 And I hope that what we will see is some increase in regulating this industry.
    0:20:36 But again, I don’t see this as totally structural yet, because I still look at the money in lobbying.
    0:20:43 And the fact that it’s $300 million last year that was spent on healthcare lobbying, I just am not that optimistic at a structural level.
    0:20:51 So I think over time, the only way to really do that, and I hate to say it because I always have this gag reflex, I’m not a man, I’m not a macho, I’m not a capitalist.
    0:20:56 If I recommend socialized medicine, for God’s sakes, we need socialized medicine.
    0:20:59 The only way to solve the deficit, in my opinion, is to move to socialized medicine.
    0:21:08 And the only way we do that is to figure out a series of executive actions, or some sort of legislation, or the right Supreme Court justices to overturn Citizens United.
    0:21:17 Because money has just, I mean, the greatest investment, return on investment in our economy, is when these healthcare companies give money to politicians.
    0:21:23 I would encourage everyone to go look at Senate Bill 3548, which was supposed to address all of this.
    0:21:25 And it was actually backed by both sides.
    0:21:29 And you look at what happened, it was proposed, and now suddenly it’s just dead.
    0:21:32 And you try to ask the question, what happened to the bill?
    0:21:39 And everyone says, oh, it just sort of didn’t get reviewed, and it just got kind of held up in Congress, and so now we’re not, now it’s dead.
    0:21:43 It’s unbelievable how you just see this happen.
    0:21:47 How the money in politics actually does just grind these things to a halt.
    0:21:53 And then you don’t really know it, because it’s such a soft and unceremonious death.
    0:21:56 Like, you sort of forget about the issue.
    0:21:59 But go look up that bill, because that addresses everything we’re talking about.
    0:22:00 Price negotiations, price transparency.
    0:22:02 And I just sort of flopped in Congress.
    0:22:04 Let’s move on.
    0:22:06 Very different vibe.
    0:22:08 HBO is doing another rebrand.
    0:22:11 Their fifth rebrand in five years.
    0:22:16 We had HBO Go, then HBO Now, then HBO Max, then Max.
    0:22:18 And we are back to HBO Max.
    0:22:23 Scott, our producer Claire, has a clip that she wants to play where I’m going to look very foolish.
    0:22:26 HBO Max.
    0:22:31 HBO Max, this will go down in history as a first ballot, Hall of Fame, head up your ass, brand strategy move.
    0:22:34 There’s something in brand strategy.
    0:22:40 We spent two sessions in my brand strategy course at NYU called brand architecture.
    0:22:46 HBO, a brand is a series of intangible associations that result in a rational trial or margin.
    0:22:53 You could have infinite capital and you couldn’t build a brand like HBO in two, three, five, maybe even 10 years.
    0:22:58 And they’re taking that brand and immolating it so they can call it Max.
    0:23:03 I mean, this is just, this is an outrage, Ash.
    0:23:04 I actually like this rebrand.
    0:23:06 I said I liked it on Twitter.
    0:23:08 I said I just think it sounds cleaner.
    0:23:13 And I got a lot of pushback, a lot of unfollows, interestingly.
    0:23:18 But the way I see it, there are all of these other production companies.
    0:23:24 They have to now transition getting the Discovery Plus content onto the Max platform.
    0:23:28 Don’t you think that Max is just kind of cleaner?
    0:23:37 Well, first off, let’s nod to your logic and let’s change the name of your educational institution to Prince because it’s cleaner, Ed.
    0:23:38 It’s cleaner.
    0:23:39 Take it away.
    0:23:40 Wow, this is my one year.
    0:23:41 This is my birthday.
    0:23:43 You admitting you were wrong and I was right.
    0:23:45 That doesn’t happen very often here.
    0:23:51 HBO has developed such, it is the artisanal brand.
    0:23:52 It is the Hermes.
    0:23:54 It is the Ferrari.
    0:23:59 It is, you know, it is the Beverly Hills Hotel of hotels.
    0:24:03 It is the premier artisanal brand in media.
    0:24:19 And their ability to attract the best talent, and they’ve been able to maintain this culture that attracts the best talent, has resulted in a streaming network that is, if there’s people talking about a zeitgeist cultural moment, it’s usually because of a show on HBO.
    0:24:26 Whether it’s Succession, whether it’s The Last of Us, I mean, or Game of Thrones, or The Sopranos.
    0:24:29 Or The White Lotus featuring Scott Galloway.
    0:24:29 Thank you very much.
    0:24:30 You’re welcome.
    0:24:41 They have figured out a way to capture lightning in a bottle more often than any other firm on $2.5 billion in content budget versus Netflix at $18 billion.
    0:24:48 To take that brand and fuck with it like this shows that you are a terrible fiduciary for shareholder value.
    0:24:52 It means no one on the board, a board kind of has three jobs.
    0:24:54 One, if and when to sell the company.
    0:24:56 Two, hiring and firing the CEO, make sure you have the right guy or gal.
    0:25:03 But also three, you should have some domain expertise on the board such that you can save the CEO from him or herself.
    0:25:07 You can occasionally weigh in and go, you may want to think this through.
    0:25:09 Or they call on you if you have a really good relationship.
    0:25:11 They call you and say, what are your thoughts around this?
    0:25:26 The fact that they did five brand changes in five years and they decided to do away with what is one of the greatest brands in the history of media shows there is no one on the board that has any sense of marketing or branding.
    0:25:34 What is even worse about all of this is that this is probably the worst board in media.
    0:25:41 Warner Brothers’ discovery, since the merger, the stock is down 62%.
    0:25:42 All right?
    0:25:43 That’s bad.
    0:25:44 They faced a lot of headwinds.
    0:25:57 Despite shareholders losing almost two-thirds of their value, the board has decided to pay their CEO, David Zaslav, $387 million over the last four and a half years.
    0:26:15 So, shareholders, you give us a dollar, we’ll give you back, we’ll give you back 38 cents, but we’re going to give our CEO, who oversaw this destruction in shareholder value, a third of a billion dollars.
    0:26:21 This is an absolute destruction in shareholder value.
    0:26:27 It shows that the people who are some of the most creative people in the world can’t save themselves from themselves.
    0:26:31 And I will say this.
    0:26:33 A step back from the wrong direction does a step in the right direction.
    0:26:34 So, good for them.
    0:26:36 They probably realized they really needed HBO.
    0:26:47 I’m triggered by this because HBO has literally garnered some of it, in my opinion, has inspired some of the most incredible moments in creative history.
    0:26:56 When, you know, when Jon Snow and Ygritte, when Ygritte comes to her end in Game of Thrones, I think there’s some incredible love stories in there.
    0:27:03 Plus, Game of Thrones, hands down, everyone always said, what about a porno if it was a really good story with high production values?
    0:27:04 Congratulations, that’s called Game of Thrones.
    0:27:08 My son, true story, my son did not refuse to have the sex talk with me.
    0:27:10 I said, okay, it’s time for your sex talk.
    0:27:12 He screamed out no and started running from me.
    0:27:19 He literally just refused to have the talk and said, okay, we don’t have to have this talk, but you’re watching Game of Thrones with me for eight seasons.
    0:27:23 That’s basically sex education for any 15 or 16-year-old.
    0:27:26 And it starts with a scene where you have sex with your sister, right?
    0:27:27 Oh, that’s right.
    0:27:30 Not the greatest education.
    0:27:36 Yeah, but if there’s one message from Game of Thrones, if there’s one moral, it’s that family comes first.
    0:27:38 That’s good.
    0:27:40 That’s good.
    0:27:42 One of your first relevant sex jokes.
    0:27:43 I love it.
    0:27:44 What’s your favorite HBO series?
    0:27:46 I love Last of Us.
    0:27:49 I, yeah, I watched season one.
    0:27:49 I thought it was great.
    0:27:51 I’m watching season two.
    0:27:53 But I’m not a huge TV consumption guy.
    0:27:55 And that’s part of the issue.
    0:28:14 I think why I was wrong about all of this is that I don’t, the HBO brand doesn’t resonate for me in the way it does for you because I’m less of a TV guy, which is why I shouldn’t really be weighing in on what HBO Max should be doing in terms of branding because I’m not really the target consumer.
    0:28:31 But what is striking to me is it just sort of reverses all of the intention behind the merger in the first place, where the idea was we’re going to merge with Discovery, take all of the Discovery product offering and all the Discovery IP, and we’re going to kind of try to blend it together.
    0:28:34 And the way we’ll do that is by calling it all Max.
    0:28:39 And this is basically them admitting, wait, all the shows on Discovery suck.
    0:28:42 They’re kind of cheap, shitty shows.
    0:28:50 Meanwhile, we have all the shows on HBO, which are beloved and high quality and are sort of the luxury brand of streaming media.
    0:28:54 We shouldn’t really be meshing or merging these two together.
    0:28:59 So let’s sort of walk things back and go back to the HBO Max brand.
    0:29:06 And the fact that the architects of Max, the fact they’re giving up on the name, I think it shows that you were right.
    0:29:12 And that the importance here is that you maintain the brand positioning that you built up for years in HBO.
    0:29:18 Let’s move on to Airbnb, yeah?
    0:29:18 Yeah.
    0:29:23 So Airbnb is getting into services and experiences.
    0:29:25 This is sort of a complete revamp of the app.
    0:29:28 It was a place where you book vacation rentals.
    0:29:30 Now it’s much more.
    0:29:33 You can book chefs and tour guides and personal trainers.
    0:29:39 Basically, anything that you’d be offered at a nice hotel, you can now get on Airbnb.
    0:29:42 Brian Chesky, the CEO, is calling it Airbnb for everything.
    0:29:47 People are calling it Airbnb’s attempt to become the everything app.
    0:29:49 The stock rose almost 3%.
    0:29:51 You give us the analysis here.
    0:29:52 What do you think of this move?
    0:29:58 I would imagine they have figured out that there’s a target market of pretty wealthy consumers with a lot of disposable income.
    0:30:02 And specifically, corporate travelers who like the amenities of hotels.
    0:30:04 And so they’re starting to add them.
    0:30:06 I think it’s a great idea, but it’s high margin revenue.
    0:30:11 I talked to Brian on a semi-regular basis and brainstorm.
    0:30:13 This was not my idea.
    0:30:27 The idea I had for Brian is if you’re in Munich and you say you’re 29 and you’re working for Salesforce and you’re on London sales team and you’re in Munich meeting with, you know, I don’t know, BMW or whoever.
    0:30:37 You can turn on a switch that says you’re visible and there’s groups or coordinators, almost like a Reddit page manager that says we’re all meeting at the Hofbrauhaus tonight and everyone’s welcome.
    0:30:43 Because what I found when I was your age, Ed, and you don’t do as much business travel as I did.
    0:30:47 When I was your age, it was literally already molesting the earth trying to sell brand strategy services.
    0:30:56 I would find myself in an amazing city, staying at an amazing hotel with a little bit of money, and I had nothing to do.
    0:31:03 And sure, I could walk around the city on my own, but I would have loved to have gotten together with a like-minded group of people.
    0:31:06 And Airbnb, I think it’s a really nice community.
    0:31:14 The people, you know, my sense of people who engage in Airbnb are professionals or culturally interesting people in their 20s and 30s.
    0:31:15 That’s my sense of the populace.
    0:31:16 I don’t know if that’s true.
    0:31:17 Oh, that’s right.
    0:31:29 But to give them another reason or to create an added feature where when I travel with Airbnb, I get stitched into this really cool community of people where I can make friends, find professional contacts.
    0:31:32 I mean, that’s what you should be doing, create a community.
    0:31:35 My question, that sounds nice, and I agree it would be nice for society.
    0:31:36 How does it make money?
    0:31:37 I think it’s just another feature.
    0:31:39 I don’t think it’s a money-making thing.
    0:31:45 I think what you could do is turn it into Airbnb Plus, and it creates the ability to go visible.
    0:31:48 And you charge, I mean, if you want, I didn’t see this as a moneymaker.
    0:31:52 I saw it as another feature that creates a more sticky brand where people go, I always go.
    0:32:01 What it does also is it takes advantage of their scale, because I bet at any given time, there’s 4, 7, 1,100 people staying in Berlin that night at an Airbnb.
    0:32:03 And no one else can do that.
    0:32:05 Anyways, that was my idea.
    0:32:06 He didn’t do it.
    0:32:10 That’s why he’s a billionaire, and I’m here stuck with you celebrating our one-year anniversary.
    0:32:12 You want friends.
    0:32:13 I want money.
    0:32:16 So I’m thinking about how does this company make money?
    0:32:19 They’ve kind of maxed out on growth at the moment.
    0:32:22 Like, they created this category, sort of, which is vacation rentals.
    0:32:24 They conquered that category.
    0:32:26 They executed practically to perfection.
    0:32:29 But the growth of that business is slowing.
    0:32:37 And if they want to be a $100, $200, $300 billion company, which I think is what he wants, then they need to go after new businesses.
    0:32:42 And so their answer to that question here is, we’re just going to go after all services.
    0:32:47 You were saying it feels more like a sort of they’re trying to become a hotel.
    0:32:51 The vibe I was getting, and by the way, I actually prefer that as a strategy.
    0:32:58 The vibe I’m getting from Brian Chesky and from the announcement is he wants it to be just Airbnb for everything.
    0:33:00 It’s almost like Craigslist meets Uber.
    0:33:08 If you have any sort of service that you can provide, you just sort of rent out your service on Airbnb.
    0:33:12 I think it’s almost too ambitious.
    0:33:19 Like, they’re kind of, instead of going after one additional category, they’re going after, like, 15 to 20 at the same time.
    0:33:23 But at the same time, it’s like, I respect the ambition.
    0:33:28 And it shows me that they want to be bigger than they actually are right now.
    0:33:31 It shows me that they’re thinking big picture.
    0:33:34 And I think the market sees it that way, too.
    0:33:36 And that’s why you saw the increase in the stock.
    0:33:42 I don’t think it will work, but I don’t really have a problem with that because they’re trying things out.
    0:33:44 And if it doesn’t work, they can just pivot.
    0:33:47 I think a lot of hotels live and die by this ancillary revenue.
    0:33:55 And that is, when I stay at a hotel, I bet I spend, you know, probably 50, say the hotel costs $1,000 a night.
    0:34:02 I bet I spend, you know, another $400 or $500 on food services and stuff.
    0:34:03 Is it that much?
    0:34:09 Maybe, I don’t know, maybe not that much, but hotels, 30% of the revenue comes from ancillary.
    0:34:11 And I bet at high-end hotels, it’s more than that.
    0:34:24 And by the way, that story that you’re telling me there, I actually think is more compelling than the story that I was hearing from Brian Chesky, which is it’s just trying to be, offer hotel services.
    0:34:29 But the story Brian Chesky is telling is, we’re going to offer all services.
    0:34:34 We’ll start here with, like, we’ll give you, like, a tour guide.
    0:34:35 We’ll come and take you to the Eiffel Tower.
    0:34:37 But ultimately, we want to do everything.
    0:34:40 And that’s the story I don’t buy as much.
    0:34:42 Your story, you’re telling me, I’m totally with you.
    0:34:47 Yeah, for me, I would start, I would just say, okay, are you looking to cook dinner?
    0:34:52 We have a service where we have a chef or we have someone just get your groceries.
    0:34:54 Tell us what you want when we get your groceries, right?
    0:34:57 Do you want us to make restaurant reservations for you?
    0:35:02 Actually, we should bring in, I think Claire and Mia did one of these services when they were at an Airbnb.
    0:35:04 Claire, do you want to tell us about it?
    0:35:16 Yeah, Mia and I were in Mexico City a few years back, and we did a tour of the temples right outside of Mexico City with this local guy who lived nearby.
    0:35:23 He also had a home where he was making chocolate, so he took us over to show us how he makes chocolate.
    0:35:30 We got to meet a bunch of other tourists who were there kind of doing the same thing, just checking out the city for the first time.
    0:35:34 And then he took us underground into this cave.
    0:35:45 It was a very kind of magical, unexpected experience, and it was nice because we actually got to interact with other people, even though we were kind of traveling solo.
    0:35:48 I’m in awe of the fact that you are literally a different species.
    0:36:00 If someone said to me, you have to go with a strange man to his apartment and see how he makes chocolates, and then he’s going to take you to a cave, but you have to pay $10,000 not to do it?
    0:36:02 I’d be like, I’ll pay $11,000 not to do it.
    0:36:03 I can’t.
    0:36:06 Your generation is so different than mine.
    0:36:07 That’s incredible.
    0:36:12 I mean, it sounds very kind of hip and millennial and free to be you and me.
    0:36:14 You guys weren’t doing mushroom chocolates or anything?
    0:36:15 Not on this trip.
    0:36:17 You decided to do this sober.
    0:36:18 It wasn’t you weren’t.
    0:36:19 Wow.
    0:36:20 That’s super interesting.
    0:36:22 Anyways, that’s why Brian Chesky is a billionaire.
    0:36:28 He probably did a focus group with Claire and Mia and figured out what it is they’re looking for.
    0:36:30 I think that sounds – I mean, it sounds – I’m being serious.
    0:36:33 I think that sounds really, really cool.
    0:36:34 It was.
    0:36:36 And thank you, Alejandro, if you’re out there.
    0:36:37 I still remember the guy’s name.
    0:36:41 We’ll be right back after the break with a look at Chinese tech earnings.
    0:36:45 If you’re enjoying the show so far and you haven’t subscribed, be sure to give the Prof.GMarkets
    0:36:47 feed a follow wherever you get your podcasts.
    0:37:05 It’s where you can invest in everything – stocks, options, bonds, and more.
    0:37:13 They even offer some of the highest yields in the industry, including the bond account’s 6% or higher yield that remains locked in even if the Fed cuts rates.
    0:37:16 With Public, you can get the tools you need to make informed investment decisions.
    0:37:21 Their built-in AI tools called Alpha doesn’t just tell you if an asset is moving.
    0:37:26 It tells you why the asset is moving so you can actually understand what’s driving your portfolio performance.
    0:37:32 Public is a FINRA-registered, SIPC-insured, U.S.-based company with a customer support team that actually cares.
    0:37:33 Bottom line?
    0:37:37 Your investments deserve a platform that takes them as seriously as you do.
    0:37:45 Fund your account in five minutes or less at public.com slash propg and get up to $10,000 when you transfer your old portfolio.
    0:37:47 That’s public.com slash propg.
    0:37:52 Paid for by public investing, all investing involves the risk of loss, including loss of principal,
    0:37:55 brokered services for U.S.-listed registered securities, options, and bonds,
    0:38:00 and a self-directed account are offered by Public Investing, Inc., member FINRA, and SIPC.
    0:38:04 Complete disclosures available at public.com slash disclosures.
    0:38:07 I should also disclose I am an investor in public.
    0:38:13 Support for Prof G Markets comes from Upwork.
    0:38:18 Upwork is a company with a simple goal, to make finding good freelancers easy.
    0:38:20 The thing is, that’s harder than it sounds.
    0:38:24 You need a deep talent pool, you need to connect the right freelancers to the right jobs,
    0:38:26 and you need a streamlined hiring process.
    0:38:28 Upwork has all of that and more.
    0:38:33 Companies at every stage turn to Upwork to access a global marketplace filled with top talent in IT,
    0:38:37 web dev, AI, design, admin support, marketing, and more.
    0:38:41 These are freelance superstars, and they’re here to help you get things done.
    0:38:44 Posting a job on Upwork is easy, there’s no cost to join.
    0:38:50 And once you register, you can browse freelancer profiles, get help drafting a job post, and even book a consultation.
    0:38:54 From there, you can connect with freelancers who want to help take your business to the next level.
    0:38:59 Upwork makes the entire process easier and simpler, all with industry low fees.
    0:39:02 Post a job today and hire tomorrow with Upwork.
    0:39:06 Visit Upwork.com right now and post your job for free.
    0:39:12 That is Upwork.com to post your job for free and connect with top talent ready to help your business grow.
    0:39:16 That’s U-P-W-O-R-K dot com.
    0:39:17 Upwork dot com.
    0:39:29 Donald Trump’s been back in office long enough to shock or surprise just about anyone who voted for him at this point,
    0:39:37 be it the Signal scandal or the tariff turnarounds, the Janine Pirro of it all, the way he talks about Ozempic.
    0:39:40 And he takes the fat, the fat shot drug.
    0:39:41 So rude.
    0:39:46 I’m in London, and I just paid for this damn fat drug I take.
    0:39:47 I said, it’s not working.
    0:39:54 On Today Explained, we’re asking if any of his voters are experiencing voters’ remorse.
    0:39:59 Especially those ones who are newer to his winning coalition.
    0:40:02 Younger voters, black voters, Latin voters.
    0:40:08 We’re heading to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania to ask them if regrets, do they have a few?
    0:40:14 And just by way of spoiler, to get this out of the way, the answer is yes, they do.
    0:40:18 And he takes the fat, the fat shot drug.
    0:40:26 We’re back with Profity Markets.
    0:40:32 Chinese tech leaders Alibaba and Tencent reported earnings this week, offering a mixed picture of the sector.
    0:40:38 Tencent posted its fastest revenue growth in over three years, fueled by strong performance in its gaming and advertising segments.
    0:40:47 Net profit rose 14%, while capital expenditures surged 91% year over year, largely due to increased AI investment.
    0:40:55 Alibaba, meanwhile, missed expectations on the top and bottom lines as it continues to rethink strategies to drive consumer spending.
    0:41:06 Still, the company reported a 7% year over year revenue increase, with cloud revenue climbing 18%, despite the growth shares fell around 5% in pre-market trading.
    0:41:09 So Scott, let’s start with Alibaba.
    0:41:14 You predicted the company would beat, and that the shares would pop.
    0:41:15 That did not happen.
    0:41:18 It was, in fact, a miss on the top and bottom.
    0:41:20 Shares dropped around 5%.
    0:41:24 I think it’s worth asking the question, how bad was this miss?
    0:41:26 And the answer is not really bad at all.
    0:41:28 They barely missed on revenue.
    0:41:36 Net income was a miss, but it was mostly an accounting issue, because they got rid of some of their subsidiaries, and they had to account for those losses in this quarter.
    0:41:47 But I think the thing that Wall Street really didn’t like, I think Wall Street, like you, believes that this company is now kind of an AI company.
    0:41:57 And similar to Amazon, similar to Google, they’re mostly excited about the cloud unit, and they’re mostly excited about the AI prospects.
    0:42:02 And that’s why they expected, as you did, that the company would beat expectations.
    0:42:09 They wanted to see the AI business come in and just pleasantly surprise us, give us something really great that exceeded expectations.
    0:42:11 That’s not what happened.
    0:42:14 It was strong, but not crazy strong.
    0:42:15 Cloud revenue up 18%.
    0:42:21 Now, I’ll give you a chance to respond to the earnings, but I just want to tell you what I think you missed with this prediction.
    0:42:43 You know, all the global shifts we’ve been discussing, the turning of foreign nations away from America towards China, increased trade partnerships with China, the turbo boosting of AI self-sufficiency in China, which Xi Jinping’s been talking about, you know, the AI chip investments from Huawei and all these other Chinese companies.
    0:42:46 All of that is so recent.
    0:42:53 And if all of that is happening, I just don’t think you would have seen it in this earnings report.
    0:42:58 I think if it’s happening, you’re going to see it in the next report, i.e. the current quarter.
    0:43:02 And even then, you’ll only start to see the beginning of it.
    0:43:10 And if it’s all happening, I think really, if it’s going to be really fully and truly reflected, it would probably be the report after that.
    0:43:15 And so what I would argue is that your prediction here was directionally correct, but I think the timing was wrong.
    0:43:27 And I think if you were to make the prediction again for fiscal Q1 this next quarter, I would back that because I do believe we are about to see a transformation in AI in China.
    0:43:30 And I do believe that will ultimately benefit Alibaba.
    0:43:33 But for now, I think it’s too early.
    0:43:34 Yeah, I got this wrong.
    0:43:44 I think that I’m still seriously considering buying the stock because I think that they’re making the same transition, but they’re sort of three, four years behind that Amazon made.
    0:43:49 Essentially, Amazon is a cloud company now with a retail unit and it trades.
    0:43:54 It’s experienced multiple expansion because it’s not considered a cloud company with much better margins.
    0:43:55 It’s just a much better business.
    0:44:03 I have in the data here that their AI cloud-related product revenue grew over 100% for the seventh consecutive quarter.
    0:44:03 Is that accurate?
    0:44:09 Yes, but those AI-related numbers, they don’t actually break out what the number actually is.
    0:44:17 So I’m always a little bit, eh, when they say AI-related growth, and it’s definitely coming off a very small base.
    0:44:26 So I think what we should really be looking at is just cloud revenue, which is up 18%, and that’s good.
    0:44:29 But I think it tells more of the story.
    0:44:41 I think until 100 days ago, the idea of being a Western company in Canada, Australia, or Germany and using cloud-based products from a Chinese company was unthinkable.
    0:44:48 I think as of today, it’s less unthinkable because it’s now choosing between the lesser of two evils.
    0:44:53 And the thesis I’m trying to figure out a way to make money off of is the following.
    0:44:55 And there’s always one piece of data that just blows my mind.
    0:44:58 And I’m like, this is going to have huge ripple effects to the economy.
    0:45:00 And I try and think about, how do I make money from this?
    0:45:01 And that is the following.
    0:45:13 For the first time in history, global consumers or global citizens, on average, believe that China is a better force or a bigger force for good in the world than America.
    0:45:33 And I think that means how I drill down to that is I think there’s going to be a lot of Western companies or companies in Latin America who are going to decide to use cloud services from a firm like Alibaba and not immediately defer to AWS or Azure cloud services or Google’s cloud.
    0:45:37 So I think that these Chinese companies are specifically Alibaba.
    0:45:39 I’m disappointed in that 18% number.
    0:45:41 I don’t know what that 100% year-on-year number was.
    0:45:46 I took it and extrapolated it out and said this will be a cloud company pretty quickly if it can maintain that growth.
    0:45:48 But your deeper analysis is the better one.
    0:45:49 I just think it’s early.
    0:45:51 I think it’s a very small base that we’re looking at.
    0:45:53 So we shouldn’t take 100% too seriously.
    0:45:54 But there’s some issues here.
    0:45:56 The domestic economy isn’t very strong.
    0:46:05 Your analysis is the correct one, that the impact or the slowdown from exports is probably not going to show up until next quarter.
    0:46:07 But maybe the market’s already anticipating that.
    0:46:17 I just I get the sense that I think these companies are going to find a lot more foreign buyers contemplating and doing meetings with them than would have would have four months ago.
    0:46:18 But there’s just no getting around it.
    0:46:20 I missed this one, but I still might.
    0:46:24 I thought, well, if I liked it yesterday, why wouldn’t I like it now that it’s off?
    0:46:25 There we go.
    0:46:26 There’s the Warren Buffett in you.
    0:46:27 Five or seven percent.
    0:46:28 Yeah, there you go.
    0:46:28 Yeah.
    0:46:30 And let’s just quickly talk about Tencent.
    0:46:35 Missed on profit, but beat on revenue.
    0:46:37 The stock slips slightly, but not massively.
    0:46:39 There’s honestly not that much to say with these earnings.
    0:46:45 But the thing that jumped out to me was their CapEx number, which almost doubled up 91%.
    0:46:48 And almost all of that is, of course, AI spending.
    0:46:54 So to me, the takeaway is Tencent is jumping headfirst into the AI race.
    0:46:56 They’re stockpiling up on chips.
    0:46:57 They’re building data centers.
    0:46:59 They’re developing these proprietary models.
    0:47:04 And they’re perfectly suited to do this because it’s primarily a gaming company.
    0:47:05 That’s their main business.
    0:47:10 But it’s also an advertising company because, remember, Tencent owns WeChat.
    0:47:17 And I think what we’ve seen so far is that the main beneficiary of AI in terms of actual revenue growth is advertising.
    0:47:21 If you have great AI, you have better, more accurate ad targeting.
    0:47:25 And that’s what we’ve seen with Meta, which is why Meta is on such a tear right now.
    0:47:28 So I think we will probably see the same thing with Tencent.
    0:47:30 I think it was pretty good earnings from Tencent.
    0:47:38 But the larger story to me is AI, as indicated by what Tencent is doing and Alibaba in terms of their spending and their investment in AI.
    0:47:40 AI in China is coming.
    0:47:43 It’s coming very hard, very fast.
    0:47:48 I think this should generally make you bullish on China, specifically the Chinese tech sector.
    0:47:52 And I should point out just the PE multiples again.
    0:47:59 China, we got 15x average compared to the U.S. at 27.
    0:48:04 And, you know, that’s despite the fact that the Hang Seng is up 20% year-to-date.
    0:48:12 It’s been a great year for the Chinese market, but you’re still looking at really low multiples when you compare it to the U.S.
    0:48:20 So, you know, we’ve been balancing this U.S. versus China argument all year.
    0:48:29 And it’s beginning to become less clear what’s really happening because now you’ve got the S&P back up above where it was before Liberation Day.
    0:48:34 So the whole global rotation thesis, I would say, is on hold for now.
    0:48:36 I’m not sure if it’s dead.
    0:48:42 But I think just if you look at just pure earnings growth, forget the multiples.
    0:48:45 I think there’s a lot happening in China.
    0:48:47 I think there’s a lot of reasons to be bullish.
    0:48:48 I agree with all of that.
    0:48:50 We’ll be right back after the break.
    0:48:52 with a look at the Republicans’ tax bill.
    0:48:56 If you’re enjoying the show so far, hit follow and leave us a review on the Prof G Markets feed.
    0:49:10 Listen, I get it.
    0:49:11 Naming a streaming service is hard.
    0:49:12 There’s a lot to choose from.
    0:49:14 Most of the words are nonsensical.
    0:49:20 But there is simply no excuse for the fact that Warner Brothers Discovery got rid of the name HBO
    0:49:27 one of the best brands in television, only to decide a few years later that, oh, actually, it should have been called HBO Max all along.
    0:49:34 This week on The Vergecast, we talk about how this branding disaster at HBO came to be and what might happen next.
    0:49:41 Plus, everything happening at ESPN, the future of Fox, and what happens if you get ants in your Sonos speaker.
    0:49:44 All that and more on The Vergecast, wherever you get podcasts.
    0:49:56 We’re back with Prof G Markets.
    0:50:03 House Republicans’ new tax plan cleared its first hurdle last week, with the House Ways and Means Committee voting to advance the bill.
    0:50:11 The plan includes several major provisions, including increased defense spending, cuts to federal Medicaid funding, and a higher exemption for the estate tax.
    0:50:16 The bill is still in the early stages and is likely to undergo changes as it moves through Congress.
    0:50:20 House Speaker Mike Johnson is aiming to send it to the Senate by Memorial Day.
    0:50:31 I’d like for us to really investigate this, because, you know, I think about everything that we’ve talked about over the past few years, and I specifically think about your TED Talk.
    0:50:32 Okay.
    0:50:34 I’d start us with a question.
    0:50:35 Do we love our children?
    0:50:37 Sounds like an illegitimate question, right?
    0:50:39 Well, I’m going to try and convince you otherwise.
    0:50:48 Essentially, as we go down generations, we’re seeing that for the last two generations, people are making less money on an inflation-adjusted basis.
    0:50:52 In addition, the cost of buying a home, the cost of pursuing education…
    0:50:54 And it was the most popular talk of the year.
    0:50:57 We’re seeing more and more discussions about these issues.
    0:51:03 We even had a week ago where Trump said that he was okay with increasing taxes on the rich.
    0:51:05 But I look at this plan here.
    0:51:12 This plan basically does the opposite of everything we have advocated for in the past three or four years.
    0:51:17 And I’m seriously not being political or sensationalist here.
    0:51:23 It genuinely does the opposite of what everything we’ve been talking about.
    0:51:24 I’ll just go through a few of them here.
    0:51:27 For starters, massively increases the deficit.
    0:51:31 It’s going to reduce federal revenue by $5 trillion over 10 years.
    0:51:35 Does not make up for those losses with spending cuts.
    0:51:37 There are cuts, but we’ll go over them.
    0:51:38 The cuts are very misguided.
    0:51:39 So what does that mean?
    0:51:42 Larger deficits, more debt, increased interest payments.
    0:51:46 We’re screwing over the next generation of Americans who are going to have to pay the bill
    0:51:49 when our parents and our grandparents are all dead.
    0:51:53 The carried interest loophole is staying.
    0:51:56 Trump talked a big game about getting rid of it.
    0:51:59 This nonsensical tax break for private equity, it’s staying in there.
    0:52:02 We’re getting tax breaks for old people.
    0:52:07 If you’re over the age of 65, you’re now going to get a larger standard deduction than you did before.
    0:52:12 The worst part of the plan, in my view, the estate tax exemption.
    0:52:18 Wealth inequality has gone totally haywire, out of control in America.
    0:52:20 We’ve discussed it a lot.
    0:52:29 And the question we have all been trying to answer is, how do you redistribute that wealth that has been sequestered into the top 0.001%?
    0:52:41 How do you redistribute the wealth in a way that is fair, in a way that isn’t crazy, and in a way that doesn’t mean showing up to rich people’s doorsteps with a shotgun and a pitchfork?
    0:52:47 My view on this has always been, the easy answer is, just tax it when they die.
    0:52:51 You’ve got $124 trillion that are going to be passed on in 2048.
    0:52:54 Greatest generational wealth transfer in history.
    0:53:00 That’s the moment to redistribute the wealth without making everyone upset.
    0:53:03 And how do you do that with an estate tax?
    0:53:04 It’s very simple.
    0:53:08 You’re not going to just seize all the assets, but you’re just going to tax it at a normal rate.
    0:53:19 So I was, I couldn’t believe it when I saw this plan, where they are actually going to increase the estate tax exemption, which is already absurdly high in America.
    0:53:26 They’re increasing it to $30 million, which means you can pass $30 million on to your children tax-free.
    0:53:29 In other words, we’re deciding we actually like the inequality.
    0:53:36 We want to maintain it, not just for this generation, which seemed like an anomaly, but for many generations to come.
    0:53:43 We want the children of rich people and their children to keep on ruling and ruling over many generations of society.
    0:53:48 And by the way, the way we’re going to do that, we’re going to subsidize that by cutting healthcare spending for poor people.
    0:53:52 What the fuck is going on, Scott?
    0:54:00 The most powerful in America have formed a coalition where their rights are a function of their wealth and their rights are respected anywhere in the world.
    0:54:13 I can get access to family planning, lawyers, healthcare, good schools for my kids, because there’s now kind of a different class of oligarchs that consists of both Democrats and Republicans.
    0:54:18 And as a result, the most powerful people don’t feel a vested interest in the long-term success of America.
    0:54:22 And it’s from both sides.
    0:54:28 Now, it took Republicans to be the vessel to do it, but it’s been a slow creep of both Democrats and Republicans.
    0:54:32 Just to be clear, during the Biden administration, taxes were lowered.
    0:54:41 For all the railing of Senators Warren and Sanders, when we controlled all three houses of government and President Biden was president, taxes went down.
    0:54:52 So there are a lot of co-conspirators here, including many of my friends who claim to have democratic ideals and clutch their pearls about, you know, how awful it is, what’s going on.
    0:54:57 But this really is, this is another extension of it.
    0:55:05 And as you know, I was supposed to be on Bill Maher with Steve Bannon, and I decided to back out because I couldn’t figure out a way to not confront him about a Nazi salute without grandstanding.
    0:55:19 I was watching it with my 17-year-old, and I said, he’s lying.
    0:55:25 There’s no way Donald Trump is not going to cut taxes on the rich.
    0:55:27 That’s just what he does.
    0:55:30 And he is not a good business person.
    0:55:34 His attitude of debt is anyone who’s willing to loan you money is a fucking sucker.
    0:55:40 I genuinely think there’s a decent chance that Trump, in the back of his mind, is just not that worried about America going bankrupt.
    0:55:42 He’s gone bankrupt a bunch, and he’s still a billionaire.
    0:55:45 But what about all the—what about everyone else?
    0:55:51 I mean, we know he’s insane for many reasons, but what about everyone in Congress?
    0:55:59 Like, I don’t understand how anyone would be okay with we’re going to cut Medicaid spending.
    0:56:02 I mean, that argument alone, I’m willing to have that conversation.
    0:56:16 But then pair that with, oh, and by the way, we need to increase the amount of money that rich people, ultra-rich people, can pass on to their kids tax-free from $27 million to $30 million because of inflation.
    0:56:19 Bridge that gap for me.
    0:56:29 The way the Democrats should frame this, and it’s the truth, is people of my generation who are wealthy are asking your generation to loan us $24 trillion.
    0:56:32 And we’re not going to pay it back.
    0:56:34 You’re going to assume the loan.
    0:56:37 That’s what we’re asking right now.
    0:56:40 And that’s how the Democrats should be positioning it.
    0:56:56 Now, as it relates to trusts, as someone who has a trust, the trust has gone from, I think it was a maximum of $11 million, then it went to $23 or $24, and now they’re talking about raising it to $30, meaning you can shield from all taxation $30 million.
    0:57:08 But it’s even worse than that, because the way estates work is if you put money in and it grows, it grows tax-deferred and it grows, you might end up with a trust that ends up being worth a quarter of a billion dollars.
    0:57:17 But my understanding is as long as it’s worth less than $30 when you put the assets into the trust, it can grow, and then you can pass it along tax-free.
    0:57:18 What’s the point of all of this?
    0:57:25 The point is to have a purpose in your life and to have a good life and to be happy and to have reward.
    0:57:33 And I would argue that most of that is around relationships and potentially finding the right partner and maybe deciding to have a family with that partner.
    0:57:34 I think that’s the whole shooting match.
    0:57:40 And money plays a big role in that, because middle-income people are happier than lower-income.
    0:57:43 Upper-income people are happier than middle-income.
    0:57:44 Money does by happiness.
    0:57:52 But as Daniel Kahneman, the Israeli-American psychologist, proved, above a certain point, there’s no incremental happiness.
    0:57:55 And I can validate this firsthand.
    0:58:04 As someone who has worked really hard and been very lucky and aggregated some wealth, I believe that I have the right to pass on some of that good fortune and wealth to my kids.
    0:58:06 Okay, fine.
    0:58:14 But above a certain amount, much less than $30 million, my kids are going to get no incremental happiness.
    0:58:25 And so if the whole point is prosperity and happiness and purpose and meaning, then there really isn’t a reason to increase the cap on the estate tax.
    0:58:32 You should be lowering it and even increasing the tax rate, which I think now is 40%, because nobody loses.
    0:58:45 And that is, if you redistribute that income for things like a child tax credit, for a great public school system, for K-12, such that kids grow up and can be a little bit more critical thinkers and maybe think,
    0:58:48 Am I voting for people that have my best interest at heart?
    0:59:00 All of these wonderful things, right, can be taken from estates and there’s no degradation and happiness or purpose among your offspring.
    0:59:02 But no one wins here.
    0:59:04 No one wins.
    0:59:17 The only people that lose are the future generations that need that tax revenue because what we have to come to grips with is the reality that there has been a myth fomented in America that the middle class is a natural self-healing occurring organism.
    0:59:18 It isn’t.
    0:59:28 If you don’t massively invest in it, let me use the R word, if you don’t redistribute money from corporations and rich people to the middle class, it starts to wither and die.
    0:59:36 Look, if you want to give your kids $10 million tax-free, and I’m one of those people, I get it.
    0:59:40 I want my kids to have a certain amount of economic floor.
    0:59:42 I’ve worked too hard for my kids to go through.
    0:59:46 And a lot of people, a lot of parents will say, I want my kids to make it like I did.
    0:59:47 I don’t.
    0:59:49 I work so fucking hard.
    0:59:50 I don’t want my kids to be fearful about money.
    0:59:56 I don’t want, if someone in their life is sick, I don’t want them to have the same fears I had when I had someone in my life sick.
    0:59:57 I want to give them that.
    0:59:59 If it makes them spoiled, so be it.
    1:00:01 But they don’t need more than $30 million.
    1:00:04 That’s not going to do anything for them.
    1:00:05 It’s unbelievable.
    1:00:17 And by the way, we’re almost talking about it as if the thing that’s on the table is just having a total cutoff rate for the amount that a child can inherit from their parents.
    1:00:18 We’re talking about an exemption.
    1:00:26 It’s like you get the $30 million tax-free, and then everything beyond that point is 40% taxed.
    1:00:30 So you’re still going to make, I mean, these kids are going to inherit literally hundreds of millions of dollars.
    1:00:36 And the question is, why are we increasing the tax-free exemption?
    1:00:38 Why is that such an important thing?
    1:00:43 And when you’re saying, like, who wins here, it honestly feels like the only ones who win.
    1:00:43 I agree with you.
    1:00:45 I don’t think the kids win.
    1:00:50 I don’t think you win because you got $10 million more tax-free from your parents.
    1:00:58 I think you’ll probably just become more of a douchebag, less in touch with reality, probably live a worse life, as you put it.
    1:01:06 I think the only people winning here are the parents who have this perceived sense of, I fucking crushed it.
    1:01:11 And I worked so hard, and I made all these hundreds of millions of dollars.
    1:01:18 And because I worked so hard, I need to do everything I can to hoard that wealth and to protect it.
    1:01:21 And I’m not going to be able to spend it over the course of my lifetime.
    1:01:22 I’ve got, what, 20 years left.
    1:01:25 What am I going to spend $200 million on?
    1:01:34 So the only other option is to say, oh, well, the last thing left to conquer is to make sure that the most amount possible can go to my children.
    1:01:39 The thing that summarizes America right now is what Bill Gates said.
    1:01:41 And it’s the following.
    1:01:43 And it was such a rattling statement.
    1:01:47 I thought, oh, my God, that’s so accurate and so puncturing and so upsetting.
    1:01:53 Bill Gates said, the world’s richest man is killing the world’s poorest children.
    1:01:55 And that’s what we’re doing here.
    1:02:06 America is tolerating the world’s wealthiest man worth $400 billion, cutting massive amounts of aid to literally the poorest children in the world.
    1:02:09 And America seems to be okay with it.
    1:02:20 There is a lack of a value system in America where people are deciding what makes me feel good, what gets me richer, as opposed to any resemblance or any semblance of values.
    1:02:23 And this runs so deep in America.
    1:02:32 And I think it’s because we have had such prosperity and we have been so divided by social media algorithms that we don’t recognize how fortunate we are.
    1:02:38 We don’t recognize that we should be serving in the agency of each other and that we’re Americans first before we’re gay, before we’re Republican.
    1:02:40 We are Americans first.
    1:02:52 And that the whole idea of America is that once you make it, you are absolutely going to start investing in the fertile lands behind you, such that as many people as possible can enjoy the same blessings you registered.
    1:03:01 Instead, everyone’s like, no, I just want the shit in front of me to be laced in cocaine fields and see if I can figure out a way to create clouds that rain champagne.
    1:03:03 I mean, it has gotten out of control.
    1:03:06 But they lie about what their intentions are.
    1:03:14 And I think that’s what we’re seeing with this tax plan, which is what is so upsetting, is how easy it is to lie and how many people believe you.
    1:03:21 I mean, the whole point of this administration from the get-go, or at least the fiscal plan, was fiscal responsibility.
    1:03:23 The whole thing was, let’s balance the budget.
    1:03:24 Just look at the fucking plan.
    1:03:29 It does the opposite of what was intended.
    1:03:30 Look at Bannon’s comments.
    1:03:31 We’re going to tax the rich.
    1:03:32 Look at Trump’s comments.
    1:03:33 I’m OK with taxing the rich.
    1:03:34 I would love to do it, frankly.
    1:03:38 But what we’ll do is that, you know, they’ll go around saying, oh, this is so terrible.
    1:03:39 Would you do it?
    1:03:47 Is you’re giving up something up top in order to make people in the middle income and the lower income brackets save more.
    1:03:49 So it’s really a redistribution.
    1:03:53 And I’m willing to do it if they want.
    1:03:55 And you look at this, all these exemptions here.
    1:03:59 It’s like, in addition to that, they’re now lying about it.
    1:04:03 And I’m hoping people sort of see through the lie.
    1:04:06 So that’s why I really want to talk about this.
    1:04:15 It’s like, this is just proof here that it’s all been lies in terms of what they’ve been promising and the direction they want to take this country.
    1:04:19 The whole thing with the reshoring, the jobs, and it’s all about middle class Americans.
    1:04:21 Read this tax plan.
    1:04:23 This is not about middle class Americans at all.
    1:04:25 And it’s actually insane.
    1:04:28 The extent to which this is catered to rich people.
    1:04:30 Just a few details.
    1:04:38 If the changes from this tax cut pass, about 8.6 million people stand to lose their health coverage in the next nine years.
    1:04:44 And by the way, Medicaid provides health care coverage to one in five Americans, including 40% of all children.
    1:04:48 It’s also the largest funder of mental health and substance use disorder care.
    1:04:49 You want to cut that funding?
    1:04:52 That just means you’re going to pay more for incarceration, folks.
    1:04:53 Oh, but guess what?
    1:05:00 There’s a private company with shareholders waiting to incarcerate people at $70,000 to $90,000 a year.
    1:05:12 Look, you want to cut Social Security for the wealthiest quartile of seniors, or you want to extend the age qualification from 65 to 68 to 70, 72 to recognize that people are living longer and working longer?
    1:05:14 That shit makes sense.
    1:05:20 But when you start cutting costs on things like SNAP, you’re just going to end up paying more in other ways.
    1:05:26 Having said all that, there are a few little good things that I will just go over just to end on a positive note.
    1:05:31 They want to increase the child tax credit from $2,000 to $2,500.
    1:05:32 I think that’s good.
    1:05:33 Yippee.
    1:05:35 But, you know, you know.
    1:05:36 It’s something.
    1:05:37 Okay, let’s take it.
    1:05:44 The estate tax exemption is going from $15 million to $30 million, but we’re increasing the child tax credit from $2,000 to $2,500.
    1:05:45 Okay, that’s something.
    1:05:47 They want to create savings accounts for babies.
    1:05:50 Newborns will receive $1,000 in a tax-free account.
    1:05:54 This is actually what we discussed with Brad Gostner, who wanted those America accounts.
    1:05:59 And Bill Ackman’s idea and Alex von Furstenberg has proposed something similar.
    1:06:00 Australia has.
    1:06:01 I think it’s the super fund.
    1:06:04 I love this idea.
    1:06:06 I would give every kid $7,000.
    1:06:07 That’d be $40 billion.
    1:06:15 And then in 30 years, you’d start to see a crash in interest rates because you would announce in the next 30 years, we’re not going to have Social Security because every kid’s going to have approximately a million dollars.
    1:06:17 And I wouldn’t let them sell it.
    1:06:18 I’d treat them.
    1:06:19 I’d be very paternal.
    1:06:22 And say, no Social Security on your 65th birthday.
    1:06:23 You get a million bucks.
    1:06:25 Put it in an account at 4% or 6%.
    1:06:26 You get $40 or $60,000.
    1:06:28 If you want to blow it, it sucks to be stupid.
    1:06:29 That’s up to you.
    1:06:30 But I like this.
    1:06:31 I like this idea a lot.
    1:06:36 They also want to eliminate the EV tax credit, which I also agree with.
    1:06:38 I think the EV industry is well in its way.
    1:06:40 We don’t need to be subsidizing it.
    1:06:45 If we’re having tough conversations about cutting spending, then I agree.
    1:06:46 Let’s get rid of the EV tax credit.
    1:06:53 And then finally, they want to increase taxes on private colleges with endowments exceeding $2 million per student.
    1:06:59 Those colleges will pay 21% on net investment income, up from 1.4%.
    1:07:01 Again, I think that’s great.
    1:07:04 And it targets what we’ve talked about.
    1:07:04 And spend it.
    1:07:05 Spend your endowment.
    1:07:06 Spend it.
    1:07:06 Exactly.
    1:07:07 Bring it down.
    1:07:10 The only trouble is, they also go after the less wealthy colleges, too.
    1:07:15 So if you have an endowment of $750,000 per student, your taxes are also going up.
    1:07:21 And then the other thing that I think is bad is that for whatever reason, they’re exempting religious schools.
    1:07:25 And I assume they’re just kind of throwing meat to the evangelicals where it’s like,
    1:07:26 oh, you guys, we like you.
    1:07:29 You’re not Harvard and Princeton.
    1:07:31 So you guys don’t have to pay taxes.
    1:07:33 That’ll create some really unnatural acts, though.
    1:07:34 It’s like, what are we going to do?
    1:07:41 Like, before algebra at sophomore year at UCLA, we’re going to go, praise Jesus, and then we’re a religious institution?
    1:07:44 Yeah, and we’re going to do that so that we don’t have to pay taxes.
    1:07:46 It’s weird.
    1:07:56 Anyway, the outcome I actually think is good, but I think they’re probably doing it for the wrong reasons, which is, again, they want to own the libs or own the Ivy League schools.
    1:07:57 But whatever.
    1:07:59 The Ivy League schools probably have it coming for them.
    1:08:01 Those are the good things.
    1:08:04 Otherwise, terrible plan.
    1:08:05 My God.
    1:08:06 Ed Olsen has had it.
    1:08:09 He’s had it.
    1:08:10 Ed Olsen.
    1:08:13 Let’s take a look at the week ahead, Scott.
    1:08:18 We’ll see new and existing home sales for April, as well as earnings from Home Depot and Target.
    1:08:21 Do you have any predictions for us?
    1:08:21 I have predictions.
    1:08:22 It’s kind of boring.
    1:08:28 I was thinking I’m just so triggered by this plane being given this $450 million plane.
    1:08:37 I think that’s so embarrassing that the president of the wealthiest nation in the world needs to have someone else pay for a plane manufactured here.
    1:08:57 It’s not going to happen for a very mundane reason, and that is it would take, I think, very little C4 planted somewhere with a pretty sophisticated and small detonation device to put kind of, you know, I won’t call it Air Force One, but Qatar’s Bitch Two, whatever you want to call this plane.
    1:09:01 You could sabotage this plane.
    1:09:15 You could put in, I mean, these, a 747 Supermax, whatever it’s called, is basically like a small city in terms of wiring and electronics and fuselage and paneling.
    1:09:24 There would be so many places to hide listening devices, espionage devices, or even worse, some sort of detonation device.
    1:09:44 And to think that Qatar would have the ability to take down Air Force One means the only way the NSA, the Secret Service, who’s charged with the president’s safety, would get comfortable with this is if they disassembled the plane down to every bolt and screw and then reassembled that.
    1:09:48 And the cost of that is estimated to be $2.1 billion.
    1:09:53 And you don’t think Trump would have an ability to say, shut up, it’s fine?
    1:09:59 I think they’re going to sit him down and I say, look, boss, we can’t have you flying on something.
    1:10:04 I mean, that the Qataris could have easily weaponized.
    1:10:08 I think they’re just going to say, we can’t guarantee your safety on this thing.
    1:10:13 So we were stupid enough to let Russia build our embassy in Moscow.
    1:10:23 And when they opened it, a couple reporters went in there with like just a sledgehammer and into one of the unfinished rooms and just did a little bit of sledgehamming.
    1:10:25 And they found like seven listening devices every square foot.
    1:10:28 I didn’t know that.
    1:10:29 The perfect example.
    1:10:30 Oh, yeah, it was hilarious.
    1:10:34 And they basically said, they basically said, demolish the thing.
    1:10:34 We can’t.
    1:10:38 We have to bring in our own contractors and we have to build it.
    1:10:40 We can’t have the Russians build our embassy.
    1:10:41 That really isn’t any different.
    1:10:47 Anyway, so a long-winded way of saying my prediction is that the 747 gift is not going to happen.
    1:10:54 This episode was produced by Claire Miller and engineered by Benjamin Spencer.
    1:10:55 Our associate producer is Alison Weiss.
    1:10:57 Mia Silverio is our research lead.
    1:10:58 Isabella Kinsel is our research associate.
    1:11:00 Dan Shallon is our intern.
    1:11:02 Drew Burrows is our technical director.
    1:11:04 And Catherine Dillon is our executive producer.
    1:11:07 Thank you for listening to Prof G Markets from the Vox Media Podcast Network.
    1:11:11 Join us on Thursday for our conversation with Scott Goodwin.
    1:11:13 Only on Prof G Markets.
    1:11:55 The FD is doing a profile on me and they can’t, there’s someone outside.
    1:11:57 Home invasion.
    1:11:58 Here they come.
    1:12:01 At this point, just do me in the ass.
    1:12:02 Just take me.
    1:12:04 Anyway.

    Follow the Prof G Markets feed:

    Scott and Ed discuss why United Health’s stock hit a five year low, Warner Bros. Discovery’s latest move to rebrand Max, and Airbnb’s foray into offering bookable services for travelers. They then break down earnings from Alibaba and Tencent, highlighting how the results signal the growing momentum of AI in China — and why they’re feeling bullish on the country’s tech sector. Finally, they dissect the GOP’s proposed tax bill, explaining how it overwhelmingly favors the wealthiest Americans and threatens to accelerate wealth concentration across the country.

    Subscribe to the Prof G Markets newsletter 

    Order “The Algebra of Wealth,” out now

    Subscribe to No Mercy / No Malice

    Follow the podcast across socials @profgpod:

    Follow Scott on Instagram
    Follow Ed on Instagram and X

    Learn more about your ad choices. Visit podcastchoices.com/adchoices